CUP New Books May-Aug 2019 by SCIENTIFIC BOOKS INFORMATION

Services for Booksellers Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.

Datashop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly

Catalogues • Download Cambridge catalogues at https://issuu.com/cambridge.org.uk

Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

40285

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books May - August 2019 www.cambridge.org/knowledge

Contents Humanities Archaeology..................................... 1 Classical Studies............................... 1 Drama and Theatre........................... 6 American History.............................. 7 British History................................... 8 European History.............................. 9 History – Other Areas..................... 12 History – Cross Discipline............... 16 American Literature........................ 18 English Literature........................... 20 European and World Literature....... 28 Music............................................. 29 Philosophy..................................... 30 Religion......................................... 34 Social Sciences Anthropology................................. 38 Economics, Business Studies........... 38 Geography, the Environment........... 44 Language and Linguistics............... 44 Law............................................... 50 Management................................. 68 Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas........................................ 71 Psychology..................................... 82 Social Science Research Methods.... 84 Sociology....................................... 85 Science, Technology and Medicine Computer Science.......................... 87 Earth and Environmental Science.... 88 Engineering.................................... 92 Life Sciences................................... 96 Mathematics.................................. 98 Medicine...................................... 101 Physics and Astronomy................. 106 Statistics and Probability............... 109

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale. Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org

For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East, North Africa & Japan - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org

PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks. Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org

To request a review copy of any of our Academic books, please visit our website: www.cambridge.org/review The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms. While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

Cambridge University Press Around the World Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press One Liberty Plaza Floor 20 New York, NY 10006 Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Calle José Abascal, 56, 1º 28003 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 171 58 00 + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Asia 79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa

Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus

Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.

Archaeology / Classical Studies

Archaeology

Classical Studies

Civilisation Recast

The Brothel of Pompeii

Theoretical and Historical Perspectives Stephen Feuchtwang | London School of Economics and Political Science

Sex, Class, and Gender at the Margins of Roman Society Sarah Levin-Richardson | University of Washington

Civilisation is a debated concept. Is it indelibly associated with the prerogatives of the ‘West’, colonial histories or, as is emerging, a new global politics? How do we understand these new forms of identity politics and claims to possessing long-term histories? The book is intended for courses in humanities and social science. • Provides a thorough overview of the uses of the concept of civilisation • Is securely embedded in a comparative approach, with special emphasis on China and Africa • Develops a new concept of civilisation that can be used critically and without fear of being imperialist

This book provides a provocative and authoritative analysis of the only definitive brothel from Greco-Roman antiquity. Scholars and fans of the Greco-Roman world, women’s history, and the history of prostitution will find this an essential read. All readers will appreciate the accessible writing style and numerous illustrations. • Collects and analyzes all of the purpose-built brothel’s material evidence • The appendix offers translations of all of the brothel’s graffiti • Focuses on the real individuals who worked in and patronized the establishment • Incorporates comparative material on prostitution and employs feminist methodologies

Archaeological theory, method

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-48434-3 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$110.00

June 2019 253 x 177 mm 276pp 74 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49687-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Prehistory of Britain and Ireland This book brings together the results of fieldwork and academic research to highlight the achievements of prehistoric people who lived in these islands between their settlement by the first farmers and Julius Caesar’s invasions of southeast England. It emphasises landscapes and monuments that can be visited today. • Proposes new interpretations of the archaeology of both islands • Draws extensively on the findings of development-led fieldwork which have yet to play a major role in syntheses of insular prehistory • Treats all parts of Britain and Ireland on equal terms Contents: 1. The offshore islands; 2. A new beginning; 3. North, South, East, and West; 4. A world elsewhere; 5. Ploughshares into swords; 6. The ending of prehistory. Archaeology of Europe, Near and Middle East | Cambridge World Archaeology

P P

The Nile and Ancient Egypt Changing Land- and Waterscapes, from the Neolithic to the Roman Era Judith Bunbury | University of Cambridge

The tale of human habitation of the Nile Valley is a long one and includes famine, disaster, global environmental events and human resolve, told against the background of an ever-changing landscape. This book will delight those interested in or studying the area, by providing a wealth of observation. • Proposes an enhanced view of the Nile in a multi-disciplinary format, bringing together different disciplines to retell this story of the Nile’s journey through time • Uses geological principles, archaeological evidence and historical records to describe and explain the landscape of the Nile in detail • Contains an extensive illustratration program that provides real-life examples and photos Egyptology

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 200pp 68 b/w illus. 13 maps 978-1-107-01215-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Apuleius’ Invisible Ass

Second edition Richard Bradley | University of Reading

May 2019 253 x 177 mm 400pp 130 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41992-5 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00 978-1-108-41247-6 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

Classical art, architecture

Encounters with the Unseen in the Metamorphoses Geoffrey C. Benson | Colgate University, New York

Argues that invisibility is one of the central motifs of Apuleius’ Metamorphoses and presents a new interpretation of the novel as a visionary, esoteric text. Enhances our understanding of the subtle relationship between literature and Platonic philosophy and the cultural history of invisibility in classical antiquity and beyond. • Focuses on invisibility, an underexplored aspect of Apuleius’ masterpiece and a central motif in modern fantasy fiction • Interprets the Metamorphoses as a visionary, esoteric text and contextualizes it within Apuleius’ corpus and the Platonic philosophical tradition • Applies contemporary critical theory on the voice and narrative to the interpretation of the text Classical literature

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 348pp 978-1-108-47555-6 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

Loving Writing/Ovid’s Amores Ellen Oliensis | University of California, Berkeley

A sustained exploration of the wicked charm of Ovid’s perennially popular Amores, focusing on the characterization of the poet-lover (cocksure yet hapless) and his desire for the erotic agitation supplied by his uncooperative mistress and his demanding verse form. Scholarly yet accessible, so will also appeal to students and teachers. • Provides the first full-scale reading of Ovid’s Amores for over two decades • Presents an alternative approach to the Amores, opening up new ways of reading Latin poetry • Clearly and engagingly written with all Latin translated, making the book accessible for readers of all levels Classical literature

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 224pp 978-1-108-48230-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Classical Studies

Language and Nature in the Classical Roman World

Theatrical Reenactment in Pindar and Aeschylus

Edited by Giuseppe Pezzini | University of St Andrews, Scotland

Anna S. Uhlig | University of California, Davis

The first collection of essays dedicated to Roman linguistic naturalism, a major but under-studied area of Roman linguistic and philosophical thought. Brings together an international group of experts to consider naturalism in a wide variety of ancient authors including Cicero, Varro, Nigidius, Posidonius, and Dionysius of Halicarnassus. • The first collection of essays on linguistic naturalism, an important but under-studied area of Roman linguistic and philosophical thought • Combines philosophical, literary and linguistic analyses of a wide variety of texts and authors • Moves beyond narrow, Cratylan models of naturalism to give a broader understanding of Roman naturalist thinking Classical literature

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 table 978-1-108-48066-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The first book-length comparative study of Pindar and Aeschylus in more than six decades, this volume will appeal to students of Greek poetry and modern performance alike. By addressing commonalities rather than differences, Uhlig offers a novel perspective on poetic performance in the ‘song culture’ of early fifth-century BC Greece. • The first comparison of Pindar and Aeschylus to emphasize their continuities, enabling a productive new perspective on these contemporary poets • Brings the complexity and sophistication of ancient performance and song more clearly into view through the lens of modern practice • Includes translations of all Greek Classical literature | Cambridge Classical Studies

June 2019 216 x 138 mm 320pp 978-1-108-48183-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

TEXTBOOK

Longus: Daphnis and Chloe

The Arts of Imitation in Latin Prose

Longus Editor (introduction and notes) Ewen Bowie | University of Oxford

Pliny’s Epistles/Quintilian in Brief Christopher Whitton | University of Cambridge

Longus’ Daphnis and Chloe is arguably our finest surviving Greek novel, whose story engages with romantic, pastoral and rhetorical themes. This is the first full commentary to address Longus’ linguistic texture and its implications for his literary aspirations, as well as his narrative skills and intertextuality with earlier Greek writers. • Full and detailed introduction to and commentary on arguably the finest surviving Greek novel, intended for use in the classroom • Highlights and explains the differences between Longus’ Greek and the Classical Greek with which most students are familiar • Situates the novel within its literary contexts and the contemporary world of the Roman Empire

This landmark study of Latin prose intertextuality radically reinterprets Pliny’s Epistles as a brilliant transformation of Quintilian’s Institutio oratoria and a unique reply to Tacitus’ Dialogus. Indispensable to readers of imperial Latin prose, the book is also essential reading for all students of imitation in Roman literature and culture. • Demonstrates that Latin prose intertextuality is a far greater phenomenon than traditionally thought • Reveals Pliny the Younger’s Epistles as a spectacular project of literary transformation, providing brilliant and original insights into a major work of the canon • The argument is grounded in close readings of Latin texts, which are accompanied by English translations Classical literature

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 568pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47657-7 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

Metaphor in Homer

July 2019 216 x 138 mm 360pp 978-0-521-77220-4 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-0-521-77659-2 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99

Time, Speech, and Thought Andreas T. Zanker | Amherst College, Massachusetts

Employs conceptual metaphor theory to investigate the use of metaphors of time, speech, and thought to compose and structure the Iliad and Odyssey, and thereby illuminates broader questions concerning the alleged ‘primitive’ quality of the Homeric conceptual system and the process of composition in performance. • Studies Homeric metaphor from the perspective of cognitive linguistics • Translates all Greek text and presupposes no familiarity with the theoretical material • Provides a retrospective on the history of the study of metaphor in Homer Classical literature

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 272pp 13 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49188-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Contents: Introduction; 1. The text and the story; 2. Longus’ poetic intertexts; 3. Longus’ exploitation of earlier prose texts; 4. Poetic elements in Longus’ prose?; 5. Religion; 6. City and country; 7. Art and nature; 8. Style and language; 9. Syntax; 10. Choice of words; 11. Longus’ nonAttic lexicon and date; 12. Reception and transmission; 13. The text and commentary.

X X

Classical Studies

TEXTBOOK

Demosthenes: Selected Political Speeches

Lucan: De Bello Civili Book VII

Demosthenes Editor (introduction and notes) Judson Herrman | Allegheny College, Pennsylvania

Lucan Editor (introduction and notes) Paul Roche | University of Sydney

This edition of five of Demosthenes’ Assembly speeches arguing for a military response to Philip II of Macedon is aimed at students. The extensive introduction and grammatical notes fully explicate the Greek text and provide abundant detail and up-to-date references to help readers understand the historical and literary context. • Contextualizes these important speeches within their political, legal, and historical contexts • Pays close attention to the minutiae of grammar, helping to guide students and instructors in their understanding of the Greek • Discusses rhetorical technique in depth so that students and instructors learn to read the speeches as a genre with its own rules and style Contents: Introduction; 1. Historical background; 2. Assembly speeches; 3. Language and style; 4. Publication; 5. The afterlife of the speeches; 6. The text; Commentary; First Olynthiac; Second Olynthiac; Third Olynthiac; First Philippic; Third Philippic. Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

August 2019 216 x 138 mm 320pp 978-1-107-02133-4 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-107-61084-2 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$32.99

X X

TEXTBOOK

Ovid: Fasti Book 3 Ovid Editor (introduction and notes) S. J. Heyworth | University of Oxford

A detailed guide to an important book of Ovid’s Fasti, in which the poet gives an account of the Roman calendar. The commentary and introduction explore the literary tradition to which the Fasti belongs, provide clear guidance on the Latin and expound the poet’s vision of Roman life, religion and myth. • Introduces the full range of background topics required by students reading the Fasti, such as religion, allegory, mythology, topography, the Roman calendar and gender, as well as Ovid’s own career • Provides help with appreciating Ovid’s lively but challenging style, metre and play with genre, introducing students to the technical diction required to describe it • Pays due attention to the use of intertextuality and the transmission of the text, with Latin and Greek translated or glossed throughout Contents: Preface; Introduction; 1. Ovid’s life and career; 2. Fasti and Metamorphoses; 3. Fasti and exile; 4. Fasti and calendars; 5. Book 3; 6. Genre; 7. Text; P. Ovidi Nasonis Fastorvm Liber Tertivs; Commentary. Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

April 2019 216 x 138 mm 288pp 978-1-107-01647-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-60246-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

X X

In this book Lucan recounts the decisive victory of Julius Caesar over Pompey at the Battle of Pharsalus in 48 BCE. This edition guides students and scholars through the work and offers generous help with appreciating Lucan’s sometimes difficult Latin and his poetic achievement. • The first English edition of this important book of Lucan’s epic for more than half a century, exploring its relationship to the rest of the poem • Helps students and scholars understand Lucan’s sometimes difficult language and idiosyncratic style • Explains Lucan’s use of sources and the cultural context of the poem Contents: 1. Book VII; 2. Battle; 3. The gods and religion; 4. Stoicism and epicureanism; 5. Pompey and Caesar; 6. Sources, models, intertexts; 7. Viewing, seeing, spectatorship; 8. States of mind: madness, hope, fear, anger, joy; 9. Paradox and hyperbole; 10. Apostrophe; 11. Sententiae; 12. Diction, word order, metre; 13. Transmission and text; 14. Manuscripts cited; M. Annaei Lvcani De Bello Civili Liber Septivs; Commentary. Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

May 2019 216 x 138 mm 292pp 978-1-107-04170-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-61445-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$31.99

X X

TEXTBOOK

Seneca: Selected Letters Seneca Editor (introduction and notes) Catharine Edwards

The letters of Seneca are uniquely engaging; they offer an urgent guide to Stoic self-improvement but also cast light on Roman attitudes towards slavery, gladiatorial combat and suicide. This edition of a selection elucidates their language, literary style and distinctive approach to philosophy within their historical context. • The new edition is aimed at students and conveys the range and variety of Seneca’s letters • Explains Seneca’s observations within their wider philosophical context • Provides detailed linguistic support, allowing better engagement with Seneca’s difficult Latin Contents: Introduction: 1. Seneca’s life and works; 2. The Epistulae Morales and their addressee; 3. Letters as a genre; 4. Stoic terms and concepts; 5. Stoic background; 6. Other philosophical influences; 7. Ethical focus and techniques of the self; 8. Seneca and earlier Latin poetic authors; 9. Senecan style; 10. Clauslae in Seneca; 11. Reception of the letters; 12. The selection; 13. The text; Epistulae Morales: Letter 1; Letter 7; Letter 12; Letter 18; Letter 21; Letter 24; Letter 33; Letter 34; Letter 46; Letter 47; Letter 53; Letter 64; Letter 70; Letter 86; Letter 90; Letter 114; Commentary. Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

May 2019 216 x 138 mm 360pp 978-0-521-46011-8 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-0-521-46583-0 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$30.99

X X

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Classical Studies

TEXTBOOK

The Epic Journey in Greek and Roman Literature

Aeschylus: Suppliants Aeschylus Editor (introduction and notes) Alan H. Sommerstein | University of Nottingham

Edited by Thomas Biggs | University of Georgia

Many themes of Aeschylus’ Suppliants resonate strongly today, yet this edition is the first since 1889 to provide an English commentary based on the Greek text and remain accessible to advanced undergraduates and graduate students. The introduction discusses the myth, the lost companion plays, the underlying social issues, and other topics. • Major new edition of this important play, which engages with stillrelevant themes including refugees, gender, race, war, and political deception • Enables students to become more confident in dealing with the peculiarities of tragic, and particularly Aeschylean, Greek • The Introduction discusses the underlying myth and its variations and makes clear the flexibility of Greek myth and its limits Contents: Introduction; 1. Aeschylus; 2. The Danaid myth; 3. The Danaid tetralogy; 4. Supplication; 5. Marriage; 6. Greek and barbarian; 7. King, people and tyrant; 8. Zeus and Io; 9. Characters and choruses; 10. Performance; 11. Place in Aeschylus’ work; 12. Transmission and text; Commentary. Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

July 2019 216 x 138 mm 320pp 978-1-107-05833-0 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-68671-7 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99

X X

TEXTBOOK

Augustine: Confessions Books V-IX Augustine Editor (introduction and notes) Peter White | University of Chicago

This edition highlights Augustine’s art as a narrator, enhances appreciation of the Confessions by explaining unfamiliar Augustinian vocabulary, idioms, and ideas, and clarifies his place as one of the most original thinkers of late antique Christianity. It will be indispensable for students and teachers of Latin. • Demonstrates Augustine’s great art as a storyteller and his importance as a major figure of early Christianity and Latin literature • Helps students understand the many unfamiliar features of Augustine’s Latin vocabulary and syntax • Explains all references to Christian subject matter, including Augustine’s interpretation of the scriptural passages on which he draws Contents: Introduction; 1. Confessions in the life and literary career of Augustine; 2. The latinity of Confessions; 3. Rhetoric and style in Confessions; 4. Book divisions and narrative structure in Confessions; 5. Books 5-9 of Confessions; 6. This text and commentary; Avgustini Confessionvm Libri V-IX; Commentary. Classical literature | Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

August 2019 216 x 138 mm 400pp 978-1-107-00959-2 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$105.00

Epic’s foundational role in Greek and Latin literature places the heroic journey at the center of numerous literary and historical contexts. This volume showcases in a wide-ranging fashion the various functions of the journey from Homer’s Odyssey and Vergil’s Aeneid to NASA’s Apollo 11 mission. • Examines the epic journey across multiple literary genres and time periods • Integrates and analyzes conceptions of the ‘journey’ as literal and literary structure • Explores the epic journey as an intellectual process intrinsic to identity formation, ideology, and cultural translation Classical literature | Yale Classical Studies, 39

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 348pp 5 colour illus. 978-1-108-49809-8 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

Cosmos in the Ancient World Edited by Phillip Sidney Horky | University of Durham

A comprehensive, multi-disciplinary discussion of the notion of kosmos as order, arrangement, and ornament in Greco-Roman antiquity. This book traces this concept from its inception in Homer, through its canonisation by Plato, to its ultimate transformation by the early Christians. • Provides a comprehensive and up-to-date analysis of the ancient notion of kosmos and related concepts from a variety of perspectives (philosophical, literary, political and aesthetic) • Brings together the work of an international team of contributors • Offers a wide-ranging treatment of authors, genres, texts, and epochs in the ancient world Ancient philosophy

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 1 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-42364-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Aristoxenus of Tarentum: The Pythagorean Precepts (How to Live a Pythagorean Life) An Edition of and Commentary on the Fragments with an Introduction Aristoxenus of Tarentum Editor (introduction and notes) Carl A. Huffman | DePauw University, Indiana

A major new resource for students of ancient philosophy who want to understand the Pythagorean way of life in the time of Plato. Includes a new Greek text and detailed commentary on The Pythagorean Precepts, as well as an English translation and accessible overview of the Pythagorean ethical system. • Presents an accessible overview of the principles of the Pythagorean way of life and its relationship to Pythagorean thought in the time of Plato and Aristotle • Provides the first edition and translation of and the first detailed commentary on all the fragments of The Pythagorean Precepts of Aristoxenus of Tarentum • Explains how The Pythagorean Precepts fit into the Pythagorean tradition as a whole Ancient philosophy

June 2019 216 x 138 mm 700pp 978-1-108-42531-5 Hardback £130.00 / US$170.00

Classical Studies

household of a craftsman; 6. ‘In those days Mary set out …’: travel by the lower classes in Roman times; 7. ‘In that region there were shepherds living in the fields’: an occupation on the margins of society; 8. Afterword.

Play and Aesthetics in Ancient Greece Stephen E. Kidd | Brown University, Rhode Island

What is art’s relationship to play? Those interested in this question tend to look to modern philosophy for answers. But, as this book shows, the question was already debated in antiquity by luminaries like Plato and Aristotle. This book contextualizes those debates, and demonstrates their significance for theoretical problems today. • Offers a new theory of play from antiquity • Collects all the evidence that connects play to art in ancient thought • Systematically thinks through the ancient connections of play and art to offer a play-based theory of art Ancient philosophy

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-49207-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Roman Tombs and the Art of Commemoration Contextual Approaches to Funerary Customs in the Second Century CE Barbara E. Borg | University of Exeter

Employs the full range of material and written evidence to explore four key questions around Roman funerary customs that alter our view of the society and its values: senators’ tombs, the change from incineration to inhumation, tombs showcasing family longevity, and the deceased’s association with the divine and apotheosis. • Proposes a new, contextual approach to Roman funerary culture that integrates art, archaeology, epigraphy and literary sources • Yields new and unexpected results regarding questions so far considered unsolvable or highly controversial • Shows how the evidence for Roman funerary culture is a major source of evidence for Roman social history Ancient history

April 2019 247 x 174 mm 374pp 100 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47283-8 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Papyri and the Social World of the New Testament Sabine R. Huebner | Universität Basel, Switzerland

The first book to explore the socio-economic background of people in the New Testament using papyrological evidence from Roman Egypt. Gives a new perspective on the early Christians under Roman rule, focusing on the lives of figures from the lower social strata such as craftsmen, women, children, peasants, and shepherds. • Explores the lives of the ordinary people of the New Testament and early Christianity using the papyrological evidence from Roman Egypt • Discusses the socio-economic background and daily concerns of figures like craftsmen and shepherds, and topics including the church, gender roles, travel, and the Roman census • Accessible to a wide range of students and non-specialists interested in the background to the New Testament and the early Church, as well as everyday life in the Roman world

Ancient history

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 214pp 26 b/w illus. 8 maps 1 table 978-1-108-47025-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 P 978-1-108-45570-1 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99 P

Decrees of Fourth-Century Athens (403/2–322/1 BC) Edited and translated by Peter Liddel | University of Manchester

This two-volume work comprehensively collects, translates and explains the literary evidence for decrees of the fourth-century Athenian Assembly. The book is important for scholars and students of ancient history and politics, and provides new perspectives on the working of ancient Greek direct democracy and its political legacy. • Presents a comprehensive collection, translation and analysis of references to fourth-century Athenian decrees in literary texts, with up-to-date bibliographical details for every entry • Sets epigraphical and literary evidence side-by-side and so illuminates the extent and role of stone publication in the dissemination of decrees • Offers a valuable new perspective on the workings of Athenian democracy and its legacy Ancient history

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 1000pp 2 tables 978-1-108-61242-5 2 Hardback Volume Set c. £44.99 / c. US$64.99 R

Decrees of Fourth-Century Athens (403/2–322/1 BC) Volume 1: The Literary Evidence Edited and translated by Peter Liddel | University of Manchester

This two-volume work comprehensively collects, translates and explains the literary evidence for decrees of the fourth-century Athenian assembly. Important for scholars and students of ancient history and politics, providing new perspectives on the working of ancient Greek direct democracy and its political legacy. • Provides a comprehensive collection, translation and analysis of references to fourth-century Athenian decrees in literary texts, with up-to-date bibliographical details for every entry • Sets epigraphical and literary evidence side-by-side and so illuminates the extent and role of stone publication in the dissemination of decrees • Offers a valuable new perspective on the workings of Athenian democracy and its legacy Ancient history

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-18498-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$100.00

Contents: 1. Egypt and the social world of the New Testament; 2. The social milieu of the early Christians in Egypt: who were the first readers of the Gospels?; 3. ‘In those days a decree went out …’: the Herodian Kingdom and the Augustan provincial census system; 4. ‘But these words seemed to them an idle tale’: discrimination and the struggle for women’s equality in early Christianity; 5. ‘The carpenter’s son’: the family and

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Classical Studies / Drama and Theatre

Decrees of Fourth-Century Athens (403/2–322/1 BC)

Between Greece and Babylonia

Volume 2: Political and Cultural Perspectives Edited and translated by Peter Liddel | University of Manchester

Hellenistic Intellectual History in Cross-Cultural Perspective Kathryn Stevens | University of Durham

This books proposes a new, cross-cultural approach to Hellenistic intellectual history, focusing on Greece and Babylonia. Connecting intellectual life in the two regions through direct contact as well as parallel responses to Hellenistic imperialism, it argues that Hellenistic intellectual history can and should be written in cross-cultural perspective. • Adopts a new, cross-cultural approach to Hellenistic intellectual history, bringing classical and Near Eastern perspectives together • Introduces lesser-known contexts and bodies of material as well as those from well-known centres like Alexandria and Pergamon • Takes a broad and strongly contextualised view of ‘intellectual activity’ and ‘intellectual history’ which is not specific to one discipline and not confined to the history of ideas

Ancient history

Ancient history | Cambridge Classical Studies

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 800pp 978-1-107-18507-4 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$160.00

Dreams, Virtue and Divine Knowledge in Early Christian Egypt Uses a range of sources, from Philo, Clement and Origen to Athanasius, Evagrius and early monks, to explore the development in first- to sixth-century Egypt of new ideas about the relationship between dreams, the divine and virtue. These had profound effects on spiritual life in the medieval West and Byzantium. • Proposes a new Alexandrian theology of dreams, based on Christian and non-Christian sources • Clearly explains the development of that theology over five centuries • Goes beyond monastic literature to show how both educated and ordinary people valued dreams as part of their spiritual life Ancient history

Population and Economy in Classical Athens

Theatres of Feeling Affect, Performance, and the EighteenthCentury Stage Jean I. Marsden | University of Connecticut

This engaging account of theatregoing in the later eighteenth century explores the playhouse as a source of emotion during a period when the ability to feel demonstrated moral worth. Theatres of Feeling delivers a new approach to dramatic literature and performance, moving beyond more limited studies of text or performance. • Delivers a book-length study of emotion and affect in later eighteenthcentury theatre • Studies first-hand accounts, reviews and illustrations to explore the response to drama in the period • Provides a series of case studies that investigate affect in plays that explore British liberty, empire, and the evils of antisemitism British theatre

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47613-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Ben Akrigg | University of Toronto

The first comprehensive account of the population of classical Athens for almost a century. Demonstrates the importance of the size of the total population, of changes in that population, and of its structures for understanding Athenian society and economy as a whole. • Offers the first comprehensive account of the population of classical Athens for almost a century • Analyses demographic change in the city, including discussion of citizens and non-citizens, over the fifth and fourth centuries BC • Demonstrates the relevance of historical demography for everyone interested in classical Athens, not just those interested in its political institutions Ancient history | Cambridge Classical Studies

March 2019 216 x 138 mm 288pp 3 tables 978-1-107-02709-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Drama and Theatre

Bronwen Neil | Macquarie University, Sydney

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 224pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48118-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

July 2019 216 x 138 mm 468pp 15 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-108-41955-0 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

The Faust Legend From Marlowe and Goethe to Contemporary Drama and Film Sara Munson Deats | University of Southern Florida

Explores dramatic and filmic adaptations of the Faust legend from Marlowe‘s Doctor Faustus and Goethe’s Faust to lesser known works. With detailed comparison and analysis tracing the development of the Faust topos, it will appeal to students of early modern drama, eighteenthand nineteenth-century German literature, and film studies. • Explores dramatic and filmic adaptations of the Faust legend, from seminal dramatic works on the subject, to lesser known plays and films • Compares Christopher Marlowe’s Doctor Faustus and Johann Wolfgang von Goethe’s adaptation of the Faust legend • Provides an analysis of the ways in which the Faust legend has been adapted to reflect topical questions of the period in which they were written Theatre (general)

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47585-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

American History

Israel’s Armor The Israel Lobby and the First Generation of the Palestine Conflict Walter L. Hixson | University of Akron, Ohio

The Constitutional Origins of the American Civil War Michael F. Conlin | Eastern Washington University

In an incisive analysis of over two dozen clauses as well as several ‘unwritten’ rules and practices, The Constitutional Origins of the American Civil War shows how the conflicting constitutional interpretations of ordinary and elite Americans aggravated the sectional conflict over slavery to the point of civil war. • Addresses the cause of the Civil War in a new and compelling way • Explains the complex legal history of the relationship between slavery and the Constitution in an accessible manner • Provides the first quantitative account of the historic three-fifths clause’s effect on the House of Representatives and the Electoral College Early republic and antebellum history | Cambridge Historical Studies in American Law and Society

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-49527-1 Hardback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99

Israel’s Armor analyzes the ‘special relationship’ between the United States and Israel. It fills a gap in the literature by providing a foundational history of the Israel lobby and its influence on American foreign policy in the first generation of the Palestine conflict. • Reveals that American Zionist support for Israel was deeply rooted and influential, beginning in the 1940s • Illuminates the role of key figure Isaiah Leo Kenen in the formation of the Israel lobby in the United States • Demonstrates how historically rooted and influential the Israel lobby has been at forging a pro-Israeli American foreign policy Contents: List of figures; List of abbreviations; Introduction; Prologue: ‘erect a Jewish state at once’; 1. ‘Friendship of the American people for the Zionist ideal’; 2. ‘New forms of propaganda had to be found’; 3. ‘We should not be deterred by political pressures’; 4. ‘What kind of relationship was this?’; 5. ‘The best friend that Israel could have’; 6. ‘Let the Israelis do this job themselves’; 7. ‘Israel will remain where she is’; Conclusions; Bibliography; Index. 20C American history | Cambridge Studies in US Foreign Relations

Thomas Jefferson

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 316pp 978-1-108-48390-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-70532-5 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

A Modern Prometheus Wilson Jeremiah Moses | Pennsylvania State University

This book takes an original, sweeping approach to understanding Thomas Jefferson and the Jeffersonian legacy. Through a close examination of Jefferson’s character and behavior in both his public and private lives, historian Wilson Jeremiah Moses asserts that Jefferson was a man of persistent and mythic contradictions and hypocrisy. • Presents a controversial and unique interpretation of one of America’s most popular founding fathers that conveys Jefferson’s complexities and contradictions by drawing comparisons to Prometheus, the Greek god of deception • Connects Jeffersonian discourses to other influential American individuals, such as Frederick Douglass and Henry George • Provides nuanced and integrated attention to Jefferson’s ideas about music, poetry, and literary theory Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Lincoln and historiography; 3. Let our workshops remain at Monticello; 4. Life, liberty, property, and peace; 5. What is genius? ‘Openness, brilliance, and leadership’; 6. A Renaissance man in the age of the Enlightenment; 7. Baconism and natural science; 8. Anthropology and ethnic cleansing: white ‘rubbish’ blacks, and Indians; 9. Education, religion, and social control; 10. Women and the Count of Monticello; 11. Debt, deference and consumption; 12. Defining the presidency.

P P

Educating the Empire American Teachers and Contested Colonization in the Philippines Sarah Steinbock-Pratt | University of Alabama

This book examines how education contributed to the creation of US empire in the Philippines. Sarah Steinbock-Pratt demonstrates how, in the classroom, American individuals challenged official narratives of empire, and how daily interactions created imperial realities on the ground that often diverged from the dictates of the colonial state. • Fills a gap in existing literature by focusing solely on colonial education in the Philippines • Provides a new perspective by focusing on the experiences of teachers rather than on pedagogy or colonial policy • Draws on research in twenty-one archives in the United States and the Philippines 20C American history | Cambridge Studies in US Foreign Relations

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 390pp 978-1-108-47312-5 Hardback £47.99 / US$59.99

Early republic and antebellum history | Cambridge Studies on the American South

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 600pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47096-4 Hardback £31.99 / US$39.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

American History / British History

Rebellious Passage

Indigenous Rights and Colonial Subjecthood

The Creole Revolt and America’s Coastal Slave Trade Jeffrey R. Kerr-Ritchie | Howard University, Washington DC

This book examines the successful slave revolt aboard the US slave ship Creole during the early 1840s and its consequences. Drawing upon previously unexamined federal sources, British colonial documents, states’ records, and American and British newspapers, it examines the neglected maritime dimensions of the US slave trade and slave revolt. • Provides a lively and detailed analysis of an important historical event that remains largely speculative and undocumented • Draws on unique documentation from federal, state, British, and Caribbean archives to bring the story of the Creole revolt alive to readers • Connects United States history to broader hemispheric and Atlantic histories Contents: 1. Eagle versus lion; 2. The coastal passage; 3. ‘Several cases’; 4. ‘Engaged in the business ever since she was constructed’; 5. ‘The Negroes have risen’; 6. ‘Their determination to quit the vessel’; 7. ‘Old neighbors’; 8. ‘A new state of things’; 9. ‘Property rights’ versus ‘rights of man’; 10. Causa Proxima, Non Remota, Spectator; 11. ‘Full and final settlement’; Epilogue. African American history

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 372pp 19 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47624-9 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-70000-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P G

British History Felony and the Guilty Mind in Medieval England Elizabeth Papp Kamali | Harvard Law School, Massachusetts

Drawing on a wide array of sources, including plea rolls, guides for confessors, and popular literature of the era, this book argues that issues of mind were central to jurors’ determinations of whether a particular defendant should be convicted, pardoned, or acquitted outright in thirteenth- and fourteenth-century England. • Examines what factors juries weighed in sorting the guilty from the innocent in the first two centuries of the criminal trial jury • Situates the medieval English law of felony in a broader cultural, social, and religious setting • Speaks to current controversies in the field of criminal law, such as the role of intentionality in determining the bounds of criminal responsibility History of Britain – 1066 – 1450 | Studies in Legal History

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 356pp 978-1-108-49879-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Protection and Reform in the NineteenthCentury British Empire Amanda Nettelbeck | University of Adelaide

Amanda Nettelbeck explores how policies protecting the civil rights of indigenous peoples across the British Empire were entwined with reforming them as governable colonial subjects, whether through conciliatory, coercive or punitive measures. • Compares the colonial governance of indigenous and indentured peoples of the British Empire • Explores the neglected history of how the protection of Aboriginal rights operated as a vehicle for indigenous people’s reform and regulation through law • The shifts in policy around the Empire are brought to life through illustrative human stories History of Britain after 1450

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 256pp 978-1-108-47175-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

An Account of an Elizabethan Family The Willoughbys of Wollaton by Cassandra Willoughby, 1670–1735 Volume 55 Edited by Jo Ann Hoeppner Moran Cruz | Georgetown University, Washington DC

This volume is an invaluable portrait of family, kinship, regional and national dynamics in the Tudor and early Stuart period. Based on letters and papers that Cassandra Willoughby found in the family library, her Account focuses on the women of the family, and offers insight into sixteenth-century family dynamics, gentry culture and court connections. • This volume is based on a collection of letters and papers found by Cassandra Willoughby in the Willoughby family library • Offers an insight into regional and national dynamics in the Tudor and early Stuart period • Focusses particularly on the women of the family, their relations with servants, the social hierarchy, interactions with the royal court, education, religious concerns, and household management History of Britain after 1450 | Camden Fifth Series

February 2019 216 x 138 mm 296pp 978-1-108-49251-5 Hardback £45.00 / US$80.00

British History / European History

European History

The Partition of Ireland 1918–1925 Robert Lynch

A comprehensive survey of the politics of the partition of Ireland between 1918 and 1925, focusing on how the Irish made sense of the process of partition and how this shaped their identities and the character of the two new states which emerged. • A new holistic all-Ireland study of the Irish Revolution, which embraces both North and South • Provides an understanding of the origins and nature of the Irish border, of particular resonance to contemporary readers thinking about Brexit • Examines previously ignored areas of partition history, to allow a deeper appreciation of the costs of partition for the Irish people Contents: Introduction: ‘the tragedy of two lunatics’; Part I. The Origins of Partition: 1. Where is Ireland? 2. Half a revolution; 3. Answering the question; Part II. The Process of Partition: 4. The death of Ireland; 5. Unravelling Ireland; 6. Ireland’s other civil wars. Part III. The Legacies of Partition: 7. Moving minorities; 8. Holding the line; 9. Brave new worlds. 20C history of Britain

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 262pp 1 map 978-1-107-00773-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-0-521-18958-3 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99

P P

Politics and Rhetoric in the Carolingian World Mayke de Jong | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Epitaph for an Era is the first major study of the Epitaphium Arsenii, a polemical dialogue defending the courtier Wala’s revolt in 830–833 against Emperor Louis the Pious. Mayke de Jong explores the impact of these controversial rebellions on the ideals and values of the Frankish leadership in the next generation. • Challenges the divide between political and literary history • Offers an in-depth analysis of the literary representations of the text as well as the political consequences, to appeal across disciplines • Explains complex issues such as rhetorical theory and Latin political vocabulary in a way that is accessible to historians and non-specialists alike European history – 450 – 1000

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 284pp 1 map 4 tables 978-1-107-01431-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Byzantine Hellene The Life of Emperor Theodore Laskaris and Byzantium in the Thirteenth Century Dimiter Angelov | Harvard University, Massachusetts

The Falklands War An Imperial History Ezequiel Mercau | University College Dublin

Why did Britain and Argentina go to war over a wintry archipelago that was home to an unprofitable colony? This panoramic history of the conflict through the transnational lens of ‘Greater Britain’ reveals that neither the dispute, the war, nor its aftermath can be divorced from the legacies of empire. • Studies the Falklands War in the wider context of the British world to give a fuller understanding of why the conflict occurred • Connects the Falklands dispute with ongoing disagreement about the meaning of Britishness • Expands on other histories of the British world, broadening their geographical and temporal scope Contents: Figures; Maps; Acknowledgements; Note on terminology; Abbreviations; Introduction: the Falklands and the legacies of empire; 1. Adrift in the South Atlantic: the Falklands amid the turmoil of decolonisation; 2. ‘Dream island’: the long prelude to war; 3. ‘Goodbye and the best of British’: echoes of Greater Britain at the onset of war; 4. ‘The ghost of imperial Britain’: militarism and the memory of empire; 5. War of the British worlds: the Anglo-Argentines and the Falklands; 6. ‘Beyond the quieting of the guns’: the Falklands factor and the after-effects of war; Conclusion: the legacies of Greater Britain; Notes; Bibliography; Index. 20C history of Britain

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 271pp 978-1-108-48329-2 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

Epitaph for an Era

The extraordinary life and writings of Theodore Laskaris, an imaginative philosopher-emperor ruling over a Byzantine state in exile after the disastrous Fourth Crusade, illuminate the transformation of the politics and culture of Byzantium and unveil little-known aspects of the medieval encounters between the Greek East and the Latin West. • Pioneers new methods of historical biography in the field of Byzantine studies based on letters and literary and philosophical texts • Explains and contextualizes the passionate Hellenism of the Byzantine emperor Theodore Laskaris and his promotion of Hellenic identity • Constructs a new narrative of eastern Mediterranean history of the early thirteenth century from the perspective of a key Byzantine eyewitness Contents: Introduction; 1. Byzantium in exile; 2. ‘The Holy Land, my mother Anatolia’; 3. ‘I was brought up as usual for a royal child’; 4. Pursuit of learning; 5. Power-sharing; 6. Friends, foes, and politics; 7. Elena and the embassy of the Marquis; 8. Sole emperor of the Romans; 9. The philosopher; 10. The proponent of Hellenism; Epilogue; Appendix I: the chronology of the works of Theodore Laskaris; Appendix II: chronology of the letters; Appendix III: the mystery illness; Appendix IV: the manuscript portraits; Appendix V: the burial sarcophagus. European history – 1000 – 1450

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 509pp 30 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-108-48071-0 Hardback £34.99 / US$44.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

European History

Making Archives in Early Modern Europe

The Dutch in the Early Modern World

Proof, Information and Political Record-keeping, 1400–1700 Randolph C. Head | University of California, Riverside

A History of a Global Power David Onnekink | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Drawing on a wide range of archives, from Lisbon to Vienna to Berlin, this detailed comparative study shows how recorded political knowledge was understood, organised and managed in chancelleries and repositories across Western Europe from the High Middle Ages to the Enlightenment. • The first fully comparative study of European political archives between the Middle Ages and modernity • Systematically investigates what records nascent European states kept, how they were kept, and how they became accessible (or not) • Draws extensively on the latest archival theory, incorporating an interdisciplinary perspective European history after 1450

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 370pp 19 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47378-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Practice and Theory in the Italian Renaissance Workshop

Contents: Introduction; 1. The emerging republic (1579–1609); 2. The confident republic (1609–50); 3. The ascendant republic (1650–72); 4. The combatant republic (1672–1713); 5. The stagnant republic (1713–47); 6. The dissolving republic (1747–95); Epilogue. European history after 1450

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 305pp 17 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-12581-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-107-57292-8 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Verrocchio and the Epistemology of Making Art Christina Neilson | Oberlin College, Ohio

This book is geared towards an intelligent readership interested in the history and art of Renaissance Italy. The analysis of art practices make it appealing to studio artists and students, while the cultural framework in which those practices are discussed will appeal to undergraduate and graduate students and scholars in art history. • Introduces Verrocchio in a new way and places Verrocchio in the broader context of artistic experimentation of fifteenth-century Florence • Considers the different media Verrocchio worked on in dialogue with each other • Presents artistic practice as an expression of ideas (economic, religious, poetic, etc.) with ramifications beyond this specific artist European history after 1450

May 2019 253 x 177 mm 275pp 138 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17285-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

Provides an engaging and accessible overview of the history of the Dutch Republic within a global context, making active use of illustrations, objects, personal stories and anecdotes to present a lively account that is solidly grounded in sources and literature. • Offers a fresh and global perspective on the history of the Dutch Republic • Integrates material culture and biographical stories to present a lively overview of Dutch global history that is still solidly grounded in sources and literature • Addresses themes such as migration, identity, slavery, capitalism and art which will resonate with a broad readership interested in current political developments and issues

P P

Storied Places Pilgrim Shrines, Nature, and History in Early Modern France Virginia Reinburg | Boston College, Massachusetts

Pilgrim shrines were places of healing, holiness, and truth in early modern France. By analyzing the creation of these shrines as natural, legendary, and historic places whose authority provided a new foundation for post-Reformation Catholic life, Virginia Reinburg examines the impact of the Reformation and religious wars on French society. • Combines religious and environmental history • Proposes a new approach to pilgrimage by focusing on the shrines and places, rather than the pilgrims • Provides a new angle on the religious history of France after the religious wars European history after 1450

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 47 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-1-108-48311-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

TEXTBOOK

The Enlightenment Fourth edition Dorinda Outram | University of Rochester, New York

Supported by a wide-ranging selection of documents online, this fourth edition provides an updated overview of the main themes of the Enlightenment and an analysis of the movement as a global phenomenon. Engaging and accessible, this will be essential reading for students of eighteenth-century history and philosophy. • Provides a clear, updated overview which will appeal to students of philosophy as well as to historians • Connects Enlightenment history with the broader social, political and intellectual history of the period • This fourth edition is supported by a wide-ranging selection of documents online, plus a new chapter on political economy Contents: 1. What is Enlightenment?; 2. Coffee houses and consumers: the social context of Enlightenment; 3. Enlightenment and government; new departure or business as usual?; 4. Political economy: profit, trade, empire and an Enlightenment science; 5. Exploration, cross-cultural

European History

contact, and the ambivalence of the Enlightenment; 6. When people are property: the problem of slavery in the Enlightenment; 7. Enlightenment thinking about gender; 8. Science and the Enlightenment: God’s order and man’s understanding; 9. The rise of modern paganism? Religion and the Enlightenment; 10. The end of the Enlightenment: conspiracy and revolution?; Brief biographies; Suggestions for further reading; Electronic sources for further research; Index. European history after 1450 | New Approaches to European History, 58

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 198pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42466-0 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99 978-1-108-44077-6 Paperback c. £20.99 / c. US$27.99

X X

Helmut Schmidt and British-German Relations A European Misunderstanding Mathias Haeussler | Universität Regensburg, Germany

This major reinterpretation of British-German relations in the 1970s explores why the two countries rarely saw eye to eye over European integration. It shows how at the heart of bilateral tensions lay profoundly competing visions for postwar Europe, and reveals their surprisingly close cooperation in pursuing joint interests on the global stage. • Provides vital historical context about the deeper historical reasons behind the different British and German attitudes towards post-war European integration, highly relevant to contemporary debates over Brexit • Offers a fresh and stimulating perspective on one of post-war Germany’s most prominent and well-known politicians • Uses recently declassified sources from a range of countries, as well as rare materials from Schmidt’s private archive 20C European history

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 270pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48263-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Private Life and Privacy in Nazi Germany Edited by Elizabeth Harvey | University of Nottingham

It is often assumed that there was no such thing as private life under Nazi rule. This volume challenges that view by showing how non-Jewish Germans asserted their privacy and asking how far the regime encouraged such aspirations. At the same time, it traces how ‘ethnic Germans’ and Jews in occupied Poland sought to defend their privacy. • Challenges assumptions that there was no such thing as private life under Nazi rule • Raises wider questions about the nature of privacy and private life in twentieth-century societies 20C European history

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 390pp 978-1-108-48498-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Enterprising Empires Russia and Britain in Eighteenth-Century Eurasia Matthew P. Romaniello | Weber State University, Utah

Matthew P. Romaniello charts how commercial competition between Britain and Russia became entangled in a critical era of empire. He reveals how geopolitical developments affected trade more than commercial regulations, while also challenging depictions of this period as a straightforward era of Russian economic decline. • Uncovers the people and history of the British Russia Company in the eighteenth century • Highlights British trade in Asia and the North Pacific, rather than focusing on the economy of the Atlantic • Moves Russia from the global ‘semi-periphery’ to the center of the global economy 20C European history

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 304pp 7 b/w illus. 3 maps 7 tables 978-1-108-49757-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Transnational Nazism Ideology and Culture in German-Japanese Relations, 1919–1936 Ricky W. Law | Carnegie Mellon University, Pennsylvania

This study of the 1930s German-Japanese alliance employs sources in both languages to reveal the role of mass media in shaping and promoting an ideology which, by creating a niche for Japan in the Nazi worldview, convinced German Nazis to identify with non-Aryans and non-Germans to become adherents of Hitler. • Uses both German and Japanese primary sources, many of which have been previously neglected • Explains interwar German-Japanese rapprochement from ideological and cultural perspectives, and the role of the national media of both countries • Offers an incisive look at how the seemingly narrow Nazi ideology gained broad prominence and popularity beyond its obvious core demographic 20C European history | Publications of the German Historical Institute

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 360pp 21 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47463-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Pipe Dreams Water and Empire in Central Asia’s Aral Sea Basin Maya K. Peterson | University of California, Santa Cruz

Pipe Dreams analyzes the transformation of Central Asia’s landscapes through tsarist- and Sovietera hydraulic projects. Arguing that water was a central concern, Maya K. Peterson brings a critical region into view across a long period and engages environmental questions through a rich political and social framework. • Evaluates the importance of water in the social and political history of Central Asia • Analyzes the deep-seated roots of the disappearance of the Aral Sea, one of the twentieth century’s worst environmental tragedies • Draws on a wealth of published primary sources and archival collections in four of the five Central Asian states, Russia, and the United States Russian, East European history | Studies in Environment and History

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 392pp 18 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47547-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

History – Other Areas

Rethinking Revolution Histories of the Latin American Left Kevin A. Young | University of Massachusetts, Amherst

Modern Panama From Occupation to Crossroads of the Americas Michael L. Conniff | San José State University, California

Modern Panama provides a comprehensive overview of the political and economic developments in Panama from 1980 to the present day. Authors Michael L. Conniff and Gene E. Bigler examine stories of modernizing canal management and political struggle, along with growing global activism and rising standards of living. • Provides detailed coverage of Panama’s recent history from 1980 to the present day • Draws on relevant economic, management, trade, and climate factors to offer a multi-disciplinary examination • Uses a variety of English and Spanish sources, including news media and scholarly journals from publications in Panama, Costa Rica, and Chile Contents: List of figures and tables; Prologue; Acknowledgments; 1. Introduction to modern Panama; Part I: 2. The 1980s: a halting transition toward democracy; 3. The Endara Administration: civilians learned to prevail; 4. The Pérez Balladares Administration: return of the PRD; Part II: 5. The Moscoso Administration: millennial transitions; 6. The Torrijos Administration: uneven progress spread discontent; 7. Panama’s canal: better than ever; 8. The Martinelli Administration: trouble in boom times; 9. The Varela Administration: toward a more humane society; 10. Conclusions; Interviews by authors; Unpublished documentary sources; Bibliography; Index. Latin American history

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-47666-9 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-70119-8 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

P P

Contents: List of figures; List of contributors; List of abbreviations; Introduction: revolutionary actors, encounters, and transformations; 1. Common ground: Caciques, artisans, and radical intellectuals in the Chayanta rebellion of 1927; 2. Identity, class, and nation: Black immigrant workers, Cuban communism, and the sugar insurgency, 1925–34; 3. Indigenous movements in the eye of the hurricane; 4. Friends and comrades: political and personal relationships between members of the Communist Party USA and the Puerto Rican Nationalist Party, 1930s–40s; 5. Total subversion: interethnic radicalism in La Paz, Bolivia, 1946–7; 6. ‘Sisters in exploitation’: the 1959 Congress of Latin American women and the transnational origins of Cuban state feminism; 7. Revolutionaries without revolution: regional experiences in the forging of a radical political culture in the Southern Cone of South America (1966–76); 8. Nationalism and Marxism in rural Cold War Mexico: Guerrero, 1959–74; 9. The ethnic question in Guatemala’s armed conflict: insights from the detention and ‘rescue’ of Emeterio Toj Medrano; 10. ‘For our total emancipation’: the making of revolutionary feminism in insurgent El Salvador, 1977–87; Index. Latin American history

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-42399-1 Hardback c. £73.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-43925-1 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$29.99

Solidarity Under Siege The Salvadoran Labor Movement, 1970–1990 Jeffrey L. Gould | Indiana University, Bloomington

Via his compelling history of the rise and fall of the militant labor movement in El Salvador as seen through the daily lives of Salvadoran port workers and fisherman, Jeffrey L. Gould tells a wider story about modern and central Latin American politics, society, and economics. • Proposes a new interpretation of the Salvadoran labor movement’s rise and fall, examining the alliances and misalliances forged between the Latin American left and the country’s disaffected urban working class and rural poor • Focuses on the interplay between failed encounters of social movements, including linguistic misunderstandings, rooted in class, ethnic, gender, and geographical differences • Seeks to understand Central America’s transition to neoliberalism in all of its manifestations Contents: Introduction: an arc of triumph and despair; 1. Tired of the abuse: gender and the rise of the Sindicato de la Industria Pesquera, 1970–9; 2. The cost of solidarity: the Salvadoran labor movement in Puerto el Triunfo and greater San Salvador, 1979–80; 3. The last chance: the Junta Revolucionaria de Gobierno and the impending civil war; 4. Labor conflicts in Puerto el Triunfo, El Salvador, 1985; 5. The far right and fraud; 6. Solidarity and discord in the labor movement, 1984–9; 7. The longest strike in history; Conclusion: tropical deindustrialization and its discontents; Epilogue; Bibliography; Index. Latin American history

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 288pp 21 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-41919-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-41019-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Through historical case studies of ten different countries, this book offers new insights into both the successes and the limitations of Latin America’s left, arguing that the Latin American left in the twentieth century was more diverse, feminist, and anti-racist than conventional wisdoms would have us believe. • Views revolutionary struggles, and the left more generally, as internally contested processes in which rank-and-file leftists, not just top leaders, shaped outcomes • Offers new historical perspectives on the progressive social movements that emerged in Latin America in the 1990s and 2000s • Highlights the historical contributions of Latin American women, Indians, Afro-Latin people, peasants, and other marginalized groups to the formation of the left

P P

Corruption and Justice in Colonial Mexico, 1650–1755 Christoph Rosenmüller | Middle Tennessee State University

This book provides the first detailed analysis of the evolving concept of corruption in colonial Mexico. Drawing on fresh archival material from historical, legal, religious, and political documents, Christoph Rosenmüller explores the enigma of corruption, its meanings, and its temporal differences. • Provides the first detailed analysis of corruption in colonial Mexico • Utilizes a variety of fresh resources, including judicial treatises and royal legislation, to trace the historical meaning of corruption • Places corruption charges in colonial Mexico within the legal, cultural, and political history of the Atlantic world Latin American history | Cambridge Latin American Studies, 113

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 348pp 5 b/w illus. 4 maps 7 tables 978-1-108-47711-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

History – Other Areas

The Mexican Mission

The Politics of Poverty

Indigenous Reconstruction and Mendicant Enterprise in New Spain, 1521–1600 Ryan Dominic Crewe | University of Colorado, Denver

Policy-Making and Development in Rural Tanzania Felicitas Becker | Universiteit Gent, Belgium

The Mexican Mission presents the most complex social history of the mission enterprise in sixteenthcentury Mexico to date. Despite the crippling illness and socio-political upheaval that accompanied the Spanish conquest, the book finds that indigenous communities used the mission as a vehicle to reassert and reconstruct local sovereignty. • Provides the first social history of the Mexican mission in sixteenthcentury Mexico, examining the enterprise through the scope of demographic crises • Uses viceregal civil records to bring an entirely new source base to the history of sixteenth-century Mexican missions, which typically draws on spiritual and church records • Places the Mexican mission in a global context, connecting New Spain not only to Iberia, but also to Atlantic and Pacific histories

A long-term analysis of development projects in rural Tanzania, tracing the improvised, reactive nature of small-scale interventions, aimed at staving off the threat posed by acute poverty to local governments’ legitimacy and effectiveness. • Challenges prevailing assumptions about the political role of development in Africa • Focuses on the role of environmental, practical, financial and political limitations in shaping development intervention, bringing out overarching patterns in the implementation of policy • Offers accounts of villagers’ own attitudes towards poverty and inequality, giving us an in-depth understanding of their priorities African history | African Studies, 143

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 371pp 11 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-49693-3 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Latin American history | Cambridge Latin American Studies, 114

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 14 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-49254-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

TEXTBOOK

The Past of the Present Second edition Frederick Cooper | New York University

The Yoruba from Prehistory to the Present Aribidesi Usman | Arizona State University

A detailed, up-to-date survey of Yoruba history from the pre-colonial period to the present which draws on a wide variety of sources to provide an accessible, multidisciplinary overview of the development of Yoruba society and culture. • A comprehensive picture of Yoruba history brought together in a single volume • Examines the history of the Yoruba through the lens of the group’s diverse and dynamic cultural and social practices • Brings together archaeological data, oral, and archival sources alongside rarely-discussed local histories Contents: List of figures; Preface; Acknowledgments; 1. Geography and society; Part I. Long Historical Formations: 2. Prehistory and protohistory; 3. The growth of complex societies; 4. States and small-scale polities, AD 1400–1600; Part II. Yoruba Polities and Entry into the Atlantic World: 5. The seventeenth century: the age of empire building; 6. The eighteenth century; Part III. The Nineteenth Century: Wars and Transformations: 7. Yorubaland in the nineteenth century: the height of trouble; 8. The nineteenth century: the internecine wars and consequences; 9. The nineteenth century: slave trade and slavery; 10. The nineteenth century: new agencies of transformation; Part IV. Economic, Social, and Cultural Practices over Time: 11. Precolonial economy; 12. Religion and world view; 13. Creativity: arts, body adornment, and music; Part V. Colonial Yoruba: 14. Colonial rule, economy, education, and identity; 15. Politics and identity in the late colonial era; Part VI. Postcolonial Yoruba: 16. Politics and identity: the post independence era; 17. Politics and identity at the close of the twentieth century; 18. Contemporary politics and identity; 19. Contemporary sociopolitical, economic, and cultural transformation; 20. Summary and conclusion; References; Index.

Fully revised to include the history and scholarship of Africa since the turn of the millennium, this text helps students understand the historical process out of which Africa’s position in the world has emerged. It explores the significance of political independence, and how the people of Africa sought to refashion their lives after colonialism. • Ideal for courses on political science and ‘Introduction to Africa’ courses, and presumes no prior knowledge • Revisions to this edition are fully integrated into the existing structure, including new events and recent scholarship • Contains more emphasis on the ups and downs of African economies, and on the contrast between the political, social, and economic trajectories of different parts of Africa • The existing cases have been updated, and new cases introduced Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Workers, peasants, and the challenge to colonial rule; 3. Citizenship, self-government, and development: the possibilities of the post-war moment; 4. Ending empire and imagining the future; Interlude: rhythms of change in the post-war world; 5. Development and disappointment: economic and social change in an unequal world, 1945–2018; 6. White rule, armed struggle, and beyond; 7. The recurrent crises of the gatekeeper state; 8. Twenty-first century Africa; Index. African history | New Approaches to African History, 13

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 256pp 41 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-108-48068-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-72789-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$27.99

X X

Africa and the Indian Ocean World from Early Times to Circa 1900 Gwyn Campbell | McGill University, Montréal

African history

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 526pp 978-1-107-06460-7 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$105.00 978-1-107-68394-5 Paperback c. £28.99 / c. US$37.99

Africa since 1940

P P

Through the lens of human-environment interaction, Gwyn Campbell studies Africa’s relations with the Indian Ocean world (IOW) from early times up to 1900. In so doing, Campbell radically challenges Eurocentric temporal, spatial and thematic paradigms, and lays the foundations for a new historical interpretation of the IOW. • Puts forward a unique theory which looks at the importance of humanenvironment interaction as the central dynamic of historical change • Radically challenges Eurocentric perspectives • Proposes a new view of the history of Africa’s relations with the outside world – relating it to the Indian Ocean world Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Africa in the making of an IOW global economy; 3. Indian Ocean Africa in the first great upswing in the Indian Ocean world global economy, 300 BCE to 300 CE; 4. Economic instability,

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

History – Other Areas

c.300 to 900 CE; 5. The second great boom in the IOW global economy c.850 to 1250 and its Impact in Northern IOA; 6. Southern IOA and the second upsurge in the IOW global economy; 7. Uncertainties and European intrusion: the IOW global economy, 1300 to 1830; 8. The European impact in Indian Ocean Africa, 1500 to 1830; 9. The international economy and Indian Ocean Africa; 10. Indigenous modernisation in Indian Ocean Africa: Egypt, Imerina, and Ethiopia; 11. The scramble for Indian Ocean Africa; 12. Africa and slavery in the Indian Ocean world. African history | New Approaches to African History, 14

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 312pp 21 b/w illus. 22 maps 978-0-521-81035-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-0-521-00806-8 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

The Courts of the Deccan Sultanates Living Well in the Persian Cosmopolis Emma J. Flatt | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Emma J. Flatt shows the centrality of courtliness in the political and cultural life of the Deccan in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. She argues that a shared courtly disposition facilitated travel, knowledge acquisition and encounters in the Persian-speaking world. This became a route to employment, worldly success and ethical refinement. • Draws attention to the history of courts, rather than kings, in Indian history • Allows a more complex understanding of ethical life in pre-colonial Indo-Persian societies • Utilises understudied sources, such as those on magic and astrology South Asian history

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 346pp 978-1-108-48193-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

Governing Gender and Sexuality in Colonial India The Hijra, c.1850–1900 Jessica Hinchy | Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Jessica Hinchy examines the colonial and postcolonial governance of gender and sexuality through the history of transgender Hijras in north India. She argues that gender, sexual and cultural practices were criminalised not simply through imported British norms, but due to a complex set of local factors, including elite Indian attitudes. • Examines the history and social practices of the nineteenth-century transgender Hijra community • Analyses colonial archival practices and the formation of colonial knowledge • Based on extensive archival research in India and the UK, including previously unexamined documents South Asian history

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 312pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49255-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Pirates of Empire Colonisation and Maritime Violence in Southeast Asia Stefan Eklöf Amirell | Linnéuniversitetet, Sweden

The suppression of piracy and maritime raiding was a keystone in the colonisation of Southeast Asia. This comparative study in colonial history explores how piracy was defined, contested and used to resist or justify colonial expansion, particularly from c.1850 to c.1920. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core. • A comprehensive study of piracy and maritime violence in colonial Southeast Asia • Compares the five major colonial powers in the region – Britain, France, the Netherlands, Spain and the United States • Argues for a new cross-cultural concept of piracy • This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core South-East Asian history

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 282pp 978-1-108-48421-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Nanyang Revolution The Comintern and Chinese Networks in Southeast Asia, 1890–1957 Anna Eduardovna Belogurova | Freie Universität Berlin

An innovative analysis of the Malayan Communist Party in the context of the emergence of nationalism in Southeast Asia and the interplay of overseas Chinese networks and the Comintern. Based on new archival research, Belogurova provides fresh international perspectives on the history of Malaysia, Chinese communism, the Cold War, and decolonization. • Based on rich new archival material relating to the Comintern and the Cold War • Explores the transnational context for China’s communist revolution • Sheds new light on the origins of Malayan nationalism East Asian history

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 270pp 8 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-47165-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Japan’s Castles Citadels of Modernity in War and Peace Oleg Benesch | University of York

An innovative examination of heritage politics in Japan, showing how castles have been used to re-invent and recapture competing versions of the pre-imperial past and project possibilities for Japan’s future. The transformation of castles from symbols of Japan’s martial spirit into cultural heritage sites charts changing understandings of the past. • Provides the first history of Japan’s castles in the modern period • Examines castles in a wide range of locales from the nineteenth century to the present • Lavishly illustrated East Asian history

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 372pp 42 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48194-6 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

History – Other Areas

The Power of Place

Realistic Revolution

Contentious Politics in Twentieth-Century Shanghai and Bombay Mark W. Frazier | The New School, New York

Contesting Chinese History, Culture, and Politics after 1989 Els van Dongen | Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

This comparative history of popular protest in twentieth-century Shanghai and Mumbai examines urban spatial politics - workplace, housing, civic space - and patterns of political conflict. It explains the rise and fall of large-scale contentious politics and the turn to ‘politics of compensation’ as a result of changing political geographies. • The first book to compare the politics of Shanghai and Mumbai • Provides a new understanding of urban popular protest • Introduces the concept of urban political geography Contents: Introduction; 1. Political geographies and contentious ports; 2. Nationalism and urban social movements, 1919; 3. Containing contention through nationalist movements; 4. In search of the socialistmodernist metropolis; 5. The rebellions of 1966; 6. Relocation, de-industrialization, and the politics of compensation in Mumbai; 7. Relocation, de-industrialization, and the politics of compensation in Shanghai; Conclusion.

Realistic Revolution covers the major Chinese intellectual debates on radicalism in history, culture, and politics after 1989 from a transnational perspective. Interdisciplinary and comprehensive, the book is relevant for anyone with an interest in modern China, including historians, intellectual historians, political scientists and sociologists. • Offers a broad overview of the main intellectual debates behind reform in China • Traces scholarly networks from mainland China, to Hong Kong, Taiwan, Singapore, and the United States • Illuminates the ideological contradictions between economic liberalization and political control East Asian history

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-42130-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

East Asian history

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 316pp 11 b/w illus. 6 maps 5 tables 978-1-108-48131-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-72219-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99 P

The Politics of the Past in Early China Vincent S. Leung | Lingnan University, Hong Kong

This is a study of the political uses of the past in early China. Engaging with a variety of historical materials, including inscriptional records, excavated manuscripts, and transmitted texts, it is a wide-ranging exploration of the fraught relationship between politics and historical imagination in Ancient China. • Furthers our understanding of the history of early China and the ancient world • Contributes to our understanding of historiography from the Bronze Age to the first millenium BCE • The book is based on a diverse set of primary sources, including inscriptional materials and excavated manuscripts East Asian history

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 218pp 978-1-108-42572-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

TEXTBOOK

A Social History of Maoist China Conflict and Change, 1949–1976 Felix Wemheuer | University of Cologne

This new social history of Maoist China provides a compelling account of the tumultuous period when China came under Communist rule. A multi-faceted approach traces the PRC’s efforts at modernization and social change, while not losing sight of the human suffering and political terror that remain for many the period’s abiding memory. • Incorporates primary sources, including firsthand accounts narrating how ordinary people lived under Mao • Includes many previously unpublished images that help to visualize everyday life beyond official propaganda • Provides an accessible intersectional account of Maoist China spanning class, gender, and ethnicity Contents: Introduction; 1. Chinese society under Mao: classifications, social hierarchies and distribution; 2. New democracy and the making of new China (1949–52); 3. The transformation to state socialism (1953–7); 4. The great leap into famine (1958–61); 5. The post-famine years: from readjustment to the socialist education campaign (1962–5); 6. The rebellion and its limits: the early cultural revolution (1966–8); 7. Demobilization and restoration: the late cultural revolution (1969–76); 8. Legacies and continuities of the Mao era in reform China.

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

The Making of Japanese Settler Colonialism Malthusianism and Trans-Pacific Migration, 1869–1961 Sidney Xu Lu | Michigan State University

East Asian history | New Approaches to Asian History

This innovative study demonstrates how Japanese empire-builders invented and appropriated the anxiety about overpopulation to justify settler colonialism. Lu reveals the ideological ties, human connections, and institutional continuities between Japanese colonial migration in Asia and Japanese emigration in Hawaii, North and South America. This title is also available as Open Access. • Examines the nexus between Japanese colonial expansion in Asia and Japanese migration to Hawaii and the Americas • Analyzes the discourse of ‘Malthusian expansionism’ and places it at the center of the logic of modern settler colonialism • Reveals how Japanese expansion developed in tandem with the history of Anglo-American settler colonialism in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries • This title is also available as Open Access

March 2019 247 x 174 mm 340pp 37 b/w illus. 2 maps 8 tables 978-1-107-12370-0 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 P 978-1-107-56550-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 G

East Asian history

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 308pp 30 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-48242-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

History – Other Areas / History – Cross Discipline

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Long Search for Peace

Islamic Law of the Sea Freedom of Navigation and Passage Rights in Islamic Thought Hassan S. Khalilieh | University of Haifa, Israel

In this pioneering research, Hassan S. Khalilieh sheds light on the often ignored Islamic law of the sea, and customary practices that were influential in the development of many of the fundamental principles of the pre-modern international law governing the legal status of the high seas and the territorial sea. • Approaches the subject of Islamic international law from the maritime perspective • Focusses on three legal themes: the territorial sea, the high seas, and maritime piracy • Cites Qur’anic verses, prophetic traditions, and the 630 CE Treaty in the original Arabic Middle East history | Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 2 maps 978-1-108-48145-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Friends of the Emir

The rulers of the premodern Islamic world employed vast numbers of non-Muslim officials. Jews, Christians, Zoroastrians, and others rose to positions of influence at the courts of Muslim caliphs and sultans. This book traces and analyzes how Muslims thought and wrote about these nonMuslim officials who helped to administer their governments. • Proposes a new model for the development of exclusionary political views in Islamic history • Uncovers a wide range of sources from chronicles and law to belles lettres, polemic, and poetry • Offers a wide range of examples from across the premodern Islamic world: from Europe and the Middle East to East Asia Middle East history | Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

Creating the Modern Iranian Woman Popular Culture between Two Revolutions Liora Hendelman-Baavur | Tel-Aviv University

This examination of the Iranian popular culture and women’s role within this challenges familiar western assumptions about the complexities of Iranian popular culture. Presenting a wealth of information drawn from a diverse set of sources, it situates Iranian women’s magazines within their broader economic, social, political and cultural context. • Challenges western assumptions about the role of women in Iranian society and culture • Provides a fresh interpretation of Iranian history during the 1960s and 1970s, a crucial period prior to the Iranian revolution • Offers background and insights on the political culture of print media in Iran Middle East history | The Global Middle East

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 357pp 978-1-108-49807-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

In The Long Search for Peace, Peter Londey, Rhys Crawley and David Horner weave a rich and compelling tapestry of official government files and personal narratives of peacekeeping veterans to present this authoritative account of the origins of Australian peacekeeping. • Provides an overview of Australian peacekeeping missions from 1947 to 2006 • Interweaves official government documents and the personal narratives of veterans to present an authoritative history of the origins of Australian peacekeeping • Details all major decolonisation efforts (Kashmir, Cyprus, the Middle East, Indonesia, Korea and Rhodesia) as well as smaller-scale missions in the Congo, West New Guinea, Yemen, Uganda and Lebanon Australian history

October 2019 244 x 170 mm 940pp 6 b/w illus. 130 colour illus. 978-1-108-48298-1 Hardback £110.00 / US$145.00 G

History – Cross Discipline

Non-Muslim State Officials in Premodern Islamic Thought Luke B. Yarbrough | University of California, Los Angeles

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-49660-5 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

Observer Missions and Beyond, 1947–2006 Volume 1: The Official History of Australian Peacekeeping, Humanitarian and Post-Cold War Operations Peter Londey | Australian National University, Canberra

The World Health Organization A History Marcos Cueto | Casa de Oswaldo Cruz, Fiocruz, Rio de Janeiro

A history of the World Health Organization, covering major achievements in its seventy years while also highlighting the organization’s internal tensions. This account by three leading historians of medicine examines how well the organization has pursued its aim of everyone, everywhere attaining the highest possible level of health. • Presents a comprehensive narrative history of the major international health agency of the second half of the twentieth century • Pinpoints two very different perspectives that have long shaped major decisions in international health • Identifies the past and present problems of global health Contents: Introduction; 1. The making of an international health establishment; 2. The birth of the World Health Organization, 1945–8; 3. The start-up years, 1948–55; 4. The Cold War and eradication; 5. Overcoming the warming of the Cold War: smallpox eradication; 6. The transition from ‘family planning’ to ‘sexual and reproductive rights’; 7. The vicissitudes of primary health care; 8. The response to the HIV/AIDS pandemic; 9. An embattled director-general and the persistence of the WHO; 10. The competitive world of global health; 11. The World Health Organization in the second decade of the twenty-first century. History of medicine | Global Health Histories

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 394pp 54 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48357-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-72884-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

History – Cross Discipline

The Colonial Life of Pharmaceuticals

Our Corner of the Somme

Medicines and Modernity in Vietnam Laurence Monnais | Université de Montréal

Australia at Villers-Bretonneux Romain Fathi | Flinders University of South Australia

In this examination of the early globalization of the pharmaceutical industry, Laurence Monnais argues that colonialism played a crucial part in the worldwide diffusion of modern medicines, speaking to contemporary concerns regarding over-reliance on pharmaceuticals, selfmedication, and the accessibility of effective drug treatments. • The first history to examine how pharmaceuticals were produced, defined, and brought to consumers in a colonial context • Highlights the political, economic, and sociocultural contexts of medical practices in Southeast Asia • Assesses the early globalization of pharmaceuticals

Our Corner of the Somme provides an eye-opening analysis of the memorialisation of Australians on the Western Front and the Anzac legend that contributes to Australians’ identity. Romain Fathi challenges accepted historiography by examining the creation, projection and performance of Australia’s nationhood in northern France. • Provides a new interpretation of famous events from the First World War • Details the often-unseen political influences that helped shape a national memory of the First World War • Questions the well-established notion of Anzac valour in the Battle of the Somme

History of medicine | Global Health Histories

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 296pp 6 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-47466-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Military history | Australian Army History Series

The Cambridge History of Science

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 288pp 36 b/w illus. 4 maps 1 table 978-1-108-47149-7 Hardback £45.00 / US$69.95 G

Volume 1: Ancient Science Edited by Alexander Jones | New York University

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

This volume brings together a group of highly respected specialists to provide the most comprehensive and up-to-date history of ancient science. With coverage of the principal scientific and medical traditions of the Old World, its essays introduce the latest thinking in the history of science. • Gives readers an overview of the principal scientific traditions of the Old World in antiquity • Provides a detailed introduction to key areas of ancient scientific, medical and mathematical work • Enables readers to understand what issues and ideas were valued in ancient cultures with regards to science, medicine and mathematics History of science and technology | The Cambridge History of Science

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 660pp 978-0-521-57162-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$160.00

HIGHLIGHT

A History of Australia’s First World War Art Scheme Margaret Hutchison | Australian Catholic University, Brisbane

Richly illustrated, Painting War is the first book to examine in depth the genesis of one of Australia’s most enduring forms of commemoration. It provides an important understanding of the individuals, institutions and the politics behind the war art scheme that helped shape a national memory of the First World War for Australia. • Introduces readers to a commonly overlooked aspect of the First World War • Details the often unseen political influences that helped shape a national memory of the First World War • Includes rich examples of the artworks produced with four full-colour plate sections Military history | Australian Army History Series

Why America Loses Wars

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 284pp 64 colour illus. 978-1-108-47150-3 Hardback £44.99 / US$64.99

Limited War and US Strategy from the Korean War to the Present Donald Stoker

How can you achieve victory in war if you don’t know your objectives or what victory means? Donald Stoker reveals the flaws in US policy and strategy from the Korean War to the present and lays the foundations for a better approach to the wars of tomorrow. • Reveals why America fails to win wars or secure peace afterwards • Demonstrates that current flawed ideas of limited war have led to America’s defeats and ‘forever wars’ • Replaces existing Cold War and post-Cold War theories on limited war with more realistic concepts Military history

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 344pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47959-2 Hardback £22.00 / US$29.95

Painting War

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Price of Bread Regulating the Market in the Dutch Republic Jan de Vries | University of California, Berkeley

How to maintain fair market relations, a major contemporary concern, is addressed in this study of the regulation of bread prices. The humble loaf serves as a prism through which to explore major developments in early modern European society and how public market regulation affected private economic life. • Contributes to the modern debate about the effects of regulatory policy on the efficiency and fairness of market economies • Reveals how the Dutch Republic employed market regulations to control prices and its taxation policy within a capitalist system • Proposes that a ‘wheat bread revolution’ took place in Western Europe that transformed the cost of living in ways that were until now unexplored Contents: Introduction; Part I. The Regulatory Regime: Protecting the Consumer and Strengthening the State: 1. Bread price regulation in Europe before the 1590s; 2. Free trade in grain?; 3. The Dutch broodzetting: the introduction of a ‘new system’ of bread price regulation; 4. Administering and enforcing the new bread price regulations; 5. The Dutch ‘peculiar institution’; Part II. Industrial Organization: The Producers in a Regulated Industry: 6. Grain: the interaction of international trade and domestic

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

History – Cross Discipline / American Literature

production; 7. The milling sector: a trade harnessed to raison d’état?; 8. The baking enterprise: efficiency versus convenience; 9. The structure of bread prices; Part III. Consumer Welfare and Consumer Choice: 10. Crise de subsistence: did price regulation shelter consumers from food crises?; 11. Choosing what to eat in the early modern era; 12. Bread consumption: a wheat bread revolution?; 13. Measuring the standard of living: a demand-side approach; Part IV. Perspective and Demise: 14. Dutch bread price regulation in international perspective; 15. Bread price regulation renewed and abolished, 1776–1855; Conclusion. Economic history | Cambridge Studies in Economic History – Second Series

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 508pp 59 b/w illus. 3 maps 106 tables 978-1-108-47638-6 Hardback £34.99 / US$44.99 P

Creating Global Shipping 18

Aristotle Onassis, the Vagliano Brothers, and the Business of Shipping, c.1820–1970 Gelina Harlaftis | Ionian University, Corfu

Shipping has been a leading sector in European economic growth for centuries. Yet, it rarely features in business or economic history. This history of shipping in Greece, which centers on the Vagliano brothers and Aristotle Onassis, redresses this by making this invisible global business visible. • The first serious treatment of Aristotle Onassis and his contribution to contemporary shipping • Will appeal to those interested in how successful global businesses are created and sustained • Based on significant archival research worldwide, showing how Onassis’ successes came on the back of those of the Vagliano brothers Economic history | Cambridge Studies in the Emergence of Global Enterprise

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 340pp 46 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-108-47539-6 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

Subversive Seas Anticolonial Networks across the TwentiethCentury Dutch Empire Kris Alexanderson | University of the Pacific, California

This revealing portrait of the oceanic Dutch Empire is at once a global history of maritime networks connecting colonial Indonesia to port cities in East Asia, the Middle East, and Europe, and a ship-level history of the everyday lives and political struggles of colonial subjects travelling across the world’s oceans. • Provides a more complex understanding of European imperialism from an oceanic viewpoint • Shows how oceans were an interface between colonial empires and businesses, governments, and people worldwide • The richly interdisciplinary subject matter ranges from global, regional, diplomatic, and social history to Southeast Asian, South Asian and Middle Eastern studies Global history

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 322pp 16 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-47202-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The History of the Arthaśāstra Sovereignty and Sacred Law in Ancient India Mark McClish | Northwestern University, Illinois

The Arthaśāstra is the foundational text of Indic political thought. By analyzing its early history, Mark McClish overturns prevailing beliefs that ancient India was governed by religion and shows that this text originally espoused a political philosophy characterized by empiricism and pragmatism, ignoring the sacred mandate of dharma altogether. • Proposes a new theory of the composition of the Arthaśāstra • Demonstrates the onset of a new kind of political theology in the late classical period • Offers a concrete historical argument about the development of political thought in ancient India, particularly charting out the rise of Brāhmaņism as a political force History of ideas and intellectual history | Ideas in Context, 120

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-47690-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Parliamentarism From Burke to Weber William Selinger | University College London

Offering novel interpretations of canonical liberal authors, including Burke, Constant and Mill, this history of liberal political ideas suggests a new paradigm for interpreting the development of modern political thought, inspiring fresh perspectives on historical issues from the eighteenth to the early twentieth centuries. • Offers novel interpretations of an extraordinary variety of canonical authors including Burke, Constant, Mill and Bagehot • Presents a thorough treatment of liberal politics and political theory from the eighteenth to the early twentieth centuries • Demonstrates the broad significance of parliament and the theory of parliamentarism in the development of European political thought, and its relevance for contemporary representative government History of ideas and intellectual history | Ideas in Context, 121

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-47574-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

American Literature PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge Companion to Richard Wright Edited by Glenda R. Carpio | Harvard University, Massachusetts

This Companion will be used in undergraduate and graduate courses on African American studies and American literature. It will appeal to those wishing to examine black literature in relationship to a variety of disciplines – including psychology, political science, sociology and philosophy – and anyone interested in the relationship between art and social change. • Provides a broad account of Wright’s oeuvre but also attends to topics, texts, and archival records that have not been previously discussed • Discusses Wright’s seminal position in twentieth-century African American and Afro-diasporic literature • Offers accounts of Wright’s artistic innovation and shows its connection to his political vision Contents: Introduction: Richard Wright’s art and politics; Part I. Native Son in Jim Crow America: 1. The literary ecology of Native Son and Black Boy; 2. Richard Wright’s planned incongruity: Black Boy as modern

American Literature

living; 3. Marxism, communism, and Richard Wright’s depression-era work; 4. Rhythms of race in Richard Wright’s ‘Big Boy Leaves Home’; 5. Sincere art and honest science: Richard Wright and the Chicago School of Sociology; 6. Outside joke: humorlessness and masculinity in Richard Wright; Part II. I Choose Exile: Wright Abroad: 7. Freedom in a godless and unhappy world: Wright as outsider; 8. Richard Wright, Paris Noir, and transatlantic networks: a book history perspective; 9. Expatriation in Wright’s late fiction; 10. Richard Wright’s globalism; 11. Richard Wright’s transnationalism and his unwritten Magnus Opus; 12. Tenderness in early Richard Wright. American literature | Cambridge Companions to Literature

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 264pp 978-1-108-47517-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Counterfeit Culture Truth and Authenticity in the American Prose Epic since 1960 Rob Turner | University of Exeter

Counterfeit Culture explores the possibility of writing epic in an age of alternative facts. It addresses the relationship between the American epic and postmodernism. This book is for graduates and researchers working on post World War II American literature. • Brings literary-critical context to the current debate surrounding inauthenticity and ‘alternative facts’ in American culture and public life • Draws upon neglected texts, including the longest novel in American literature (Marguerite Young’s Miss MacIntosh, My Darling, 1965), alongside more canonical works • Extends the exploration of national epic in the Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture series into the contemporary era American literature | Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture, 181

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 4 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42848-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Rethinking Sympathy and Human Contact in Nineteenth-Century American Literature Hawthorne, Douglass, Stowe, Dickinson Marianne Noble | American University, Washington DC

Edited by Inger H. Dalsgaard | Aarhus Universitet, Denmark

This book guides readers through the global scope and prolific imagination of Pynchon’s canonical work, providing the most up-to-date and authoritative scholarly analyses of his writing. It will be of interest to students, graduates and instructors studying and teaching Thomas Pynchon. • The book is organized to help readers target their reading thematically • Essays provide a wide array of possible perspectives on Thomas Pynchon’s work • Contains a chronology and biographical essay that provide two different entryways to Pynchon’s life and career: timeline and bullet points for quick comprehension and narrative description with more details and explanations American literature | Literature in Context

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-49702-2 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$120.00

James Baldwin in Context Edited by D. Quentin Miller | Suffolk University, Massachusetts

This volume is for newcomers to Baldwin’s work as well as those who are familiar with that work and with established ways to approach it. The language and perspectives of the two dozen authors contained herein are diverse, and yet all of the essays are accessible to specialists and nonspecialists alike. • Provides a broad overview of Baldwin’s life and work • Considers Baldwin’s work from multiple perspectives, combining perspectives of well-established Baldwin scholars and relative newcomers • Serves as an introduction to those less familiar with Baldwin’s work and goes into depth for those more familiar with it American literature | Literature in Context

The book analyzes the evolution of antebellum literary explorations of sympathy and human contact in the 1850s and 1860s. It will appeal to undergraduates and scholars seeking new approaches to canonical American authors, psychological theorists of sympathy and empathy, and philosophers of moral philosophy. • Presents a new understanding of human contact as grounded not in truth but in sympathy • Presents an understanding of sympathy that corrects both overly negative and overly positive approaches to both sympathy and empathy • Focuses on the second and third works of authors famous for their first works American literature | Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture, 182

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 328pp 978-1-108-48133-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Thomas Pynchon in Context

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-47672-0 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$120.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The New Jewish American Literary Studies Edited by Victoria Aarons | Trinity University, Texas

This volume is designed for undergraduates, graduate students, and scholars and teachers of Jewish American literature. It will be of interest to the educated lay audience given the timely nature of some of the issues addressed: race, gender, cultural and ethnic hybridity, and the relation of Israel and America. • Proposes a new study of Jewish American literary studies in the twenty-first century • Includes new readings of some central literary texts • Utilizes an international approach to Jewish American studies American literature | Twenty-First-Century Critical Revisions

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-108-42628-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

American Literature / English Literature

The New Pynchon Studies

Climate and Literature

Edited by Joanna Freer | University of Exeter

Edited by Adeline Johns-Putra | University of Surrey

This book is aimed at both established scholars and graduate students. Informed by twentyfirst-century theoretical, political, and analytical developments, it provides established scholars with a useful overview of new directions in Pynchon scholarship. For students, it brings together essays that cover a broad range of topics and new approaches. • Traces developments in Pynchon’s fiction and in criticism around it over the course of the author’s career • Essays are not based around a single theme or Pynchon novel • Emphasizes Pynchon’s most recent novels, published in the twenty-first century, which have been somewhat critically undervalued

The essays in this volume detail the history of literary representations of climate and climate’s influence on literature. They explore and challenge the idea, fostered since the Enlightenment development of climate science, that climate belongs to the realm of science, somehow separate from literature and the realm of the imagination. • Examines the history of climate and literature, going back to the classical age • Discusses how attitudes to climate have been shaped by cultural concerns, and, in turn, how climate science has influenced literature • Each essay details a different historical period or theme Literary theory | Cambridge Critical Concepts

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42252-9 Hardback c. £91.99 / c. US$120.00

American literature | Twenty-First-Century Critical Revisions

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-47446-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Edited by Crystal Parikh | New York University

The New Emily Dickinson Studies Edited by Michelle Kohler | Tulane University, Louisiana

This collection presents new approaches to Dickinson, informed by twenty-first-century theory and methodologies. The book is indispensable for Dickinson scholars and students at all levels, as well as scholars specializing in American literature, poetics, ecocriticism, new materialism, race, disability studies, and feminist theory. • Reads Dickinson in new contexts such as contemporary US racial politics, digital humanities and disability studies • Provides new and emerging theoretical and critical frameworks for approaching Dickinson • Brings readers versions of Dickinson that are more up-to-date with regard to ways of thinking about subjectivity and authorial identity American literature | Twenty-First-Century Critical Revisions

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 328pp 978-1-108-48030-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

English Literature Hegel and the Foundations of Literary Theory

This Companion is intended for an academic audience, ranging from advanced undergraduate students to professional scholars and from a variety of disciplines, who are interested in the new field of human rights and literature. • Emphasizes both interdisciplinary methods and the specific contributions and methods of literary studies • Provides overviews on the pertinent research questions, consensus, and debates in the field • Offers an accessible introduction to the field Contents: Chronology of major works and events, 1215–2018; Introduction; Part I. Genealogies and Contexts: 1. Recounting history, locating precursors for human rights; 2. Humanitarianism’s way in the world: on missionary and emergency imaginaries; 3. Literature, human rights and the Cold War; 4. Human rights in the vernacular: translating and inventing rights outside the state; Part II. Fashioning Methods: 5. Law and literature, the procedural and the performative; 6. Human rights modes and media; 7. Remembering the forgetting: human rights literature and memory work; 8. Queering human rights: the transgender child; Part III. Generic Representations: 9. Narrating the human person; 10. The dramas of human rights: documentary theater and performance; 11. Poetic justice and the idea of poetic redress; 12. Truth-telling: reportage and creative nonfiction; 13. Visualizing the world: graphic novels, comics, and human rights; Part IV. Writing Human Rights: 14. Perpetrators, victims, and beneficiaries: the subjects of human rights; 15. Routing emotions, forming humans: affect, aesthetics, rhetoric; 16. Beyond sovereignty: reimagining vulnerability and security; Bibliography. Literary theory | Cambridge Companions to Literature

M. A. R. Habib | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Senior scholar M. A. R. Habib explores how Hegel’s thought has come to shape modern literary theory. He explains Hegel’s difficult ideas on many subjects: logic, the history of philosophy, language, gender, empire, and the political state. This book will be essential reading for all in the field. • Offers the first comprehensive study of Hegel’s influence on literary theory • Provides clear expositions of Hegel’s texts and of various branches of theory • Situates Hegel and theory in a broad historical context Literary theory

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 346pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47138-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Cambridge Companion to Human Rights and Literature

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-48132-8 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-108-72220-9 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

English Literature

Climate Change and the Contemporary Novel

Sixteenth-Century Readers, Fifteenth-Century Books

Adeline Johns-Putra | University of Surrey

Continuities of Reading in the English Reformation Margaret Connolly | University of St Andrews, Scotland

The growing number of contemporary climate change novels tend to frame global warming in terms of our relationship to our children and the generations to come. Johns-Putra investigates how such fiction might help us to better understand our ethical responsibilities to the future in a time of great ecological peril. • Shows how fiction is able to help us to engage with the ethical and political dilemmas posed by climate change • Identifies and investigates a prominent theme (intergenerational ethics) in contemporary climate change fiction • Argues that an emotional response to literature can have real-world benefits in producing environmental awareness and action Literary theory | Cambridge Studies in Twenty-First-Century Literature and Culture

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 196pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42737-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

Investigating the reception of medieval manuscripts over a long century, and the members of the Tudor gentry family who owned them, reveals an unexpectedly strong interest in works of the past, and the continuing intellectual and domestic importance of medieval manuscripts in an age of print. • Combining the study of historical records and literary manuscripts, this book reveals the history of the medieval books as artefacts and the men who owned and annotated them • Traces the continuities of medieval devotion in the sixteenth century in spite of the tectonic changes of the Reformation • Brings into focus the study of the manuscript through the lens of reception, ownership and use Publishing, printing history, history of the book | Cambridge Studies in Palaeography and Codicology, 16

The Cambridge Handbook of Literary Authorship

January 2019 247 x 174 mm 330pp 19 b/w illus. 2 maps 4 tables 978-1-108-42677-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00 C

Edited by Ingo Berensmeyer | Ludwig-MaximiliansUniversität Munchen

The Renaissance Reform of the Book and Britain

This Handbook provides the definitive guide to authorship studies. Covering a vast chronological range, Part I considers the history of authorship from cuneiform to contemporary literatures. Part II explores theories of authorship, while Part III explores practical dimensions of the subject, including attribution, copyright and censorship. • The chapters are original work specifically written for the book by leading scholars • Presents a one-stop guide to global literary authorship over the ages, ideal for scholars and advanced students of literature • Authorship studies is a new and burgeoning area of literary research and this work responds to the previous lack of a wide-reaching comprehensive handbook in the field, and addresses a popular desire to keep talking about the biographical author Publishing, printing history, history of the book

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 550pp 978-1-107-16865-7 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$170.00

The European Encyclopedia From 1650 to the Twenty-First Century Jeff Loveland | University of Cincinnati

This book is for anyone interested in the history of encyclopedias, including academics in the humanities and non-academic readers with an interest in encyclopedias (for example, those nostalgic for printed encyclopedias and those curious about Wikipedia). The book offers a broad contextualization of the modern European encyclopedia since 1650. • Provides the first comprehensive history of the European encyclopedia to be written in English for over fifty years • Delivers a study of encyclopedias from multiple languages (notably English, French, and German, but also others) • Organized thematically, readers can get a broad sense of how encyclopedias evolved and compared with one another in a given area Publishing, printing history, history of the book

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 400pp 34 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-48109-0 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

The English Quattrocento David Rundle | University of Kent, Canterbury

The definitive study of humanist script in England before 1509, this book also provides an important re-interpretation of the success of Renaissance humanism. It introduces a range of Dutch, German, English and Scottish scribes in demonstrating humanism’s cosmopolitanism. • The book is supported with extensive illustrations and a colour plate section • Proposes a new understanding of English engagement with the Renaissance by focusing on a central element of humanist agenda, the reform of the manuscript • Explores a pan-European collection of manuscripts including texts from Italy, Germany, the Netherlands and Scotland Publishing, printing history, history of the book | Cambridge Studies in Palaeography and Codicology, 17

April 2019 247 x 174 mm 292pp 24 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 978-1-107-19343-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Young People, Comics and Reading Exploring a Complex Reading Experience Lucia Cedeira Serantes | Queens College, City University of New York

This Element is founded upon research conducted with seventeen teens and young adults who identify themselves as readers of comics for pleasure. These interviews provide insights about how comics reading evolves with the readers and their overall reading experience. Special attention is paid to the place of female readers in the comics community. Publishing, printing history, history of the book | Elements in Publishing and Book Culture

February 2019 178 x 127 mm 75pp 1 table 978-1-108-44534-4 Paperback £9.99 / US$13.99

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

English Literature

TEXTBOOK

Digital Authorship

King Richard ll

Publishing in the Attention Economy R. Lyle Skains | Bangor University

Third edition William Shakespeare Edited by Andrew Gurr | University of Reading

Explores contemporary authorship via three key authorial roles: indie publisher, hybrid author, and fanfiction writer. Examines how digital and networked media allow writers to distribute their work directly to - and often in collaboration with their readers. These writers tend to favor publishing platforms that generate attention capital. Publishing, printing history, history of the book | Elements in Publishing and Book Culture

February 2019 178 x 127 mm 75pp 978-1-108-44448-4 Paperback £9.99 / US$13.99

Correspondence of Richardson’s Final Years (1755–1761)

Contents: Introduction; The play; Textual analysis; Appendixes: 1. Shakespeare’s use of Holinshed; 2. Extracts from Daniel’s The Civil Wars; 3. ‘An Homilie against Disobedience’; 4. Extracts from England’s Parnassus; Reading list.

Samuel Richardson Edited by Shelley King | Queen’s University, Ontario

The first scholarly edition of author, printer and businessman Samuel Richardson’s correspondence from his final years as he struggles with physical decline. Drawn from a range of print and manuscript sources, the letters are fully annotated and supported by a textual apparatus detailing all emendations and editorial adjustments. • The first scholarly edition of this important body of eighteenth-century correspondence, presented with a detailed commentary • Topics discussed include aging and physical infirmities, the death of friends and family, literary news regarding Richardson’s own novels and his readership as well as his mentorship of writers Frances Sheridan and Sarah Fielding • Essential reading for anyone interested in eighteenth-century English literary history and the life of Samuel Richardson Literature – editions, texts | The Cambridge Edition of the Correspondence of Samuel Richardson, 11

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 600pp 1 b/w illus. 978-0-521-83188-8 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$95.00

The Great Gatsby F. Scott Fitzgerald James L. W. West III | Pennsylvania State University

This final volume in the Cambridge Edition of the Works of F. Scott Fitzgerald is based on the 1925 first edition of the author’s masterpiece. Historical annotations provide identifications of persons, places, events, popular songs, and literary works – all now made available to readers, teachers, critics, and scholars. • Offers the final volume in the Cambridge Edition of the Works of F. Scott Fitzgerald based on the 1925 first edition of the author’s masterpiece • Returns control of the text to Fitzgerald by basing it on various forms of the first edition, including, importantly, Fitzgerald’s personal copy of the novel, which bears corrections and revisions in his hand • Supported by an introduction, tracing the history of the novel, an emended text, emendation tables, Fitzgerald’s 1935 introduction, and fourteen illustrations Literature – editions, texts | The Cambridge Edition of the Works of F. Scott Fitzgerald

April 2019 216 x 138 mm 350pp 978-0-521-76620-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

In this updated edition of King Richard II, Claire McEachern provides a fresh introductory section in which she discusses the most important productions and scholarly criticism of recent years. Andrew Gurr’s acclaimed introduction is also accompanied by an updated reading list. • Features a fresh introductory section which brings the edition’s analysis of scholarly criticism and performance right up-to-date • Provides a revised reading list • Includes fresh illustrations

Literature – editions, texts | The New Cambridge Shakespeare

December 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42330-4 Hardback £49.99 / US$61.99 978-1-108-43730-1 Paperback £8.99 / US$11.95

X G

TEXTBOOK

Hamlet Prince of Denmark Third edition William Shakespeare Editor (introduction and notes) Heather Hirschfeld | University of Tennessee

The third edition of Hamlet offers a completely new introduction to this rich, mysterious play. Supplemented by an updated reading list, extensive illustrations and helpful appendices, this edition features revised commentary notes explicitly designed for the student reader, offering the very best in contemporary criticism of this great tragedy. • A completely fresh introduction equips students to analyse the language and staging of the play for themselves • The textual commentary has been revised and updated with an eye, and ear, to the contemporary student reader • An updated readings list reflects the latest developments in Shakespearean criticism, providing direction for further study Contents: Introduction; Note on the text; List of characters; The play; Reading list; Appendices. Literature – editions, texts | The New Cambridge Shakespeare

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-15297-7 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99 978-1-316-60673-5 Paperback £8.99 / US$11.95

X G

English Literature

The Cambridge Edition of the Works of John Webster

The Cambridge Companion to Medieval English Law and Literature

Sir Thomas Wyatt, Westward Ho, Northward Ho, The Fair Maid of the Inn Volume 4 Edited by David Gunby | University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand

Edited by Candace Barrington | Central Connecticut State University

This is the fourth and final volume of the Cambridge edition of the complete works of John Webster. This final volume contains four plays that Webster wrote in collaboration: Sir Thomas Wyatt, Westward Ho, Northward Ho and The Fair Maid of the Inn. • This edition preserves the original spelling of all the plays, poetry and prose • Integrates theatrical aspects of the plays with their bibliographical and literary features • Provides a brief biography, illustrations and a critical, textual and, for the drama, theatrical history of each work Literature – editions, texts | The Works of John Webster, 4

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 600pp 978-0-521-76601-2 Hardback c. £130.00 / c. US$170.00

The Cambridge Companion to the Literature of the Crusades Edited by Anthony Bale | Birkbeck College, University of London

This volume offers a cultural history of the idea of crusading over the last millennium. Focussing on the literature and culture of Europe, it shows how the Crusades, and the crusaders, were described, remembered, and romanticised by the various communities that have written about them. • Offers an understanding of the Crusades in European literature and culture • Provides interdisciplinary ways of understanding a key motif of European history • Considers crusading in a variety of contexts and media, from the Middle Ages to the present day

The Companion provides an introduction to the relationship between law and literature in medieval England. It will be of interest to advanced students and scholars of literature, history and culture in the AngloSaxon, medieval and Tudor periods. Scholars will also appreciate the surveys and discussions of literary uses of legal motifs. • Illuminates the connections between law and literature in latemedieval England, and recognizes the open-ended routes Middle English literary texts make through that legal world • Includes analysis of the language of canon, civil, statutory and common law • Explores the legal aspects of the work of major authors of the period, as well as the social and political contexts of the writing Contents: Part I. Legal Contexts: 1. English law before the conquest; 2. Languages and law in late medieval England: English, French and Latin; 3. Canon and civil law; 4. Custom and common law; 5. Magna Carta and statutory law; 6. Treatises, tracts, and compilations; Part II. Literary Texts: 7. Treason; 8. Complaint literature; 9. Political literature and political law; 10. William Langland; 11. Geoffrey Chaucer; 12. John Gower; 13. Lollards and religious writings; 14. Lancastrian literature; 15. Middle English romance and Malory’s Le Morte Darthur; 16. Marriage and the legal culture of witnessing. English literature – Anglo-Saxon and Medieval | Cambridge Companions to Literature

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 240pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18078-9 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-316-63234-5 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$28.99

P P

Medieval Affect, Feeling, and Emotion Edited by Glenn D. Burger | Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York

Contents: Part I. Genres: 1. Chronicles; 2. Chansons de geste; 3. The troubadours and their lyrics; Part II. Contexts and Communities: 4. Rome, Byzantium, and the Idea of Holy War; 5. Women’s writing and patronage; 6. Reading and writing in Outremer; 7. Hebrew crusade literature in its Latin and Arabic contexts; Part III. Themes and Images: 8. The earthly and heavenly Jerusalem; 9. Orientalism and the ‘Saracen’; 10. Chivalry, masculinity, and sexuality; Part IV. Heroes: 11. Richard the Lionheart and Saladin; 12. ‘El Cid’ (Rodrigo Díaz de Vivar); 13. Charlemagne, Godfrey of Bouillon, and Louis IX of France; Part V. Afterlives: 14. Romance and crusade in Late Medieval England; 15. Renaissance crusading literature; 16. Crusading and medievalism.

This collection conducts an intersectional investigation of affects, feelings, and emotions in non-religious late Middle English literatures. From Geoffrey Chaucer to Gavin Douglas, eight chapters by leading scholars examine the coexistence of emotion and affect in late Medieval representations of feeling. • Proposes an intersectional approach to affect, feeling and emotion in late Medieval English literature • Does not confine the study of affect to pious works but applies them to secular literature • Examines works by authors such as Geoffrey Chaucer and Gavin Douglas

English literature – Anglo-Saxon and Medieval | Cambridge Companions to Literature

English literature – Anglo-Saxon and Medieval | Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature, 107

January 2019 228 x 152 mm 302pp 978-1-108-47451-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-46486-4 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 256pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47196-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

P P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

English Literature

Geoffrey Chaucer in Context Ian Johnson | University of St Andrews, Scotland

This volume supports Chaucer’s modern readers by delivering the essential contexts – literary, historical, cultural, social, aesthetic, spiritual, philosophical, economic, psychological, linguistic and scientific – through which to read, interpret and enjoy his works with greater confidence and independence. • Illuminates context, rather than a simple provision of textual readings, in order to inform and enhance independent approaches to Chaucer • Contributions from leading international historians in addition to Middle English literature specialists ensure fresh and distinctive perspectives and information • Addresses all manner of questions – literary, historical, cultural, social, aesthetic, spiritual, political, economic, psychological, philosophical, scientific and linguistic – likely to be on the minds of anyone studying Chaucer English literature – Anglo-Saxon and Medieval | Literature in Context

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 498pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03564-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99

The Globe Experiment Second edition David Crystal | University of Wales, Bangor

How did Shakespeare’s plays sound when they were originally performed? How can we know, and could the original pronunciation ever be recreated? David Crystal recounts and reflects on Shakespeare’s Globe’s experiment with original pronunciation. • Presents an unprecedented exercise in applying linguistics • Describes a special moment in theatre history • Provides a rare bridge between linguistic, literary, and theatre studies Contents: Prologue; 1. Idea; 2. Proposal; 3. Evidence; 4. Rehearsal; 5. Performance; 6. Consequences; Epilogue; Afterlife. English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

Explores nostalgia for the medieval past in early modern popular entertainment, bringing together plays by Shakespeare, Heywood, Munday and Chettle, together with extensive research on contemporary ballads and other cheap print. This book will be of interest to researchers and students of early modern literature, history, drama and print culture. • Challenges existing historiography to offer a new insight into the invention of ‘Merry England’ in the sixteenth century • Explores the relationship between early modern broadside ballads and the theatre • Reframes the ostensibly limiting components of broadside ballads – repetition and conventionality – as key to their appeal English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 248pp 978-1-108-48227-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

‘Hamlet’ and World Cinema Making a case for Hamlet as the world’s most frequently filmed text, and using specially commissioned interviews with cast, directors and screenwriters, ‘Hamlet’ and World Cinema reveals a rich history of cinematic production. This book will appeal to students studying Shakespeare in performance and film and media studies. • Introduces the canon of international cinematic adaptations of Hamlet and explores the depth and diversity of the world’s most filmed text • Contextual discussion of the relationship between politics and Shakespearean adaptation aids appreciation of how world cinema refracts and negotiates contemporary conflict • Features rare illustrations which allow visual engagement with the argument English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 25 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-13550-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

A Mirror for Magistrates A Modernized and Annotated Edition Edited by Scott Lucas | The Citadel, South Carolina

The first modern critical edition of A Mirror for Magistrates – a collection of tragic verse narratives compiled by William Baldwin in 1559. This volume is aimed at scholars and advanced students of early modern English literature and history, and undergraduates researching the Mirror’s influence on early modern English authors. • Features an up-to-date critical introduction, scholarly annotations, modern spelling and glosses of unfamiliar words and recent Mirror criticism • A headnote for each poem identifies both the sources of the piece and other early modern works that tell the story of the same featured medieval personage • Each section of the work includes complete information about the persons and events referenced English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700

March 2019 247 x 174 mm 480pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04001-4 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$125.00

Merry Worlds Harriet Phillips | Queen Mary University of London

Mark Thornton Burnett | Queen’s University Belfast

Pronouncing Shakespeare

April 2019 203 x 127 mm 190pp 978-1-108-46669-1 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$19.99

Nostalgia in Print and Performance, 1510–1613

The Cambridge Companion to Shakespeare’s Language Edited by Lynne Magnusson | University of Toronto

The Companion uses accessible approaches and practical examples to help readers engage pleasurably with Shakespeare’s challenging language. It will appeal to upper level undergraduate and graduate students of Shakespeare and Renaissance literature and drama, as well as students of English language and the history of language. • Introduces the basic elements of Shakespeare’s complex language • Provides a lucid and user-friendly introduction to quantitative and computational approaches to Shakespeare’s language, enabling readers to test-drive digital analysis of Shakespeare’s language and style • Features a glossary of rhetorical figures of speech, with Shakespearean examples, that will allow readers to identify and explore some of the figures and tropes that contribute to Shakespeare’s verbal artistry Contents: Part I. Basic Elements: 1. Shakespeare and the problem of style; 2. Shakespeare’s creativity with words; 3. The performative power of Shakespeare’s language; 4. Verse and metre; 5. The dynamics of Shakespearean dialogue; 6. Figures of speech at work; Part II. Shaping Contexts: 7. Approaching Shakespeare through rhetoric; 8. Shakespeare and social languages; Part III. New Technologies: 9. Digital approaches to Shakespeare’s language; 10. Authorship, computers, and comparative

English Literature

style; 11. Reading in time: cognitive dynamics and the literary experience of Shakespeare; Part IV. Contemporary Sites for Language Change: 12. Writing for actors: language that cues performance; 13. Language and translation; 14. Popular culture and Shakespeare’s language. English literature – Renaissance and early modern to 1700 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-13193-4 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-107-58318-4 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Romanticism and Illustration Edited by Ian Haywood | Roehampton University, London

This book is an indispensable introduction to the role of illustration in Romantic poetry and visual culture. It will appeal to students studying literature, art history, cultural studies and book history. Chapters written by leading scholars of eighteenth- and nineteenth-century literature explore the emergence of a culture of literary art. • Sheds new light on a little studied, but important aspect of British Romanticism: illustrated books • Contains accessible essays by leading scholars which explore the emergence of literary art culture in the late eighteenth century in a variety of literature including poetry, drama, historical texts, and magazines • Covering the whole Romantic period in Britain, chapters offer an authoritative introduction to this topic and combines an overview with specialist case studies by experts English literature – 1700 – 1830

May 2019 247 x 174 mm c.360pp 58 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42571-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Reading History in Britain and America, c.1750–c.1840 Mark Towsey | University of Liverpool

This book explores the success of historical literature from the perspective of the reading audience in the period c.1750–c.1840. Drawing on a variety of sources including marginalia, letters, diaries and commonplace books, it reveals why histories were so popular, and how they were used by readers across the English-speaking world. • Delivers the first book length study of the success of historical literature from the perspective of the reading audience in the period c.1750–c.1840 • Draws on a wide variety of sources, including letters, diaries, marginalia and commonplace books, to shed new light on audience response to history books • Explores how historical narratives, events and ideas were used by readers to interpret a rapidly changing world English literature – 1700 – 1830

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-48300-1 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$110.00

Frances Burney and the Doctors Patient Narratives Then and Now John Wiltshire | La Trobe University, Victoria

This book advocates Frances Burney as the unconscious pioneer of the modern genre of pathograhy, or the illness narrative. It will appeal to readers with an interest in Frances Burney (both her writings and biographically), in medical history and literature, and in patient and carer narratives. • Demonstrates the importance of Frances Burney as a writer and how she pioneered the expanding and important modern genre of pathography or patient narrative • Integrates important moments of medical history into literary analysis that showcase the significance of the medical incidents Burney wrote about • Links Burney’s narratives to modern and contemporary patient and carers’ publications to provide a wider context of the ethical issues around patient-doctor relationships English literature – 1700 – 1830

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 4 tables 978-1-108-47636-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

British Orientalisms, 1759–1835 James Watt | University of York

This book explores the complex relationship between British literature and culture, and the East in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. In doing so it illuminates the larger cultural conflict which animated a nation debating with itself about its place in the world and relation to its others. • Sheds new light on the cultural relationship between Britain and the East in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries • Recovers little known literary texts and considers them in dialogue with canonical texts • Provides a more nuanced exploration of the idea of ‘openness’ to the East in an age of Empire and Revolution English literature – 1700 – 1830 | Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 126

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47266-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Literary 1880s Edited by Penny Fielding | University of Edinburgh

This is the first publication in a new series from Cambridge University Press studying literary decades in the nineteenth century. Focusing on the 1880s, this collection of studies from leading scholars explores the diverse forces that shaped the literature of the decade. • Provides the first publication in a new series from Cambridge that will focus on the literary developments of particular decades in the nineteenth century • Explores the diverse forces that shaped the literature of 1880s • Leading scholars address a variety of authors, topics and genres in their investigations into the cultural and literary developments of the 1880s English literature – 1830 – 1900

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18190-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

English Literature

The Cambridge Companion to Nineteenth-Century Thought

The Divine in the Commonplace Reverent Natural History and the Novel in Britain Amy M. King | St John’s University, New York

Gregory Claeys | Royal Holloway, University of London

An accessible introduction to the key trends in nineteenth-century thought within philosophy, history, political thought, economics, religion and the social sciences, as well as feminism and imperialism. This Companion will appeal to scholars and advanced students of these disciplines. • Provides an account of nineteenth-century ideas and ideologies and how they underpinned the period’s literature and culture • A collection of internationally-acclaimed authors offer brief accounts of the most important global debates in social and political thought • Restores the nineteenth century to a position of central relevance to the modern day

Elegantly and persuasively argues that natural theology was an important presence, not only in the natural histories of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, but also in the novels of the same period. Will appeal to students and scholars of nineteenth-century literature and historians of science. • Brings the popular Victorian genre of natural history into greater critical prominence as both a scientific contribution and a non-fiction genre with literary attributes • Examines how Victorians observed commonplace nature as both an act of scientific observation and reverence • Explores the connection between the novel and a theological understanding of nature, and the way in which the novel may express theology in altered forms

Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. State and individual in political thought; 3. Remaking theology: orthodoxies and their critics; 4. Philosophy in the wake of Hegel; 5. The origins of the social sciences; 6. Historical methods in Europe and America; 7. Capitalism and its critics; 8. Individuality, the self, and concepts of mind; 9. Social Darwinism; 10. Feminist thought; 11. Race and empire in the nineteenth century; 12. Patterns of literary transformation.

English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 116

English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Companions to Literature

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 290pp 978-1-107-04285-8 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-107-69614-3 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

The Political Lives of Victorian Animals Liberal Creatures in Literature and Culture Anna Feuerstein | University of Hawaii, Manoa

Anna Feuerstein offers innovative readings of the politics of animal characters in the Victorian novel, and shows the limitations of liberalism as a framework for animal rights. This book will appeal to scholars and students interested in Victorian literature and culture, and the representation of animals in literature. • Uses animal studies and posthuman theory to offer a new understanding of animals in Victorian literature and culture • Explores the relationship between the increase in anti-animal cruelty legislation and the wider liberal movement in the Victorian period • Challenges the efficacy of liberalism as a framework for animal rights and animal welfare English literature – 1830 – 1900 | Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 278pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49296-6 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 11 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-49295-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

The Bostonians Henry James Edited by Daniel Karlin | University of Bristol

The Bostonians is a brilliant tragicomedy, as fresh and sharp today as when it first appeared. This full critical edition of one of Henry James’s most distinctive works will interest researchers, scholars and advanced students of Henry James, and of nineteenth- and twentieth-century British and American fiction and literature. • Presents the first fully annotated scholarly edition of The Bostonians, giving readers access to a full textual history, detailed contextual introduction and helpful explanatory annotation • Tracks the history of the novel’s composition, publication and reception which was one of the most interesting in James’s canon – the book was conceived in America but written in England; published in serial form in America but in volume form in England; caused a scandal in Boston when it first appeared, and has continued to divide critical opinion • The editorial apparatus enables readers to navigate James’s complex personal, familial and literary engagement with the issues in the novel, including the struggle for women’s rights, identity politics, the nature of masculinity, same-sex relationships and the post-Civil War ‘settlement’ between North and South English literature – 1830 – 1900 | The Cambridge Edition of the Complete Fiction of Henry James, 8

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 681pp 978-1-107-00398-9 Hardback c. £100.00 / c. US$130.00

English Literature

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The New Samuel Beckett Studies

The Woodlanders Thomas Hardy Edited by Alan Manford

Edited by Jean-Michel Rabaté | University of Pennsylvania

Thomas Hardy’s eleventh published novel, The Woodlanders, is a story of wide appeal. It considers themes of marriage and social class, while revealing the author’s profound knowledge of nature and country life. The authoritative text of this critical edition is supported by a comprehensive introduction, chronology and accompanying textual apparatus. • Delivers a comprehensive scholarly edition of Thomas Hardy’s eleventh published novel • Provides an authoritative text that reflects Thomas Hardy’s own artistic intentions that showcase the novel as it was first received by his readers • Offers a greater understanding of the life of the novel through extensive textual apparatus, introduction and critical notes English literature – 1830 – 1900 | The Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 750pp 13 b/w illus. 1 map 7 tables 978-1-107-04650-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$115.00 R

James Joyce and the Matter of Paris Catherine Flynn | University of California, Berkeley

This book is essential reading for Joyceans, Irish modernists, and Anglophone modernists, and also for scholars of transnational modernism, of comparative European literatures, of the life of the sensorium, and of culture and capitalism in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. • Examines newly available archival material and previously understudied works by Joyce, especially his earliest writings • Shows the link between English-language modernism and cultural theorists working in and around Marxism • Discusses English, French and German literature and theory English literature – 1900 – 1945

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48557-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Modernist Empathy Geography, Elegy, and the Uncanny Eve C. Sorum | University of Massachusetts, Boston

This book introduces historicized theories of empathy, challenging our understanding of the role of empathy in literature, revealing both the problems and the rewards of imaginative perspective-taking. It’s a key resource for graduates and scholars of modernist literature, of empathy studies, and of early twentieth century Anglo-American geography and culture. • Provides a new perspective on the works of Hardy, Ford, Barton, Woolf, and Eliot • Shows how a new form of empathy arose in a context of cultural, social, and political transformation, with special attention given to World War I • Argues that modernist literary texts perform and examine empathy within abstraction English literature – 1900 – 1945

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49872-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Combining new approaches and methods of interpretation to an expanding canon that has brought us new letters, drafts and notebooks, this collection aims to present the most accurate and varied map of new Beckett studies. • Explores the recent developments within Beckett studies and the new approaches being used • Discusses Beckett’s expanded canon, which has doubled the volume of his works in the last ten years • Presents the current state of the Beckett canon and the Beckett field with unprecedented clarity English literature – 1900 – 1945 | Twenty-First-Century Critical Revisions

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47185-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99

Ted Hughes and Christianity David Troupes | University of Sheffield

Ted Hughes is one of the most important twentieth-century British poets, and this book provides a radical reassessment of his relationship to the Christian faith. It will be of interest not only to Hughes specialists, but anyone interested in how religious poetry can and must operate within an increasingly secular culture. • Challenges existing critical perspectives on Hughes, demonstrating his sophistication as a religious thinker • Provides novel contextualization for Hughes, placing him in the company of a range of American poets and writers • Addresses all of Hughes’s major collections in a predominantly chronological fashion, including major works for children English literature – 1945 and beyond

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-108-48389-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Cambridge Companion to British Fiction: 1980–2018 Edited by Peter Boxall | University of Sussex

This book is aimed at undergraduate students, and taught postgraduate students. It gives students a clear, comprehensive and accessible guide to the key concepts shaping the British novel from 1980 to 2018, which is also driven by original research. • One of the first comprehensive books on contemporary British fiction to appear in the wake of the Brexit vote • Brings together scholars from the US and UK who are producing new theoretical accounts of contemporary culture • One of the few books to examine a period that runs from 1980 to 2018 Contents: Introduction: framing the present; Part I. Overview: 1. The 1980s; 2. The 1990s; 3. Post-millennial literature; Part II. New Formations: 4. British writing and the limits of the human; 5. Form and fiction, 1980-the present; 6. Institutions of fiction; Part III. Genres and Movements: 7. Late modernism, postmodernism, and after; 8. Experiment and the genre novel; 9. Transgression and experimentation: the historical novel; 10. Film and fiction from 1980-the present; Part IV. Contexts: 11. The Mid Atlantics; 12. Fiction, religion and freedom of speech, from ‘the Rushdie affair’ to 7/7; 13. Sexual dissidence and British writing; 14. British cosmopolitanism after 1980; Conclusion: imagining the future. English literature – 1945 and beyond | Cambridge Companions to Literature

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-48341-4 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-108-70492-2 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

English Literature / European and World Literature

The Cambridge Companion to Ian McEwan

Poetry and Language The Linguistics of Verse Michael Ferber | University of New Hampshire

Edited by Dominic Head | University of Nottingham

This volume offers a sense of McEwan’s standing in the canon on international contemporary fiction, and it enriches understanding of McEwan’s work by presenting complementary perspectives on the most complex novels. It will be a key resource for students, graduates, and scholars studying and teaching Ian McEwan. • Brings readers up-to-date with the prevailing themes in McEwan criticism • Offers alternative perspectives on complex novels • Assesses McEwan’s full career

Contents: Chronology; Introduction; 1. ‘Shock lit’: the early fiction; 2. Moral dilemmas; 3. Science and climate crisis; 4. The novel of ideas; 5. Cold War fictions; 6. The construction of childhood; 7. The public and the private; 8. Masculinities; 9. The novellas; 10. Realist legacies; 11. Limited modernism; 12. Narrative artifice; Further reading.

An accessible introduction to poetry’s unusual uses of language that tackles a wide range of poetic features from a linguistic point of view. Equally appealing to the non-expert and more experienced student of linguistics, this book delivers an engaging and often witty summary of how we define what poetry is. • Presents an accessible study of poetry’s use of language that appeals to a broad spectrum of readers, from the non-expert to the more experienced student of poetry or linguistics • Investigates a wide range of poetic features alongside current concepts and theories in linguistic studies • Explores examples of poetry in a range of languages, mainly English but also French, Latin, Greek, German, and Japanese Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Meter and the syllable; 3. Rhyme; 4. Onomatopoeia and sound symbolism; 5. Unusual word order and other syntactic quirks in poetry; 6. The meaning of a poem; 7. Metaphor; 8. Translating poetry; Appendix: on quantity and pitch; Works cited; Index.

English literature – 1945 and beyond | Cambridge Companions to Literature

English literature (general)

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 243pp 978-1-108-48033-8 Hardback c. £61.99 / c. US$90.00 978-1-108-72729-7 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$28.99

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 9 b/w illus. 8 tables 1 music example 978-1-108-42912-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 P 978-1-108-45306-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99 P

P P

Utopia and the Contemporary British Novel Caroline Edwards | Birkbeck College, University of London

This book is for scholars of contemporary literature. It argues for a renaissance of British literary talent in the twenty-first century, introducing readers to several new writers. The analysis of utopian anticipation will also be of interest to academics working in utopian studies, critical theory and the philosophy of time. • Contributes to an expanding field of utopian literary studies by offering an interrogation of the role of utopia in the twenty-first century • Presents a new way of reading temporality in twenty-first-century fiction through the concept of non-contemporaneity • Examines literary representations of time in a way that moves beyond older paradigms such as postmodernism, historiographic metafiction and nostalgia English literature – 1945 and beyond | Cambridge Studies in Twenty-First-Century Literature and Culture

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-49870-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Conceptualising the Global in the Wake of the Postmodern

A History of Irish Modernism Edited by Gregory Castle | Arizona State University

A History of Irish Modernism brings together new writing on a wide variety of artistic works (from the 1890s to the 1970s), including examples from literature, film, painting, music, radio, and architecture. It will be a key resource for graduates and researchers of modernism and Irish studies. • Provides a broad overview of the subject, making it accessible to readers who are new to the field • Emphasizes social and media history, appealing to readers across academic disciplines and areas • Includes minor or noncanonical writers, artists, and cultural figures Irish literature

January 2019 229 x 152 mm 442pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-107-17672-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00

Literature, Culture, Theory Joel Evans | University of Nottingham

This book offers an original insight into ways in which the global is being conceptualised in contemporary culture, providing a fresh approach to the field of cultural studies of globalisation. It focuses on contemporary literature, film and theory, arguing that here we can see a resurgence in figurations of totality. • Proposes that the idea of ‘totality’ has returned in contemporary culture via concepts of the global • Identifies four main ways of conceptualizing the global in contemporary culture • Provides a dissection of two predominant ways of figuring human relations on a global scale English literature – 1945 and beyond | Cambridge Studies in Twenty-First-Century Literature and Culture

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 9 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49701-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

European and World Literature

Ireland, Enlightenment and the English Stage, 1740–1820 Edited by David O’Shaughnessy | Trinity College Dublin

Scholars of eighteenth-century Britain, Ireland, and Enlightenment theatre will welcome this book as it uncovers the considerable contribution made by Irish actors and playwrights to Georgian English theatre. It connects Irish patriotism with new historiography, revealing how theatrical culture demanded political and economic autonomy. • Presents a new perspective on the Irish Enlightenment • Draws attention to the cultural exchange between Ireland and England through the lens of theatre • Offers a new strand of the historiography of Irish patriotism • Deepens our current understanding of how theatrical culture strove for Irish economic and political autonomy Irish literature

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 21 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-49814-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Music

Music Composing Community in Late Medieval Music Self-Reference, Pedagogy, and Practice Jane D. Hatter | University of Utah

Self-referential music illuminates connections between musicians and reveals similarities between their networks and those of other professionals, especially visual artists. This book will appeal to readers interested in the music and culture of the late medieval and early modern eras – musicians, musicologists, and historians of art and culture. • Allows readers to understand how musical culture and celebrity functioned in late medieval and early modern Europe • Will appeal to a wide interdisciplinary audience of scholars studying late medieval art, literature and religion, as well as musicologists and cultural historians • Enhances appreciation of how music fits into broader social trends of the late medieval period Medieval and Renaissance music | Music in Context

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 320pp 16 b/w illus. 51 tables 18 music examples 978-1-108-47491-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Musical Authorship from Schütz to Bach Stephen Rose | Royal Holloway, University of London

Aimed at students and researchers of music history, publishing history and cultural history, this study illuminates ideas of creativity and individuality in the seventeenth century. Its interdisciplinary approach shows how notions of the musical author were defined via the making, ownership, performance and reception of music. • Takes an interdisciplinary and thematic approach to historical concepts of authorship and creativity from Schütz to Bach • Uncovers new archival evidence about how the music trade was regulated and presents a vivid picture of the negotiations involved in the production and reception of music • Combines detailed study of surviving printed and manuscript music with bigger debates about individuality and authority in the period

Brahms in Context Edited by Natasha Loges | Royal College of Music, London

This collection of essays by internationally renowned scholars offers fresh perspectives on the nineteenth-century German composer Johannes Brahms. It brings together thirty-nine short and incisive chapters on the historical, social and cultural contexts in which Brahms lived and worked and will appeal to students, researchers and music lovers. • An innovative study of Brahms which moves beyond traditional accounts of his life and work • Features work from international scholars with expertise in music, visual arts, legal history, scientific history and other disciplines • Includes illuminating extracts from unpublished letters and rarely seen specialist sources such as publishing ledgers Nineteenth-century music | Composers in Context

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-16341-6 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$120.00

Schoenberg’s Atonal Music Musical Idea, Basic Image, and Specters of Tonal Function Jack Boss | University of Oregon

The ‘prequel’ to Schoenberg’s Twelve-Tone Music (Cambridge, 2014), this book demonstrates that the term ‘atonal’ is effective in describing Schoenberg’s music from 1908–21. Written for music scholars, performers and conductors, it features detailed analyses that will help them understand the core logic of some of the most difficult pieces of music. • Analyses several pieces to indicate exactly how the details of an atonal piece relate to its central idea or image • Uses Schenkerian analysis to demonstrate significant differences between tonal and atonal music • Shows the expressive role that tonality played in Schoenberg’s atonal music after it was banished as a structural device • Includes numerous musical examples and illustrations to support both the author’s analyses and the reader’s own interpretations Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Music since 1900

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 424pp 132 music examples 978-1-108-41913-0 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Eighteenth-century music | Musical Performance and Reception

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 269pp 14 b/w illus. 2 tables 12 music examples 978-1-108-42107-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Music and Victorian Liberalism Composing the Liberal Subject Edited by Sarah Collins | University of Western Australia, Perth

Presents a new perspective on the aesthetic aspects of liberalism through examinations of music and ideas about music, including listening practices, performance contexts and modes of embodiment across elite and amateur spheres. This book will nuance current understanding, and will appeal to scholars of both Victorian literature and music. • Investigates the role of music in liberal discourses during the Victorian period • Engages critically with the current theoretical literature on liberalism • Presents a new perspective on the aesthetic aspects of liberalism showing the interaction between music and liberal culture in both elite and amateur performance contexts

Lateness and Modernism Untimely Ideas about Music, Literature and Politics in Interwar Britain Sarah Collins | University of Western Australia, Perth

Explores the political aesthetics of ‘lateness’ in the cultural sphere after World War I, mapping intersections between the activities, attitudes and ideas of musical and literary figures in Britain. The book will appeal to readers interested in musical modernism, literary modernism and the politics of interwar Britain. • Refines the concept of ‘lateness’ in relation to ‘late modernism’ and ‘late style’, drawing together scholarship on literary and musical modernisms • Uncovers new instantiations of important aesthetic concepts such as impersonality, autonomy and vividness • Presents a new account of anti-democratic political views among cultural figures in interwar Britain Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Music since 1900

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 280pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48149-6 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$110.00

Nineteenth-century music

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 275pp 11 b/w illus. 19 music examples 978-1-108-48005-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Music / Philosophy

Prokofiev’s Soviet Operas Nathan Seinen | The Chinese University of Hong Kong

Prokofiev’s last four operas are major works of his career in the Soviet Union, yet the original versions remain unfamiliar since they exist only in manuscript form. This book offers bold new interpretations, draws on a wide range of primary and secondary sources, and includes comparisons with works of literature, film, and theatre. • Blends critical interpretations of Prokofiev’s last four operas in their unpublished original versions with examination of the contexts of their composition and reception • Presents many new insights, incorporates a wealth of archival evidence, and draws on recent scholarship in Slavonic studies • Will appeal to readers interested in opera, music’s interactions with politics, and the history of Russia and the Soviet Union Twentieth-century and contemporary music | Music since 1900

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 280pp 978-1-107-08878-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Philosophy Duty and the Beast Should We Eat Meat in the Name of Animal Rights? Andy Lamey | University of California, San Diego

This book analyzes current ethical and scientific thinking about the morality of eating meat within an animal-rights framework, and re-evaluates perspectives on the moral status of animals. It will interest readers from academic disciplines including philosophy, animal studies, political science, and cultural studies. • Proposes a new view of the debate over the ethical status of animals, a philosophical concept which is becoming increasingly high-profile in wider society • Provides critical analysis of past and current issues, with a focus on the ethics of eating animals • Features up-to-date discussion of topics including animal cognition, plant signaling, and agricultural sciences Ethics

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-107-16007-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Morality and the Environmental Crisis Roger S. Gottlieb | Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Massachusetts

The environmental crisis creates painful emotions and difficult moral dilemmas. This engaging, compassionate, and intellectually rigorous book helps readers think through the value of nature and our treatment of animals, individual responsibility and collective political change, newfound dilemmas of reason, and how to face environmental despair. • Offers repeated recognition that the environmental crisis is an emotional reality • Engages with other writers without being an exercise in intra-scholarly skirmishes in order to allow readers get a sense of a variety of views and voices • Provides highly original accounts of animal rights, rationality, the need for and the limits to the value of nature, and guilt and responsibility Contents: Introduction; 1. Environmental crisis and moral life; 2. Why does nature matter? Paths to an environmental ethic; 3. The spirit of ecological democracy; 4. Can we talk? Understanding the ‘other side’ in the animal

rights debates; 5. Where do we draw the line? Limits and virtues; 6. Guilt and responsibility; 7. Changing the world: a moral primer on environmental political activism; 8. Dilemmas of reason; 9. Despair; 10. Futures. Ethics | Cambridge Studies in Religion, Philosophy, and Society

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 248pp 978-1-107-14073-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-50612-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P G

Plotinus’ Legacy The Transformation of Platonism from the Renaissance to the Modern Era Edited by Stephen Gersh | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

This book will help readers understand and define ‘Neoplatonism’, the school of thought founded by Plotinus in the third century. Using a series of case-studies from Italian, French, English, and German philosophical traditions, the book traces the influence of Neoplatonism over the centuries, focusing on key figures from intellectual history. • This book is the first systematic discussion of the influence of Plotinus, the founder of ‘Neoplatonism’, from the Renaissance onwards • Contains discussion of Italian, French, English, and German philosophical traditions • Brings together philosophy and intellectual history, allowing new interdisciplinary perspectives to develop History of philosophy

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 310pp 978-1-108-41528-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Nietzsche’s The Gay Science An Introduction Michael Ure | Monash University, Victoria

The Gay Science presents Nietzsche’s most lyrical, personal expression of his joyful affirmation of life. This book provides a clear and comprehensive introduction to this pivotal work, section by section, making it ideal for readers across a range of philosophical disciplines, including theology, nihilism and self-fashioning. • Sets The Gay Science in the context of Nietzsche’s larger philosophical perspective • Addresses issues of criticism, reception and interpretation in regard to this major and pivotal work • Develops a new interpretation of Nietzsche as reviving an ancient conception both of philosophy as a way of life and of philosopher as physician Contents: Introduction; 1. Nietzsche’s tragicomedy; 2. Nietzsche’s new nobility: book one; 3. Redeeming art: book two; 4. Shadows of God: book three; 5. Sanctus Januarius: book four; 6. Eternal recurrence: personal infinity; 7. Dionysian pessimism: book five; 8. Nietzsche’s Saturnalia: 1886 preface. History of philosophy | Cambridge Introductions to Key Philosophical Texts

June 2019 216 x 138 mm 296pp 978-0-521-76090-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-0-521-14483-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99

P P

Philosophy

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Logic in Philosophy of Science

Proof and Falsity

Hans Halvorson | Princeton University, New Jersey

The discovery of the ‘new logic’ in the late nineteenth century led to a revolution in philosophy. This book examines the role of formal logic in the analytic approach to philosophy, and includes a valuable introduction to cuttingedge mathematical techniques, metalogic, basic topology, set theory, and category theory. • Examines the role of formal logic in key debates in twentieth-century philosophy • Applies cutting-edge mathematical techniques to philosophical questions, providing philosophers with new tools to aid their analysis • Contains an introduction to metalogic, basic topology, set theory, and category theory Contents: Introduction: 1. Invitation to metatheory; 2. The category of sets; 3. The category of propositional theories; 4. Syntactic metalogic; 5. Syntactic metalogic redux; 6. Semantic metalogic; 7. Semantic metalogic redux; 8. From metatheory to philosophy. Philosophy of science

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 286pp 978-1-107-11099-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-107-52774-4 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

This book contains a survey of the main ideas and philosophical foundations of proof-theoretic semantics, as well as new research on the concepts of negation, denial and falsity. It will appeal to students and researchers in formal and philosophical logic, metaphysics and the philosophy of language. • Features an introduction to the philosophical foundations of prooftheoretic semantics • Provides detailed discussion of how to define negation within prooftheoretic semantics • Brings in ideas from metaphysics, philosophical logic and philosophy of language, presenting new perspectives on our understanding of negation Logic

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48130-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

TEXTBOOK

P P

An Introduction to the Philosophy of Logic

The Metaphysics and Mathematics of Arbitrary Objects

Daniel Cohnitz | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Leon Horsten | University of Bristol

This book develops a new theory of arbitrary entities and connects it to issues and debates in metaphysics and contemporary philosophy of mathematics. It investigates the relation between particular and arbitrary objects, and between particular and arbitrary systems of objects. These concepts are then applied to problems in philosophy of mathematics. • Provides valuable new explorations of an understudied area of mathematical theory • Investigates particular and arbitrary systems of objects in relation to contemporary problems in philosophy of mathematics • Engages with logic, metaphysics, structuralism, and statistics, making the book relevant for researchers in multiple fields Philosophy of science

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 250pp 15 b/w illus. 978-1-107-03941-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

A Logical Investigation Nils Kürbis | University College London

The first comprehensive textbook covering the interrelations between topics in the philosophy of logic in an accessible, non-technical, and up-to-date way. Avoiding complex jargon, this book engages with metaphysics of logic, logical pluralism, and the meaning of logical constants, and will be a highly important resource for students of philosophy. • Presents up-to-date and accessible discussion of a foundational part of philosophical study, and of its importance for related subdisciplines • Provides an overview of the connections between topics including metaphysics of logic, logical pluralism, and the meaning of logical constants • Allows students to understand the relevance of philosophical issues without having to wade through complex technical jargon Contents: Introduction; 1. The nature and tools of logic; 2. The standard story and its rivals; 3. Is second-order logic proper logic?; 4. Logical constants; 5. The metaphysics of logic; 6. The epistemology of logic; 7. Logical pluralism; 8. Logic, reasoning, and rationality; 9. Beyond truthpreservation; 10. The place of logic in science. Logic | Cambridge Introductions to Philosophy

The Biology of Art Richard A. Richards | University of Alabama

Biological accounts of art typically start with evolutionary, psychological or neurobiological theories. A more comprehensive framework, based also on the ecology of art and how art behaviors get expressed in engineered niches, can help us better understand the full range of art behaviors.

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 264pp 5 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-11093-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-107-52772-0 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99

X X

Philosophy of science | Elements in the Philosophy of Biology

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-72784-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Philosophy

The Sorites Paradox

Against Knowledge Closure

Edited by Sergi Oms | Universitat de Barcelona

Marc Alspector-Kelly | Western Michigan University

Introduces the sorites paradox at a level newcomers to the problem will understand. Offers a general primer and orientation for graduate students, together with specific introductions to all the main solutions to the paradox and its areas of influence, and elucidates the latest debates on the paradox for researchers. • Focuses on the sorites paradox in particular rather than vagueness in general • Offers a systematic chapter by chapter presentation of all the main solutions and of all the areas of influence • Each chapter offers a gentle introduction to its topic, gradually building up to a final discussion of some open problems

This is the first book-length treatment of knowledge closure, a central and widely endorsed principle in epistemology. The volume provides a new and sustained defense of ‘closure failure’ and will be relevant to anyone studying or working in epistemology and related philosophical disciplines. • Marks the first book-length treatment of the important epistemic principle of knowledge closure, advancing our understanding of its wider relevance • Presents a new defense of closure failure which will enable readers to re-analyze contemporary epistemological positions • Written in non-technical language and without presupposing familiarity with the topic, making it accessible and insightful for all readers

Contents: List of contributors; Acknowledgements; Prelude; An introduction to the sorites paradox; Part I. Solutions to the Sorites Paradox: 1. Epistemicism and the sorites paradox; 2. Supervaluationism, subvaluationism and the sorites paradox; 3. Contextualism and the sorites paradox; 4. Incoherentism and the sorites paradox; 5. Intuitionism and the sorites paradox; 6. Rejection of excluded middle and the sorites paradox; 7. Dialetheism and the sorites paradox; 8. Degree theory and the sorites paradox; 9. Non-transitivism and the sorites paradox; Part II. The Influence of the Sorites Paradox: 10. The sorites paradox in philosophy of logic; 11. The sorites paradox in metaphysics; 12. The sorites paradox in practical philosophy; 13. The sorites paradox in linguistics; 14. The sorites paradox in psychology; Coda: 15. The pre-analytic history of the sorites paradox; References; Index. Logic | Classic Philosophical Arguments

August 2019 253 x 177 mm 362pp 978-1-107-16399-7 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$84.99 978-1-316-61569-0 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Natural Law and the Nature of Law Jonathan Crowe | Bond University, Queensland

This book provides an updated and contemporary defence of natural law ideas, answering age-old questions about law’s nature, origins and purpose, and challenging common understandings of what natural law is. It will be an indispensable guide to the subject for students in law, philosophy and religious studies. • Provides a new and fully up-to-date picture of the natural law tradition that takes account of recent work in ethical, legal and social theory • Integrates political philosophy, ethics and jurisprudence, offering a single reference point for scholars and students • Challenges common understandings of natural law as a set of timeless, unchanging principles imposed on humans from above Legal philosophy

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 274pp 978-1-108-49830-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Epistemology and metaphysics

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-47402-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Political Morality of the Late Scholastics Civic Life, War and Conscience Daniel Schwartz | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

This is the only book to examine in depth the applied philosophy of late scholasticism during the Baroque and Early Modern periods. It will appeal to those interested in the history of philosophy and moral philosophy, religion, theology, the ethics of war and political philosophy more generally. • Addresses the work of over seventy late scholastic writers, giving readers a rich and complete picture of key debates • Focuses on practical and political questions that are relevant to the real world • Explores the volume, content, and development over time of moral arguments on topics from war and taxation to voting and poverty Early modern philosophy

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 244pp 978-1-108-49245-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Kant’s Philosophy of Mathematics Volume 1: The Critical Philosophy and its Roots Edited by Carl Posy | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

Kant’s views about mathematics are central to his philosophical thought. This book presents a comprehensive picture of current scholarship on the development of Kant’s philosophy of mathematics, together with discussions of its place in his overall philosophy. It treats both broad historical issues and fine-grained questions of interpretation. • Engages with a lively and emerging field which will connect Kantian studies with mathematical philosophy in innovative ways • Brings together authors from different schools of thought to provide readers with a full spectrum of contemporary approaches to Kant’s philosophy of mathematics • Explores how Kant’s mathematical thought developed over time, with chapters organised thematically to aid readers’ navigation of the issues Eighteenth-century philosophy

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 328pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-04290-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Philosophy

Kant on Laws

Nietzsche’s Free Spirit Works

Eric Watkins | University of California, San Diego

A Dialectical Reading Matthew Meyer | University of Scranton, Pennsylvania

This book provides a new account of the notion of law in Kant’s abstract and empirical philosophy. It considers laws of nature, moral law, and the notion of law that is involved in both cases. Its unified approach will appeal to scholars interested in Kant’s theory and practice of legislation. • Gives a unified account of the notion of law in Kant’s philosophy • Considers a broad range of laws: theoretical, practical, abstract, and empirical • Reveals the parallels between the legislation of nature and freedom Eighteenth-century philosophy

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-16391-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Nineteenth-century philosophy

Nietzsche’s Moral Psychology Mark Alfano | Delft University of Technology

This highly innovative book employs digital corpus analysis and visualization to allow us to interpret and systematize Nietzsche and his work. The book shows how virtues emerge from instincts and explores five essential Nietzschean virtues: curiosity, courage, sense of humor, and contemptuousness both toward oneself and toward one’s society. • Uses a combination of close reading and digital analysis to provide an innovative interpretation of Nietzsche • Explores the concept of personal virtues in relation to philosophy and psychology • Takes into account the whole of Nietzsche’s writings Nineteenth-century philosophy

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-07415-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Imagination in German Idealism and Romanticism Edited by Gerad Gentry | Lewis University, Illinois

Brings together for the first time critical reflections on the significances of the imagination in German idealism and early German romanticism. The book sheds light on this important and enigmatic notion’s role in the context of philosophical attempts to provide a holistic account of reason, agency, and the material world. • Appeals to those interested in the creative and phenomenal structures of human rationality • Adds to current debates on the imagination by bringing different subdisciplines and key figures like Fichte and Kant into dialogue • Moves toward a unified view of the major driving forces in German idealism and early German romanticism Nineteenth-century philosophy

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 284pp 978-1-107-19770-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Often considered mere assemblages of aphorisms, the free spirit works - Human, All Too Human; Assorted Opinions and Maxims; The Wanderer and His Shadow; Daybreak; and The Gay Science - are here presented as a coherent narrative of Nietzsche’s self-education. The book explores these works’ role in Nietzsche’s wider philosophy. • Allows a new and holistic understanding of ‘the free spirit works’ aphorisms set down by Nietzsche in his middle period • Argues that these works should be understood not as a series of isolated thoughts but as a coherent, unfolding narrative of selfeducation • Shows how the free spirit works can be read as a unified project even while they present multiple, sometimes conflicting, images of freedom

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 286pp 978-1-108-47417-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Hegel’s Philosophy of Spirit A Critical Guide Edited by Marina F. Bykova | North Carolina State University

Presenting a sophisticated account of this rich and important work, the volume explores the state of the art in Hegel scholarship and allows readers to gain a clear understanding of Hegel’s philosophical position in this text. The essays engage with philosophy of mind and action, law and religion, and ethics and aesthetics. • Provides a critical and comprehensive analysis of this rich and important text • Brings together leading authors from different interpretive positions, providing a multi-dimensional perspective on Hegel’s philosophical position and relevance • Engages with topics central to philosophy of mind and action, social and political philosophy, philosophy of law and religion, ethics, and aesthetics Nineteenth-century philosophy | Cambridge Critical Guides

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19554-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge Habermas Lexicon Edited by Amy Allen | Pennsylvania State University

Jürgen Habermas’s work has profoundly influenced a wide range of fields, including philosophy, political theory, sociology, law, and cultural and communications studies. This Lexicon provides a state of the art, accessible, and comprehensive guide to the key concepts, figures, and debates associated with the entire development of Habermas’s work. • Explains over 200 key terms and figures • Written by experts in the field • Covers the entirety of Habermas’s philosophical body of work Twentieth-century philosophy

April 2019 253 x 177 mm 700pp 978-1-107-17202-9 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Philosophy / Religion

Wittgenstein on Philosophy, Objectivity, and Meaning

Harms and Wrongs in Epistemic Practice Edited by Simon Barker | University of Sheffield

Edited by James Conant | University of Chicago

The authors featured in this volume present new interpretations of central themes in Wittgenstein’s philosophy. In-depth yet accessible, the book investigates the relevance of Wittgenstein’s work for contemporary analytic philosophy, and will interest students and scholars of Wittgenstein, metaphilosophy, epistemology and philosophy of language. • Contains innovative work on issues in metaphilosophy, epistemology and philosophy of language • Explores Wittgenstein’s continuing relevance to central issues of contemporary philosophical concern • Features work by world-renowned scholars that will nonetheless be accessible to students as well as scholars of analytic philosophy

This volume, based on the Royal Institute of Philosophy’s annual lecture series for 2017–18, explores epistemic practice, examining the various ways in which epistemic practices go wrong at the level of both individual agents and social structures, and discussing how these problems are related, and how they may be addressed. • This volume is based on the lectures given in London as The Royal Institute of Philosophy’s annual lecture series for 2017–8 • Examines our engagement in epistemic practice, exploring the ways in which it can go wrong and the impact on both individual agents and social structures • Not only does this volume discuss how things might go wrong in epistemic practice, but also how the harm done may be addressed Philosophy (general) | Royal Institute of Philosophy Supplements, 84

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 262pp 978-1-108-71263-7 Paperback £23.99 / US$39.00

Twentieth-century philosophy

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 304pp 1 table 978-1-107-19415-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

How to Be a Pyrrhonist

Participation in God

The Practice and Significance of Pyrrhonian Skepticism Richard Bett | The Johns Hopkins University

A Study in Christian Doctrine and Metaphysics Andrew Davison | University of Cambridge

Explores what it was like to be a practitioner of Pyrrhonist skepticism, and to what extent anything like it might be feasible today. The book examines the Pyrrhonists’ manner of self-presentation, their argumentative procedures as applied to specific topics, and what it meant in practice to live as a Pyrrhonist. • Brings together detailed essays on aspects of Pyrrhonism in one place • Takes a thematic approach to this important ancient school of thought, demonstrating its relevance for philosophy both then and now • Explores the practical consequences of Pyrrhonism, enabling readers to enhance their understanding of what it meant to live as a Pyrrhonist Classical philosophy

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 286pp 978-1-108-47107-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Aristotle on Earlier Greek Psychology The Science of Soul Jason W. Carter | University of Edinburgh

Few ideas have excited greater interest among theologians in recent decades than the idea of ‘participation’: the idea that everything comes from, and depends upon, God, in a way that invites use of the language of sharing, or of an exemplar and its images. This book is an extensive and cohesive exploration of this theme to date. • Written with both the specialist and more general readership in mind by including an accessible main text and more detailed points of discussion • Provides a worked example of the relation between foundational metaphysical and doctrinal convictions to their practical repercussions • Addresses a full range of theological themes (topics in systematic theology) and the interconnection between theological vision and a way of life • Spans many of the principal divides in theological writing - doctrine, philosophy and scripture - and considers applied themes, such as ethics, prayer, and the way we apprehend and respond to the world around us Theology

This is the first book in English to explore Aristotle’s criticisms of earlier Greek theories of the soul. It investigates Aristotle’s hylomorphic psychology and its relevance for early modern and modern philosophy. It will appeal to readers interested in Aristotle, ancient Greek psychology, and the history of the mind-body problem. • Provides a new interpretation of the relationship between Aristotle’s theory of soul and earlier Greek psychology • Draws connections between Aristotle’s hylomorphic psychology and both historical and modern problems in philosophy of mind • Explores the reception and representation of Presocratic and Platonic philosophy in the Aristotelian tradition Classical philosophy

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 266pp 978-1-108-48107-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Religion

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 396pp 978-1-108-48328-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Early Franciscan Theology Between Authority and Innovation Lydia Schumacher | King’s College London

Redefines scholarly understanding of the Franciscan school, which dominated the medieval university, rethinking its relationship to modernity and outlining a new approach to reading scholastic texts that is essential for all students of medieval thought. • Gives a window into the foundation and development of theology as an academic discipline • Facilitates the recovery of Franciscan thought by interpreting Franciscan theology in the context of the Franciscan ethos and Franciscan spirituality • Overcomes debates about the Franciscan ‘origins of modernity’ by reading Franciscan theology in its proper context Theology

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 1 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-49865-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Religion

The Image of God in the Theology of Gregory of Nazianzus

Jesus Christ as the Son of David in the Gospel of Mark

Gabrielle Thomas | University of Durham

Max Botner | Grand Rapids Theological Seminary, Michigan

Provides a full-length analysis of the human person as an image of God according to Gregory of Nazianzus, a key fourth-century theologian. The author draws from Gregory’s whole corpus, including material previously untranslated into English, to demonstrate the breadth of Gregory’s thought. • Covers Nazianzen’s complete corpus and analyses the texts against the backdrop of biblical and extra-biblical themes • Demonstrates the way in which Nazianzen locates the image of God in a battle with the spiritual powers of darkness, for example the devil and demons • Explores how Gregory’s approach speaks to contemporary theological anthropology, particularly in light of how to interpret the Imago Dei inclusively

This book is for those who are interested in ancient messianism and Christology. It interrogates how early Jewish authors used traditions about David and his descendants to characterize their messiahs, and then applies this set of criteria to the Gospel of Mark. • Scrutinizes the plight of Davidic messianism in Markan studies • Adopts a sociolinguistic approach to ancient messianism to provide a new paradigm for assessing how ancient authors deployed traditions about David and his descendants • Will appeal to those who are interested in intertextuality in early Jewish literature in general and in the New Testament Gospels in particular

Theology

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 208pp 978-1-108-48219-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

June 2019 216 x 138 mm 250pp 978-1-108-47720-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Biblical Theology The Convergence of the Canon Ben Witherington, III | Asbury Theological Seminary, Kentucky

This distinctive textbook walks the reader through the foundations of the Biblical worldview (namely a certain view of the one living God), the articulation of belief in that God in narratives, both in the Old Testament and New Testament, and then shows how various writers theologized out of those narratives into specific situations for specific audiences. • Presents the reader with a cumulative approach to Biblical theology, making clear that Biblical theology must deal with the whole canon, not just certain themes • Examines in turn the symbolic universe’s main feature (namely God), the narrative thought worlds of the Old Testament and New Testament, and how that provides the context for theologizing • Offers new insights on key theological issues, including the character of God, grace, covenants, salvation, election, and eschatology as they relate to the doctrine of God Contents: 1. A method to the madness; 2. The God of the Burning Bush; 3. The God of Golgotha; 4. The God of the Burning Heart; 5. The stars align in constellations – the storied world of the Bible: part one; 6. The stars align in constellations – the storied world of the Bible: part two; 7. The passion play and its sequels without equal; 8. Covenanting and theologizing after the fall and before the incarnation; 9. Covenanting and theologizing after the incarnation and before pentecost; 10. New covenanting in the eschatological age of the spirit; 11. The election results; 12. Where the reformation went wrong; 13. Faith in the final future – the New Creation; 14. The threefold cord – theology, ethics, and praxis; 15. And so? A cautionary conclusion; Appendix A: Biblical theology and New Testament theology – a dialogue with Francis Watson; Appendix B: The death of sin in the death of Jesus: atonement theology. Theology

June 2019 253 x 177 mm 450pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49878-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-71268-2 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

Biblical studies – New Testament | Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 174

P P

The Reception of the Virgin in Byzantium Marian Narratives in Texts and Images Edited by Thomas Arentzen | Universitetet i Oslo

Explores how the Virgin Mary’s life is told in many different ways in hymns, sermons, icons, art, and other media in the Byzantine Empire before AD 1204. Argues that these narratives played a fundamental role in the development of the Marian cult from Late Antiquity onward. • Provides a new, interdisciplinary approach to the cult of the Virgin Mary in Byzantium focused on the narratives told about her in texts and in art • Discusses relatively unexplored topics such as hymnography, images, homiletics, and hagiography • Helps to explain the reception of earlier narratives (both scriptural and apocryphal) of the Virgin Mary in Byzantium during the Middle Byzantine period Church history

August 2019 247 x 174 mm 390pp 53 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-47628-7 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Christianizing Asia Minor Conversion, Communities, and Social Change in the PreConstantinian Era Paul McKechnie | Macquarie University, Sydney

Aimed at scholars and students of the early churches and of Roman history, this book brings a new clarity to our understanding of how the Christian churches lived together in the Asia Minor landscape in the first three centuries, changing Roman society and being changed by it. • Brings together ‘church history’ and ‘Roman history’ and moves ahead from the New Testament narrative into the first three centuries of Roman society • Combines use of evidence from long-studied early Christian texts (‘patristic evidence’) with evidence from archaeology, including epigraphical evidence • Centres on what people did to create a stronger factual and chronological framework for the study of Christianization Church history

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 346pp 4 b/w illus. 6 maps 1 music example 978-1-108-48146-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Religion

An Introduction to the Desert Fathers

The Origins of Isaiah 24-27

John Wortley | University of Manitoba, Canada

Josiah’s Festival Scroll for the Fall of Assyria Christopher B. Hays | Fuller Theological Seminary, California

An accessible introduction exploring how the earliest Christian monks lived and taught in the Egyptian deserts in the fourth to the seventh centuries AD, using their own tales and sayings. Shows the gradual transformation of their essentially solitary existence into communal coexistence which defined the monasteries of the Middle Ages. • Discusses when, where and why Christian monasticism emerged • Explores the daily lives and teaching practices of the early monks, including how they prayed, worked, ate and slept • Uses the monks’ own words as preserved in the Sayings of the Desert Fathers, making them accessible to non-specialists

Contents: 1. Desert Fathers; 2. Beginnings; 3. Becoming a monk; 4. Impediments to progress; 5. The object of the exercise; 6. Prayer; 7. Discretion; 8. Work; 9. Eating and drinking; 10. Hospitality and neighbourliness; 11. Women in the desert; 12. Literacy; 13. Heresy; 14. The Pachomian experiment.

P G

History and Memory in the Dead Sea Scrolls Charts a new methodological course in Dead Sea Scrolls scholarship by employing memory theory to inform historical research. This is an instructive resource for scholars who are seeking an alternative to currently constructed approaches to the subject, and will be of appeal to those interested in the Dead Sea Scrolls more generally. • Introduces Dead Sea Scrolls scholarship to the latest developments in memory studies • Proposes a new method for integrating memory and history in Dead Sea Scrolls research • Provides a comprehensive analysis of the processes and circumstances which gave rise to the legacy of the Teacher of Righteousness Judaism

The Hebrew Bible and Environmental Ethics

This book argues that in the Hebrew Bible, non-animal nature (trees, mountains, clouds, soil, waterways) is alive and able to interact with other creatures. The book is for scholars and lay readers interested in the Bible’s contribution to environmental ethics and ancient Israelite understandings of nature. • The first book to look at texts across the canon in which non-animal nature acts, displays emotion, or is addressed by God and/or humans • Provides a new approach for faith communities to engage in and respond to the climate crisis, and gives churches and synagogues tools to think about human relationships with all that is not human • Presents an in-depth discussion of how the more foreign or difficult concepts of nature in the Hebrew Bible may influence contemporary environmental ethics, and draws on ‘new animism’, a current school in anthropology Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible

Jewish-Christian Dialogues on Scripture in Late Antiquity

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 262pp 978-1-108-47644-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Heretic Narratives of the Babylonian Talmud Michal Bar-Asher Siegal | Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel

Rabbinic stories portraying heretics (minim) typically involve a conflict over biblical interpretation. Using previously untapped Christian materials, this book examines heretic narratives of the Babylonian Talmud. It reveals new content in familiar texts, and reaches new conclusions regarding the Jewish-Christian relations in Late Antiquity. • Introduces new parallels for both Rabbinic and Christian disciplines: Christian scholars will discover rabbinic parallels, and rabbinic scholars: Christian parallels • Contributes to recent academic research showing a complex process of ‘parting of the ways’ of Jews and Christians in Late Antiquity • Provides unprecedented interpretations of famous Talmudic passages in light of previously untapped Christian materials Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-107-19536-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Humans, Non-Humans, and the Living Landscape Mari Joerstad | Duke University, North Carolina

Remembering the Teacher of Righteousness Travis B. Williams | Tusculum University, Tennessee

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 384pp 978-1-108-49333-8 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-47184-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Church history

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 208pp 978-1-108-48102-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-70372-7 Paperback £17.99 / US$23.99

For biblical scholars and historians of religion, this book changes the study of Isaiah, using comparative, archaeological, linguistic, and literary tools to argue for a different historical setting for Isaiah 24-27 than is usually thought. A passage that has often caused consternation comes alive in its proper contexts. • Demonstrates that Isaiah 24-27 it is not apocalyptic, that its imagery of divine feasting and conquering death have ancient cognates, and that its Hebrew language does not reflect a late composition date • Uses comparative, archaeological, linguistic, and literary tools to argue for an alternative historical setting for the biblical passage • Explores the context of King Josiah and his scribes, who saw a political opportunity and issued a peace overture to the former northern kingdom

Friendship and Virtue Ethics in the Book of Job Patricia Vesely | Union Presbytarian Seminary, Richmond

This book is for scholars and students of Bible, religion, philosophy, and ethics. It provides a new approach to the Book of Job that incorporates philosophy and ethics in its treatment of friendship, and it discusses such topics as tragedy and moral formation, narrative ethics, and virtue and human flourishing. • Brings together the fields of biblical studies, ethics, and philosophy • Provides a new look at friendship, a topic that readers are familiar with in their day-to-day lives but may not have considered under the rubrics of ‘ethics’ or ‘biblical interpretation’ • Uses virtue ethics as a consistent methodological lens for reading the book of Job Biblical studies – Old Testament, Hebrew Bible

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 299pp 978-1-108-47647-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Religion

Christian Pacifism for an Environmental Age

Religion after Science

Mark Douglas | Clemson University, South Carolina

This book sits uniquely at the intersection of pacifism, environmentalism, and Christian theology and is useful to those who study in all these areas. It is particularly appropriate for those who would understand the history of the Christian pacifist tradition. • Offers a historically-sensitive and theologicallycoherent understanding of the processes by which traditions move through time • Promotes a new history of Christian pacifism that better aligns with the historical complexity and theological visions that have shaped the tradition • Shapes a vision of Christian pacifism that can address the wars of the twenty-first century as they are shaped by climate-change Religious ethics

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-47648-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Science and Christian Ethics Addresses the reproducibility crisis in science, tracing its roots to the drive by governments and business to make scientists into competitive entrepreneurs. By analyzing Aristotelian and Stoic models of moral development, it suggests how scientists might rededicate themselves to the scientific ideal to counter threats to scientific integrity. • The book is interdisciplinary, using Christian ethics, ancient philosophy, philosophy of science, and social studies of science • Focuses on the practice of science and draws on the author’s experience in biomedical research, as well as other contemporary examples from scientific research • Distinguishes Aristotelian and Stoic approaches to clarify models of ethics that are often confused in many contemporary studies of moral formation Religious ethics | New Studies in Christian Ethics

Contents: Prologue: the 10,000-year test; 1. Development and the divine; 2. The end is not near; 3. Big ambitions; 4. A poor record; 5. Verdict: immature not doomed; 6. A new path for science and religion; 7. The new agnosticism; 8. Naturalism tamed; 9. Agnostic religion?; 10. The new humanism; Epilogue: the religion project. August 2019 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-108-49903-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-71307-8 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

Continental Philosophy of Religion Elizabeth Burns | University of London

Presents key elements from the writings on religion of philosophers working in the continental tradition. Argues for a hybrid methodology which enables transformational religious responses to the problems associated with human existence to be supported by reasoned argument, revelation, narrative philosophy, and experiential verification. Philosophy of religion | Elements in the Philosophy of Religion

The Challenges of Divine Determinism

January 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-45743-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

God and Morality Anne Jeffrey | University of South Alabama

A Philosophical Analysis Peter Furlong | Valencia College, Florida

This book will appeal to readers interested in philosophy, theology, and religious studies. It provides a readable and careful analysis of the arguments for and against the view that God has determined everything that has ever happened or will ever happen, taking into account different religious and historical viewpoints. • Takes a balanced approach to the question of divine determinism, exploring both sides of the debate • Provides an overview of the history of this issue as well as investigating contemporary and future lines of discussion • Engages with theological concepts including sin, evil, and free will Philosophy of religion

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-48302-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Schellenberg’s argument is unique in bringing developmental ideas into contact with human religion, which is often treated as exempt from their influence; also radical is the suggestion that much of religion’s development has yet to occur and that religion can and should become a human project as monumental as science. • Develops a whole new way of thinking about science and religion • Explores exciting aspects of science generally absent from the ‘science and religion’ debate • Written in engaging, lively, accessible prose for a wide audience beyond academia

Philosophy of religion | Cambridge Studies in Religion, Philosophy, and Society

Paul Scherz | Catholic University of America, Washington DC

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 238pp 978-1-108-48220-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Cultural Consequences of Religious Immaturity J. L. Schellenberg | Mount St Vincent University, Halifax, Nova Scotia

Discusses arguments about the difference God’s existence might make to questions of general interest in metaethics. Argues that it is a mistake to think we can get very far in answering these questions by assuming a thin conception of God, and suggests exploring the implications of thick theisms for metaethics would be more fruitful. Philosophy of religion | Elements in the Philosophy of Religion

April 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-46944-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Religious Diversity and Religious Progress Robert McKim | University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign

What is someone who has a perspective on religious matters to say about those who endorse other perspectives? What should they say about other religions? What stage are we human beings at in our religious development? This Element addresses all these questions about religious diversity and progress. Philosophy of religion | Elements in the Philosophy of Religion

January 2019 229 x 152 mm 100pp 978-1-108-45755-2 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Religion / Anthropology / Economics, Business Studies

The Origins of Protestant Aesthetics in Early Modern Europe Calvin’s Reformation Poetics William A. Dyrness | Fuller Theological Seminary, California

This book examines how the reformers’ conceptual and theological frameworks pertaining to the role of the arts influenced the rise of realistic theater, lyric poetry, landscape painting, and architecture in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. • Presents ways that Reformation and Calvin in particular played a constructive role in the development of culture • Argues for a broader understanding of aesthetics with roots in this period, as in part a development of medieval devotional trends • Provides a fresh approach to understanding the arts in the period of the Reformation History of religion

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 261pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49335-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Pamela J. Stewart | University of Pittsburgh

Explores revenge as a motivation relating to conflict and violence. Looks at Oceania, where revenge is traditionally a sacred duty to the dead whose spirits demand it. Beyond Oceania, revenge is an important hidden factor in processes of violence.

Providing insight into an image-making process that became extinct at the end of the nineteenthcentury, this book shows that, far from being trivial, hunter-gatherer rock art was embedded in religion. It explores the complex social relations of those who made rock art and why they made it. • Presents a new theoretical approach to rock art, situating it in the pattern of social relations • Anchored in authentic, verbatim, nineteenth-century hunter-gatherer ethnography • Illustrates hunter-gatherer rock art as not just another form of multifunctional Western art, but rather that it was embedded in social relations and it achieved definable social ends Social, cultural anthropology

The Anthropology of the Future Rebecca Bryant | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Religion (general) | Elements in Religion and Violence

Anthropology Theatre of Nepal and the People Who Make It Carol C. Davis | Franklin and Marshall College, Pennsylvania

This book offers the first comprehensive look at Nepali theatre for readers outside of Nepal. From Kathmandu to far-flung regions, the lives and artistic expression of theatre makers intertwine with shifting political and social conditions to give rise to Nepal’s unique theatre practices, from ancient times to the present. • Includes biographical information, first-hand interviews, and intimate stories about pivotal theatre artists • Includes photographs of theatre productions • Offers a historical survey of peak political events in Nepal Social, cultural anthropology

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-108-49761-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Social Context of a Hunter-Gatherer Ritual David Lewis-Williams | University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-49821-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Sacred Revenge in Oceania

November 2018 228 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-71732-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Image Makers

Positing new questions and using innovative methods, this book discusses the future as a newly emerging field in anthropology. It will be welcomed by students and researchers in cultural and social anthropology, anthropological theory, history and philosophy. • Presents an essential guide on how to study the future anthropologically • Promotes deeper understanding of how and why people participate in future-oriented social activities • The book is illustrated with ethnographic case studies of history, historicity, tradition and the past Contents: Introduction: the future of the future in anthropology; 1. Anticipation; 2. Expectation; 3. Speculation; 4. Potentiality; 5. Hope; 6. Destiny; Conclusion: the future as method. Social, cultural anthropology | New Departures in Anthropology

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-108-42185-0 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-43437-9 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99

P P

Economics, Business Studies Currency, Credit and Crisis Central Banking in Ireland and Europe Patrick Honohan | Trinity College Dublin

Ireland’s spectacular financial bubble, bust and recovery has been an important strand of the global financial crisis. In this book, an experienced insider provides a detailed narrative of Ireland’s crisis and recovery within a discussion of what central banks do well, what they do poorly and how policymaking should adjust. • Offers an account of Ireland’s boom, bust and recovery from the viewpoint of a central banker • Takes a historical approach to Ireland’s financial crisis, noting alternative policy choices that have been made by Ireland in the past and by other countries in similar circumstances • Assesses the proper role of central banks and their relationship with the European Union going forward Contents: Introduction; Part I. Currency: 1. Fixed or floating; 2. Toward the euro; 3. The euro area crisis; Part II. Credit: 4. Safe and sound banking; 5. Faults in financial services; 6. The role of the central bank; Part III. Crisis:

Economics, Business Studies

7. The guarantee; 8. The race to stabilize the banks; 9. The bailout; 10. Cleaning-up; Part IV. Taking Stock: 11. The European decade of bank failure; 12. The Irish economy in boom and bust; 13. Lessons learnt. Macroeconomics and monetary economics | Studies in Macroeconomic History

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 386pp 978-1-108-48189-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-74158-3 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

P P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Political Economy of Defence Edited by Ron Matthews | Cranfield University, UK

A contemporary and comprehensive analysis of national and supranational defence governance in an uncertain and increasingly dangerous world. This book will appeal to policymakers, analysts, graduate students and academics interested in defence economics, political economy, public economics and public policy. • Offers the only contemporary perspective on the political economy of defence • Gives an updated and comprehensive review of the role of government and supranational authorities in the delivery of defence and security • This edited book comprises high quality contributions from celebrated international scholars in their respective fields Contents: Part I. National Security: 1. The political economy of defence; 2. Political vs military leadership: the battle for common means and ends; 3. Efficient and effective financial management of defence resources; Part II. Defence or Development?: 4. Military expenditure and growth; 5. Towards demilitarisation? The military expenditure-development nexus revisited; Part III. Autarky vs Globalisation?: 6. Alliances in flux: sovereignty and security in a changing world; 7. The rise and demise of government mandated offset policy; 8. Defence companies in the age of globalisation: French defence industry as a case study; 9. The great paradox of defence: political economy and defence procurement in post-Brexit United Kingdom; 10. Defence burden-sharing: the perennial debate in international alliance management; Part IV. Resource Management: 11. The political economy of arms collaboration; 12. Defence procurement: overcoming challenges and managing expectations; 13. The whole-life costs of defence equipment; 14. Economic and political dimensions of the defence industry supply chain revolution; 15. The cost of women in ground close combat roles; Part V. International Security: 16. Battlegrounds yet unknown: America’s future military force structure?; 17. Innovating and offsetting? The political economy of US defence innovation; 18. The political economy of terrorism; 19. The political economy of peace operations; Part VI. End Game: 20. Towards a peaceful world; 21. Drawing threads, weaving patterns …. Public economics and public policy

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 542pp 20 b/w illus. 26 tables 978-1-108-42492-9 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00 978-1-108-44101-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Uneven Urbanscape Spatial Structures and Ethnoracial Inequality Paul M. Ong | University of California, Los Angeles

Uneven Urbanscape takes a new theoretically grounded view of how society produces and reproduces ethnoracial economic inequality. Drawing on empirically rich documentation and quantitative analysis, it assesses the patterns, causes, and consequences of urban spatial disparities in the spheres of home ownership, employment, and education. • Provides an in-depth analysis of one metropolitan area • Takes a multi-disciplinary approach to examine race and ethnicity • Uses a quantitative empirical approach, drawing on government surveys such as the US Bureau of the Census Contents: 1. A spatial perspective on stratification; 2. Los Angeles’ spatial structure; 3. Home ownership during the great housing crisis; 4. Employment and spatial transportation mismatch; 5. Fragmented education system; 6. The spatial complex and the reproduction of inequality. Public economics and public policy | Cambridge Studies in Stratification Economics: Economics and Social Identity

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 254pp 16 b/w illus. 19 maps 978-1-107-17032-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-62136-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Welfare States Achievements and Threats Peter H. Lindert | University of California, Davis

Refutes the commonly imagined threat to welfare states: that the welfare state package reduces the level and growth of GDP. Explores the threat of the rise of anti-immigrant backlash. Also investigates population aging, which poses a serious problem for financing old age. Public economics and public policy | Elements in Public Economics

January 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 3 b/w illus. 4 colour illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-46433-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00 P

Inequality and Optimal Redistribution Hannu Tanninen | University of Eastern Finland

Surveys some of the earlier results in linear and nonlinear taxation and produces some new numerical results. Examines empirically the relationship between the extent of redistribution and the components of the Mirrlees framework. Analyses the redistributive role of a range of factors in the Mirrlees framework. Public economics and public policy | Elements in Public Economics

April 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 12 b/w illus. 9 colour illus. 49 tables 978-1-108-46911-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Economics, Business Studies

Policy, Regulation, and Innovation in China’s Electricity and Telecom Industries

Replacing GDP by 2030 Towards a Common Language for the Wellbeing and Sustainability Community Rutger Hoekstra | KPMG-Sustainability

Edited by Loren Brandt | University of Toronto

A detailed account of China’s entry into advanced manufacturing. Focusing on electricity, telecoms and semiconductors, this book shows how institutional obstacles, conflicting objectives and Soviet-era legacies limit the impact of innovation efforts, resulting in a complex mosaic of success and failure in both technical and commercial dimensions. • Evaluates state-directed innovations in China in various sectors, including electricity, telecommunication, and semiconductors • Uses a case study approach, combining documentary and field study • Integrates institutional structure, technology development, policy impact, and economic outcome Contents: 1. Policy, regulation and innovation in China’s electricity and telecom industries; 2. Electricity and telecom regulation: China in context; 3. Local government and firm innovation: China’s clean energy sector; 4. Electricity systems integration challenges: a local perspective; 5. When global technology meets local standards: re-assessing China’s communications policy in the age of platform innovation; 6. State grid: an entrepreneurial and innovative state enterprise; 7. Growth, upgrading and limited catch-up in China’s semiconductor industry; 8. Growth, upgrading and excess cost in China’s electric power sector; 9. China’s development of wind and solar power; 10. Capability upgrading and catch-up in civil nuclear power: the case of China. Economic development and growth

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 492pp 978-1-108-48099-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-70369-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

Contents: Part I. Why A New Strategy Is Needed; 1. Replacing the most influential indicator in the world; 2. Why is GDP successful?; 3. What does GDP measure (and what does it not)?; 4. Why is beyond-GDP not successful?; Part II. The New Strategy: A Community for Well-being and Sustainability: 5. Outline of the strategy; 6. Global environmental accounts (GENA); 7. Global societal accounts (GSA); 8. Global economic accounts (GECA); 9. Global distribution accounts (GDA); 10. Global quality accounts (GQA) and quality indicators; 11. Implementation of the strategy. Economic development and growth

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 362pp 13 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-108-49733-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-73987-0 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

P P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

P P

From Divided Pasts to Cohesive Futures Reflections on Africa Edited by Hiroyuki Hino | Kobe University, Japan

This is a comprehensive and multi-disciplinary study of the paths – and challenges – to social cohesion in Africa. Studies by leading scholars of Africa explore the divided histories of Africa and how Africans might work toward a more trusting society. • Provides a multi-disciplinary exploration of the challenges to and for social cohesion in African society • Case studies, statistical expositions and theoretical reflection shed light on the often poorly understood processes of social cohesion in Africa, and around the world • Avoids technical jargon and provides an accessible pathway into the study of social cohesion in Africa Economic development and growth

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 463pp 978-1-108-47660-7 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Gross domestic product (GDP) is the world’s dominant indicator, yet it is well known that it is not a good measure of society’s wellbeing or sustainability. For decades, beyond-GDP alternatives have been conceived but with negligible impact. Hoekstra proposes a new strategy for the beyond-GDP community which aims to replace the GDP paradigm by 2030. • A comprehensive yet concise overview of the successes and problems of GDP and beyond-GDP initiatives • Provides a roadmap about how beyond-GDP can become a success • The book is multidisciplinary in approach, range and philosophy

Combating Corruption in India Arvind Verma | Indiana University, Bloomington

This book analyzes vast data to argue that a corrupt state only maintains the façade of rule of law but will not permit any inquiry beyond that of individual deviance. Using criminological perspectives, it presents a novel mechanism, the ‘doctrine of good housekeeping’, for public officials to combat and prevent corruption within their own institutions. • Presents a thorough evaluation of anti-corruption agencies based upon criminological perspectives • Examines efficacy of Lokpal including other means to deal with corruption in various countries • Develops practical alternate methods to combat corruption in India Economic development and growth

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 265pp 978-1-108-42746-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$120.00

Economics, Business Studies

generation approaches; 14. Endogeneity; 15. Dynamic models; 16. Shape restrictions and model averaging; 17. Measurement, KLEMS, and other data; Afterword.

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Global Value Chains and Development

Econometrics, statistics and mathematical economics

Redefining the Contours of 21st Century Capitalism Gary Gereffi | Duke University, North Carolina

This book traces the emergence of arguably the most influential approach used to analyze globalization and its impacts. It studies the conceptual foundations of global value chains (GVC) analysis, and the twin pillars of ‘governance’ and ‘upgrading’, along with detailed case studies of China, Mexico and other emerging economies. • Offers a coursebook studying global value chains (GVC) • Brings together seminal writings of Professor Gereffi, one of the founders of the GVC framework • Presents detailed case studies of various emerging economies Contents: Foreword; 1. The emergence of global value chains: ideas, institutions and research communities; Part I. Foundations of the Global Value Chain Framework: 2. The organization of buyer-driven global commodity chains: how US retailers shape overseas production networks; 3. International trade and industrial upgrading in the apparel commodity chain; 4. The governance of global value chains; Part II. Expanding the Governance and Upgrading Dimensions in GVCs: 5. The global economy: organization, governance, and development; 6. Local clusters in global chains: the causes and consequences of export dynamism in Torreon’s blue jeans industry; 7. Development models and industrial upgrading in China and Mexico; 8. Economic and social upgrading in global production networks: a new paradigm for a changing world; 9. Regulation and economic globalization: prospects and limits of private governance; 10. Economic and social upgrading in global value chains: why governance matters; Part III. Policy Issues and Challenges: 11. Global value chain analysis: a primer (second edition); 12. Global value chains, development and emerging economies; 13. Risks and opportunities of participation in global value chains; 14. Global value chains in a post-Washington consensus world; 15. Protectionism and global value chains; Index. Economic development and growth | Development Trajectories in Global Value Chains

January 2019 228 x 152 mm 494pp 978-1-108-47194-7 Hardback £89.99 / US$110.00 978-1-108-45886-3 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

P P

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 634pp 53 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-107-03616-1 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00 978-1-107-68765-3 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

Principles of Banking Regulation Kern Alexander | Universität Zürich

A thorough analysis of banking regulation, with a focus on recent international, European and UK bank regulatory and policy developments, including Basel IV, bank resolution and Brexit. Aimed at students and practitioners, this book’s inter-disciplinary perspective incorporates law, economics, finance, management and policy studies. • Examines bank regulation from an inter-disciplinary perspective across law, economics, finance, management and policy studies • Covers recent developments that effect banking regulation, such as ring-fenced banking, risk culture, Basel IV and Brexit • Includes a close examination of how the philosophy and institutional design of banking regulation has changed following the crisis of 2007–8, and some of the main regulatory, legal, governance and policy challenges Contents: 1. The business of banking; 2. Economic theories and institutional design; 3. International banking regulation; 4. Capital adequancy and risk management; 5. Corporate governance and legal dimension; 6. Deposit insurance and bank resolution; 7. Structural regulation; 8. Liability for bank misselling; 9. Misconduct and administrative sanctions; 10. Shadow banking; 11. Risk culture and banking regulation / regulating risk culture; 12. Fintech; 13. Environmental and social sustainability challenges; 14. Administrative sanctions and regulatory enforcement; 15. Future challenges for banking regulation. Finance

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 380pp 13 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-42726-5 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-44797-3 Paperback c. £32.99 / c. US$39.99

X X

Measurement of Productivity and Efficiency Theory and Practice Robin C. Sickles | Rice University, Houston

This book provides a comprehensive approach to productivity and efficiency analysis for upperlevel undergraduates, graduate students, and professionals. An accompanying website includes programming codes that can be used with widely available software like MATLAB® and R, and test data for many of the estimators in the book. • Provides a self-contained resource for upper-level undergraduates, graduate students, academics, government analysts, and independent researchers • Provides an integrated and synthesized treatment of the topics covered • MATLAB® software is readily available so readers can implement the applied productivity and efficiency analysis discussed Contents: Preface; Introduction; 1. Production theory: primal approach; 2. Production theory: dual approach; 3. Efficiency measurement; 4. Productivity indexes: part 1; 5. Aggregation; 6. Functional forms; 7. Productivity indexes: part 2; 8. Envelopment-type estimators; 9. Statistical analysis for DEA and FDH: Part 1; 10. Statistical analysis for DEA and FDH: part 2; 11. Cross-sectional stochastic frontiers; 12. SF models-first generation panel approaches; 13. SF models-second

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Economics, Business Studies

TEXTBOOK

Economics of Electricity

Introductory Econometrics for Finance

Markets, Competition and Rules Anna Cretì | Université de Paris IX (Paris-Dauphine)

Fourth edition Chris Brooks | University of Reading

The only econometrics textbook that requires no prior knowledge of the subject, aimed specifically at students of finance, accountancy, or banking. It includes a broad range of techniques, detailed case studies, and explanations of how to implement the techniques and understand the results from the most popular software packages. • A complete package for finance students that assumes no prior background in econometrics • The fundamentals have been broadened into two introductory chapters (one covering mathematics and the other basic statistics) to provide a strong foundation for those new to the subject • Includes full web support for students and instructors, with datasets, additional chapter questions (with answers provided), lecture slides, support for popular statistical software packages and links to sources of financial data and articles • Includes worked examples on how to conduct events studies and the Fama–MacBeth method, two of the most common empirical approaches in finance, ensuring that students are well-prepared for econometrics in practice Contents: Preface to the fourth edition; 1. Introduction and mathematical foundations; 2. Statistical foundations and dealing with data; 3. A brief overview of the classical linear regression; 4. Further development of classical linear regression; 5. Classical linear regression model assumptions; 6. Univariate time-series modelling and forecasting; 7. Multivariate models; 8. Modelling volatility and correlation; 10. Switching and state space models; 11. Panel data; 12. Limited dependent variable models; 13. Simulation methods; 14. Additional econometric techniques for financial research; 15. Conducting empirical research; Appendix 1. Sources of data used in this book and the accompanying software manuals; Appendix 2. Tables of statistical distributions; Glossary; References; Index. Finance

March 2019 246 x 189 mm 750pp 98 b/w illus. 132 colour illus. 70 tables 978-1-108-42253-6 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00 X 978-1-108-43682-3 Paperback £49.99 / US$59.99 X

Contents: Introduction; Part I. Introduction to Energy and Electricity: 1. Basic principles, definitions and unit measures; 2. Introduction to electricity; brief history of the power industry; Part II. The Basic Design of the Electricity Systems and Markets: 3. The electricity systems and the electricity supply chain; 4. The four market designs of the electricity system; 5. Energy products and the time-dimension of electricity markets; 6. Some principles of regulation of the electricity sector; Part III. Simplified Isolated Markets without Network Congestions: 7. Load and power generation; 8. The centralized solution of optimal dispatching; 9. Welfare maximisation with time – varying load; 10. The market solution to optimal dispatching; 11. Balancing markets; Part IV. Competition in Wholesale Electricity Markets: 12. Wholesale market competition; 13. Market power in electricity markets; Part V. Introducing Transmission Networks: Network Congestions and Electricity Import-Export: 14. Electricity transmission: basic principles; 15. Meshed networks and congestion; 16. Transmission pricing in practice; 17. From nodal prices to transmission capacity expansion; 18. Transmission rights and price risk hedging; Part VI. Economics of Electricity Retail Markets: 19. Retail competition: supplying electricity to final consumers; 20. Assessing the benefits of retail competition; Part VII. Investing in Power Generation: 21. Optimal investment in power generation; 22. Energy-only markets vs markets with capacity remuneration mechanisms; 23. Capacity remuneration mechanisms; Part VIII. Environmental Challenges and the Future of Electricity Markets: 24. Global warming and the electricity markets; 25. Renewable energy sources and electricity production; 26. The integration of renewable energy sources in the electricity system; 27. Smart grids. Natural resource and environmental economics

Automating Finance Infrastructures, Engineers, and the Making of Electronic Markets Juan Pablo Pardo-Guerra | University of California, San Diego

By exploring the behind-the-scenes automation of stock exchanges in Britain and America, this book shows the importance of place, history, and politics in shaping the contours of markets and their technologies. It will be useful for social scientists, historians, business scholars, and anyone interested in understanding how automation transformed finance. • Combines insights from a range of social science approaches • Highlights the role of stock exchange technologists in transforming stock markets • Rethinks markets as sites for making relations Contents: Preface; 1. Markets in milliseconds; 2. Infrastructures of kinship; 3. The power of invisibility; 4. The hubris of platforms; 5. The wizards of king street; 6. Making moral markets; 7. Rabbits guarding the lettuce; 8. Infrastructures, kinship, and queues. Finance

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 372pp 23 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-49642-1 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

A comprehensive and up-to-date discussion of the economic rationale behind the production, delivery and exchange of electricity. A must read for those who want to learn and teach the specificities of electricity markets and understand how these markets can be optimally designed to produce and deliver electricity effectively and efficiently. • Offers a comprehensive discussion of the economics of electricity, an important area of study within the increasingly popular field of energy economics • Connects theory to real electricity markets in various countries • Suitable for economist and non-economist readers alike

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 366pp 60 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-18565-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-316-63662-6 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Biological Extinction New Perspectives Edited by Partha Dasgupta | University of Cambridge

A must read for anyone who wants to understand why species are becoming extinct, why biodiversity matters for our wellbeing, and how we can protect the natural world on which we all depend. Leading thinkers provide new perspectives on this urgent issue, offering significant insights and novel solutions. • One of the first books to take an interdisciplinary approach to the important issues of biodiversity and biological extinction • Presents a diverse range of views on the issues of biological extinction from some of the leading academics of our time • Argues that biodiversity loss should join climate change on the public agenda as an issue that urgently needs addressing for our future wellbeing • Contains papers presented at a joint meeting of the Pontifical Academy of Science and the Pontifical Academy of Social Science and held at the Academy, Vatican City Contents: Introduction; Prologue. Extinction: what it means to us; 1. Extinction in deep time: lessons from the past?; 2. Biodiversity and global change: from creator to victim; 3. The state of the world’s biodiversity; 4. Extinction threats to life in the ocean and opportunities for their amelioration 5. Out of the soil: soil (dark matter biodiversity) and societal ‘collapses’ from Mesoamerica to the Mesopotamia and beyond; 6. The

Economics, Business Studies

Green Revolution and crop biodiversity; 7. Population: the current state and future prospects; 8. Game over? Drivers of biological extinction in Africa; 9. Why we’re in the sixth great extinction and what it means to humanity; 10. The consequences of biodiversity loss for human well-being; 11. Terra incognita: in search of the disconnect; 12. How do we stem biodiversity loss?; 13. Can smart villages help to stem biodiversity loss?; 14. The new design condition: planetary urbanism + resource scarcity + climate change.

of the film industry; 17. Economics of videogames; 18. Economics of broadcasting; 19. Economics of book publishing; Part V. Conclusion: 20. Conclusion. Economics (general)

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 650pp 978-1-108-42168-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$160.00 978-1-108-43200-9 Paperback £39.99 / US$51.99

X X

Natural resource and environmental economics

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-108-48228-8 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-71181-4 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

Nature, Society, and Justice in the Anthropocene Unravelling the Money-Energy-Technology Complex Alf Hornborg | Lunds Universitet, Sweden

This book shows how money and technology have shaped our thinking and social and ecological relations, with disturbing consequences. It offers solutions for their redesign in ways that will promote justice and sustainability. It is aimed at scholars and advanced students in environmental studies, economics, archaeology and social theory. • Proposes a new explanation of rising global inequalities and climate change • Reveals that market prices obscure asymmetric transfers of biophysical resources – embodied labor, land, energy, materials – under a veil of fictive reciprocity • Argues that artefacts like money may shape our thinking and our social and ecological relations, but that they can be redesigned to promote justice and sustainability Natural resource and environmental economics | New Directions in Sustainability and Society

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 290pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42937-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

TEXTBOOK

A Textbook of Cultural Economics Second edition Ruth Towse | Bournemouth University

Ranging from the traditional arts to the creative industries (such as music, film, games, broadcasting, and publishing), this second edition offers a comprehensive, up-to-date overview and in depth analysis of cultural economics in the digital creative economy. It will be useful for courses in the economics of art and culture, arts management and cultural policy. • Accessibly written in clear terminology with minimum use of equations • Contains boxes with succinct summaries of the contribution of other experts on the topics in each chapter • Every chapter in the book has been fully revised and brought up to date in terms of the relevant economic analysis and, where appropriate, policy measures Contents: Part I. General Issues in Cultural Economics: 1. Introduction to cultural economics; 2. Economic profile of the cultural sector; 3. Economic organisation of markets in the creative industries; 4. The digital creative economy; 5. Production, costs and supply of cultural goods; 6. Consumption, participation and demand for cultural goods and services; 7. Welfare economics and public finance; Part II. The ‘Traditional’ Arts and Heritage: 8. Economics of the performing arts; 9. Economics of museums and heritage; 10. Economics of festivals, cities of culture, creative cities and cultural tourism; 11. Economic evaluation cultural policy; Part III. Artists’ Labour Markets and Copyright: 12. Economics of artists’ labour markets; 13. Economics of copyright; Part IV. The Creative Industries: 14. Economics of creative industries; 15. Economics of the music industry; 16. Economics

Austrian Capital Theory A Modern Survey of the Essentials Peter Lewin | University of Texas, Dallas

Presents a new framework for Austrian capital theory, starting from the notion that capital is the value attributed by the valuer to the combination of production-goods and labor available for production. Incorporates the seminal contributions into the new framework in order to provide a more accessible perspective on Austrian capital theory.

Economics (general) | Elements in Austrian Economics

January 2019 229 x 152 mm 88pp 5 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-73588-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Public Debt as a Form of Public Finance Overcoming a Category Mistake and its Vices Richard E. Wagner | George Mason University, Virginia

Democracies can’t truly be indebted. The language of public debt is an ideological language, not a scientific language that clarifies the practice of public finance. Economists have gone astray by assuming that a government is just another person whose impulses toward prudent action will restrict recourse to public debt. Economics (general) | Elements in Austrian Economics

April 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-73589-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED TEXTBOOK

Making Humanities and Social Sciences Come Alive Early Years and Primary Education Edited by Deborah Green | University of South Australia

Drawing on the expertise of a diverse team of academics and educators, Making Humanities and Social Sciences Come Alive is an invaluable resource that provides early childhood and primary pre-service educators with the knowledge and skills to deliver this exciting curriculum. • Closely aligned with the Australian Curriculum and the Early Years Learning Framework, this text encourages best practice in the teaching of history, geography, civics and citizenship, and economics and business in the early childhood and primary settings • Each chapter draws on the expertise of a diverse group of leading academics and practising teachers from across Australia, providing comprehensive coverage of all major concepts • Learning is supported through practical tips, reflections, review questions and case studies highlighting the application of theory Contents: Part I. Humanities and Social Sciences Curriculum: 1. Making humanities and social sciences come alive: the significance of curriculum in education; 2. A guided tour of the HASS Australian Curriculum: planning and integrating learning; 3. HASS in the early years: connecting the Early Years Learning Framework and the Australian Curriculum; 4. Humanities and social sciences in the early childhood and primary years; Part II. HASS Concepts and Sub-strands: 5. Conceptual thinking in HASS; 6. The past in the present: bringing history and citizenship education to life in early years settings; 7. History and historical inquiry; 8. Making geography come alive by teaching geographical thinking; 9. Civics and citizenship in the twenty-first century; 10. Bringing economics and business into

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Economics, Business Studies / Geography, the Environment / Language and Linguistics

educational settings; Part III. Teaching and Learning in HASS: 11. Inquiry learning – the process is essential to the product; 12. Engaging with ethical understanding in the early years and beyond: the community of inquiry approach; 13. The power of play to engage and nurture creative, independent learners; 14. Using picture books to develop language and literacies in HASS; 15. Effective assessment practices; Part IV. Integration across Cross-Curriculum Priorities: 16. The General Capabilities’ synergy with HASS; 17. Authentic engagement with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander content in P–6 education; 18. Studies of Asia and Australia’s involvement with Asia; 19. Educating for sustainability: theoretical and practical insights for preservice teachers; Part V. HASS for All Learners: 20. Values education and social justice; 21. Culturally responsive pedagogy: respecting the diversity of learners studying humanities and social sciences; 22. Humanities and social sciences for everyone: inclusive approaches respectful of learner diversity; Part VI. Community and Global Connections: 23. Using community resources to develop active and informed citizens; 24. Uncovering hidden hems in the community; 25. Enhancing HASS learning with technology; 26. Libraries and librarians: at home with HASS; 27. Global education; Part VII. Getting Started: 28. Early career teaching in the early years; 29. Early career teaching in the primary years. Education, history, theory

April 2019 255 x 190 mm 552pp 74 colour illus. 33 tables 978-1-108-44543-6 Paperback £54.99 / US$69.99 X

Geography, the Environment PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Poaching and Militancy The Asian Elephant under Siege Binoy Kumar Behera

Poaching and Militancy probes into the critical problem of the poaching of elephants for ivory and discusses several pertinent issues relating to their deaths and deliberate killings. It discusses the possibility of the existence of a well-developed network supporting organized poaching and armed militancy, thus reducing the number of Asian elephants. • Includes photographs from fieldwork • Makes extensive use of support elements like pie charts and bar graphs representing ground-level research Geography, the environment (general)

January 2019 228 x 152 mm 156pp 978-1-108-47365-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED TEXTBOOK

Language and Linguistics

Understanding Curriculum The Australian Context Second edition Scott Webster | Deakin University, Victoria

TEXTBOOK

Understanding Curriculum is a critical introduction to contemporary curriculum theory and practice. Substantially revised, the second edition includes more detailed consideration of the ideological underpinnings of curriculum development, and features new chapters on assessment and reporting, and updated vignettes and extracts. • Explores major philosophies of curriculum development, including conservative, neoliberal and progressive approaches • Examines the relationships between curriculum and pedagogy, equity, technology, gender, social justice and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander issues in depth • Includes annotated weblinks and lecturer resources Contents: 1. The landscape of curriculum theory; 2. Introducing conservative ideological approaches to curriculum; 3. Social efficiency ideology; 4. Neoliberal ideology in curriculum; 5. Progressive approaches to curriculum; 6. Social reconstruction ideology; 7. Pedagogy; 8. Equity and (critical) diversity; 9. Exploring implications of the construction of the girl/boy binary in curriculum; 10. Indigenous issues and a curriculum for social justice; 11. How educational technology influences curriculum work; 12. Assessing what we value; 13. Designing assessment; 14. Unit planning and design; 15. Reflecting on how you can bring education to the curriculum. Education, history, theory

January 2019 249 x 176 mm 282pp 978-1-108-44999-1 Paperback £59.99 / US$74.99

Lexical-Functional Grammar An Introduction Kersti Börjars | University of Manchester

A clear introduction to lexical-functional grammar, this outstanding textbook will help those who are learning about the formal theory for the first time, those who are familiar with other frameworks, and those interested in using a formal framework to analyze languages that are fundamentally different from English. • An up-to-date introduction suited to beginners, especially those with no previous exposure to contemporary syntactic theories • Takes a step-by-step approach that builds up the framework of lexicalfunctional grammar • Uses data from English and a range of other languages to illustrate the tools of the analysis. For each phenomenon introduced, there is an example both from both English (where English has the phenomenon) and a typologically diverse set of other languages • Includes exercises for a range of skill levels, from fundamental questions to more complex analytical exercises Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Dimensions of information; 3. Mapping between c-structure and f-structure; 4. Morphology and f-structure; 5. Complementation and predication; 6. Long-distance dependencies; 7. Anaphoric binding; 8. A-structure and lexical mapping theory; 9. Further topics. Grammar and syntax

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 300pp 978-1-107-17056-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-316-62165-3 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$39.99

X X

Language and Linguistics

Exploring Interfaces

English Comparative Correlatives

Edited by Mónica Cabrera | Loyola Marymount University, California

A collection of original studies that explore how grammatical rules interact with other languagerelated areas, such as word meanings, meaning of idioms and sentences, and the different possible orders in which sentences are articulated. Ideal reading for scholars and advanced students in formal and theoretical linguistics. • Presents linguistic interface through the lenses of different methodologies, different fields of study, and a variety of linguistic data • Includes studies on linearization, syntax-semantics and syntax-lexicon • Crosses the traditional boundaries of ‘theoretical’ analyses based on monolingual varieties to include second language phenomena Grammar and syntax

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 330pp 11 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-108-48827-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 C

Diachronic and Synchronic Variation at the Lexicon-Syntax Interface Thomas Hoffmann | Catholic University of EichstättIngolstadt

Investigates the change and evolution of a fascinating English construction – comparative correlatives (e.g. the more you eat, the fatter you get). This book will appeal to scholars and advanced students in English linguistics, grammar, syntax, and the history of the English language. • Uses empirical data to provide a theoretical analysis that explains the development of the construction from Old English to Modern English varieties world-wide • Provides an analysis that explains diachronic change as well as synchronic variation • Shows how the evolutionary stage of a variety of English affects the mental representation of its speakers Grammar and syntax | Studies in English Language

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 40 b/w illus. 59 tables 978-1-108-47721-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Universal Semantic Syntax A Semiotactic Approach Egbert Fortuin | Universiteit Leiden

Voice Quality

Syntactic theory has been dominated in the last decades by theories that disregard semantics in their approach to syntax. This book presents an alternative approach to syntax, showing that syntax can be analyzed from a semantic perspective. • Proposes a new and integrated view of syntax • Provides a clear and comprehensive introduction into semiotactic theory, ideal for readers without prior knowledge of the theory • Presents a model for analyzing each sentence from any language by formalizing it Grammar and syntax | Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 160

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-47680-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Relative Clauses Structure and Variation in Everyday English Andrew Radford | University of Essex

Brings to light largely unreported and unanalysed types of non-standard relative clauses in everyday English. A sophisticated and empirically rich analysis, it will be of interest to researchers and students working on syntax, the English language, language variation, corpus linguistics, experimental linguistics, and language change. • Makes sense of a huge amount of new data, serving as an invaluable resource for researchers and students working on syntax and syntactic variation • Identifies new parameters of microvariation in syntax • Contributes to understanding the interaction between syntax, pragmatics, sociolinguistics and processing Contents: Prologue; 1. Background; 2. Resumptive relatives; 3. Prepositional relatives; 4. Gapless relatives; Epilogue. Grammar and syntax | Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 161

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 380pp 978-1-108-49280-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-72968-0 Paperback £25.99 / US$33.99

P P

The Laryngeal Articulator Model John H. Esling | University of Victoria, British Columbia

Examines how accents differ in ‘voice quality’ across languages and presents a new framework for its analysis with a revised model of lowervocal-tract articulation, focusing on the larynx in speech. It will appeal to students and researchers in linguistics, phonetics, child language, speech science, clinical linguistics, and forensic phonetics. • Includes phonetic illustrations of phonation types and laryngeal states obtained using laryngoscopy, ultrasound, cineradiography, and MRI • A companion website with a comprehensive set of video and audio files provides students and instructors access to a unique data set that illustrates how the lower vocal tract works and what sounds it generates • Includes specific search terms so readers can find video and audio posts of pop-culture voices (actors, singers, announcers, comedians and politicians), assembled together for the first time, with descriptions of their voice qualities Phonetics and phonology | Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 162

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 82 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-49842-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Relevance, Pragmatics and Interpretation Edited by Kate Scott | Kingston University, London

Presents new research from leading scholars employing the relevancetheoretic (RT) pragmatics framework, demonstrating the interdisciplinary significance of the theory. It will become a key reference on RT for students and scholars of pragmatics, semantics, discourse analysis, human communication, child development, stylistics and education. • Brings together in a single volume original research by leading scholars employing the relevance-theoretic framework • Presents new work on non-literal language use, including metaphor, metonymy, irony, allegory and free indirect speech • Includes chapters on children’s pragmatic development, on the role of ‘epistemic vigilance’, on kinds of metarepresentation in comprehension, and on the role of emotion in communication Semantics and pragmatics

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 332pp 1 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-41863-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Language and Linguistics

7. Among and between sites; 8. Scales and scale-making: connecting sites; Part IV. Pasts: 9. Library to field: ideologies in nineteenth-century linguistic research; Coda: avenues of inquiry.

Lexical Layers of Identity Words, Meaning, and Culture in the Slavic Languages Danko Šipka | Arizona State University

Sociolinguistics

Provides a systematic approach to lexical indicators of cultural identity, drawing on data from Slavic languages. Šipka addresses issues of interest to both Slavic and general linguists, cross-cultural anthropologists, and psychologists. Some sections will also be of interest to historians and political scientists. • Proposes a more systematic and more encompassing way of studying the nexus of language and culture • Provides a linguistic approach where the lexicon and lexical peculiarities play a central role, in contrast to the dominant syntactic and phonological approaches in global linguistics • Revives Slavic studies by positioning the material at the front and centre of the research, rather than using it to simply exemplify general linguistic points

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 3 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-108-49189-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-74129-3 Paperback £19.99 / US$24.99

P P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Language of Hunter-Gatherers Edited by Tom Güldemann | Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin

Implicatures

This volume offers a linguistic window into twenty-first-century hunter-gatherer societies – how they survive and interface with agricultural and industrial societies. It challenges assumptions regarding the lack of social dynamism in huntergatherer societies and shows that their languages are no different from other languages. • Addresses an ongoing debate, whilst bringing new kinds of data to the argument • Includes a valuable appendix on forager languages • Easily accessible, it avoids using technical linguistic jargon

Sandrine Zufferey | Universität Bern, Switzerland

Sociolinguistics

An accessible and thorough introduction to implicatures, a key topic in pragmatics. It will appeal to students and teachers in linguistics, applied linguistics, psychology and sociology, who are interested in how language is used for communication, and how children and second language learners develop pragmatic skills. • Provides a global view of past and present research on implicatures • Explains in accessible language empirical research findings, providing readers with a clear understanding • Shows readers how different interfaces of pragmatics are situated within theories of language and how they interact with social and cognitive psychology

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 672pp 978-1-107-00368-2 Hardback £115.00 / US$160.00

Semantics and pragmatics

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 7 b/w illus. 75 tables 978-1-108-49271-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Semantics and pragmatics | Key Topics in Semantics and Pragmatics

July 2019 216 x 138 mm 256pp 21 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-12565-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Signs of Difference Language and Ideology in Social Life Susan Gal | University of Chicago

How are peoples’ ideas about languages, ways of speaking and expressive styles shaped by their social positions and values? Written by two recognised authorities on language and culture, this book asks how differences in language and in social life are made (and unmade), and how we should interpret them. • Presents a step-by-step explanation of semiotic processes, using concrete examples, showing how sign relations constitute ideology • Draws on fieldwork and historical materials, enabling researchers to engage in ideological analysis and critique by demonstrating its methods • Provides a deep semiotic analysis of ‘perspective’ and ‘comparison’, fundamental processes of social and linguistic differentiation that motivate historical change Contents: Prologue: questions and exhibits; Acknowledgements; Introduction; Part I. Ethnography: 1. Wolof in Senegal; 2. GermanHungarians in Hungary; Part II. Semiotics: 3. Ingredients: signs, conjectures, perspectives; 4. Comparison: the semiotics of differentiation; 5. Dynamics of change in differentiation; Part III. Sites: 6. Situating ideological work;

From Speech Acts to Lay Understandings of Politeness Multilingual and Multicultural Perspectives Edited by Eva Ogiermann | King’s College London

An up-to-date survey of im/politeness research from both a multilingual and a multicultural perspective, in which a diverse range of qualitative and quantitative methodologies are applied to the study of politeness. Aimed at scholars and students in pragmatics, sociolinguistics, interactional linguistics and linguistic anthropology, among others. • Presents the latest trends and developments of politeness phenomena • Methodologically diverse, politeness data is approached from both a qualitative and quantitative perspective • Multilingual and multicultural data is provided from eight major world languages as well as several language varieties Sociolinguistics

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 356pp 44 b/w illus. 29 tables 978-1-107-19805-0 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Language and Linguistics

Language Politics and Policies

Learning through Language

Perspectives from Canada and the United States Edited by Thomas Ricento | University of Calgary

Explores the nature and effects of language politics on language minority communities in Canada and the United States, particularly with regard to educational policies. The book will be of interest to scholars in sociolinguistics, language revitalization, bilingual education, political science, American and Canadian studies, and language rights. • Brings together a wide range of theoretical and methodological approaches in a single volume • Uses conceptual analyses and empirically-based data-driven studies to assess the nature and effects of political, cultural, and economic factors on policies and practices • Chapters are written in a clear and accessible style, making it suitable for undergraduate and graduate courses, as well as for specialists in language policy Sociolinguistics

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 354pp 13 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-42913-9 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

A collection of innovative studies that explore the theory of how children and adolescents learn language, and how they use language to build knowledge. The volume examines features of language relevant to schooling as well as their precursors in early childhood. • Provides an up-to-date review of theoretical perspectives on and empirical evidence regarding the role of language in learning and knowledge building • Delivers a comprehensive account of features of language important for schooling that cuts across ages and contexts • Each chapter includes a state of the art review of the research covered, followed by a presentation of empirical evidence Applied linguistics and second language acquisition

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 328pp 978-1-107-16935-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

TEXTBOOK

The Emoji Revolution How Technology Is Shaping the Future of Communication Philip Seargeant | The Open University, Milton Keynes

Ideal for general readers as well as students and researchers of language, linguistics and communication, this book examines the evolution of emoji, how people use them, and what they can teach us about the nature of language, as well as our relationships with technology, society and ourselves. • Illustrates how emoji have become implicated in all aspects of modern society • Highlights potentially troubling issues of how the large technology companies play an increasingly intrusive role in the way we live our lives • Discusses the effects that technology is having on our language and society, and how it is shaping the direction of modern society Contents: 1. The what, the why and the where of emoji; 2. Emoji and the history of human communication; 3. Making faces; 4. Metaphors and moral panics; 5. The shaping force of digital technology; 6. People, politics and interpersonal relationships; 7. Diverse identities; 8. Creativity and culture; 9. The emojification of everyday life. Sociolinguistics

August 2019 216 x 138 mm 250pp 978-1-108-49664-3 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$84.99 978-1-108-72179-0 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$32.99

Towards an Educationally Informed Theory of Language Learning Edited by Vibeke Grøver | Universitetet i Oslo

P P

Second Language Writing Second edition Ken Hyland | University of East Anglia

Ken Hyland presents a practical introduction to teaching second language writing, providing comprehensive coverage of current theory and classroom applications. The book will benefit prospective and practicing teachers of English as a second language (ESL), advanced undergraduates and Masters’ students in applied linguistics, and scholars investigating L2 writing. • Chapter end activities enable students to connect theory with practice and understand the relevant topics • Basic concepts and theories are clearly explained with many examples to enable students to apply teaching principles • Presents new research for teachers in an accessible and practical way, to help inform their teaching Contents: 1. Writing and teaching writing; 2. Second language writers and teaching contexts; 3. Course design and lesson planning; 4. Texts and materials in the writing class; 5. Tasks in the writing class; 6. New technologies in writing instruction; 7. Responding to student writing; 8. Assessing student writing; 9. Researching writing and writers. Applied linguistics and second language acquisition

August 2019 247 x 174 mm 360pp 978-1-108-47071-1 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-45641-8 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$34.99

How Mediation Works Resolving Conflict through Talk Angela Cora Garcia | Bentley University, Massachusetts

X X

An original study of the language of mediation, which uses excerpts from real mediation sessions to illustrate how mediation works and how mediators can best help disputants make claims, present evidence and propose solutions. It will interest researchers and students of sociolinguistics, conversation analysis, and the sociology of law. • Uses excerpts from over forty real-life divorce and small claims mediation sessions • Provides an in-depth study of the interactional procedures used to conduct mediation • Will be useful to mediation practitioners wanting to learn mediation techniques more effectively Sociolinguistics | Studies in Interactional Sociolinguistics, 34

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 325pp 978-1-107-02427-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Language and Linguistics

Advances in Empirical Translation Studies

The Cambridge Handbook of Language Learning

Developing Translation Resources and Technologies Edited by Meng Ji | University of Sydney

Edited by John W. Schwieter | Wilfrid Laurier University, Ontario

An advanced resource for a rapidly evolving research field, aimed at students and academics of translation studies and related fields such as applied linguistics, corpus linguistics, translation technology and digital humanities. • Brings together the long-existing divide between theoretical and applied translation studies, to significantly expand growth in the field as a whole • Includes the latest case studies from a variety of emerging translation genres • Written in a jargon-free style by world-leading experts, to facilitate readers’ understanding Applied linguistics and second language acquisition

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 292pp 47 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-108-42327-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Applied linguistics and second language acquisition | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 838pp 11 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-108-42043-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Feedback in Second Language Writing

Proficiency Predictors in Sequential Bilinguals

Contexts and Issues Second edition Edited by Ken Hyland | The University of Hong Kong

Leading experts present a fully revised and updated introduction to feedback on second language writing with new content on technology, social media and language acquisition. The book is for upper undergraduate and postgraduate students, teachers and researchers in TESOL, applied linguistics and English for academic purposes (EAP). • Provides a relevant overview of current developments in feedback research and practice, ideal for students, teachers and researchers in the areas of TESOL, applied linguistics, composition studies and English for academic purposes (EAP) • Includes ten new chapters as well as a new section on student engagement • Provides an up-to-date analysis of multiple issues related to the area of feedback on second language writing, including developments relating to technology and social media Contents: Introduction. 1. Contexts and issues in feedback on L2 writing: setting the scene; Part I. Situating Feedback: Socio-cultural Dimensions: 2. Sociocultural theory: a framework for understanding socio-cognitive dimensions of peer feedback; 3. Culture and peer feedback; 4. Appropriation, ownership, and agency: negotiating teacher feedback in academic settings; Part II. Shaping Feedback: Delivery and Focus Dimensions: 5. The intersection between SLA and feedback research; 6. Does error feedback help L2 writers? Latest evidence on the efficacy of written corrective feedback; 7. Electronic resources for feedback; 8. Collaborative writing as peer feedback; Part III. Negotiating Feedback: Interpersonal and Interactional Dimensions: 9. Interpersonal aspects of response: constructing and interpreting teacher written feedback; 10. Fostering formative online forums: feedback, dialogue and disciplinarity; 11. Supervisory feedback: building writing scaffolds with doctoral students; 12. Reviewers’ feedback on second language writers’ submissions to academic journals; Part IV. Engaging with Feedback: Student Participation Dimensions: 13. Learner engagement with written feedback from a sociocognitive perspective; 14. What messages do students take from teacher feedback?; 15. Students initiating feedback: the potential of social media; Index. Applied linguistics and second language acquisition | Cambridge Applied Linguistics

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 340pp 978-1-108-42507-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-108-43997-8 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$34.99

A cutting-edge handbook that surveys the nature of second language learning and the implications for teaching. Contributors discuss prominent theories and methods in the field that are organized across thematic sections dealing with skill development, individual differences, pedagogical interventions and approaches, and context and environment. • Covers an exhaustive range of research and provides refreshing insights from top experts regarding new directions • Puts specific focus on language learning in a wide range of settings, providing readers with a broad overview of multiple contexts • Addresses a growing need and interest to better understand theories of language learning and the instructional interventions that facilitate such learning

P P

The Proficiency Puzzle Lynette Austin | Abilene Christian University, Texas

Looks at research into variables that impact bilingual language acquisition, and highlights outcomes. It examines the language acquisition of adult Spanish-English bilinguals, demonstrating that the interactive nature of bilingual speakers’ languages is in line with a holistic view of theories of the dynamic, interdependent nature of bilingualism. Applied linguistics and second language acquisition | Elements in Second Language Acquisition

April 2019 229 x 152 mm 96pp 1 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-108-72524-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

An updated new edition that provides detailed descriptions of important text varieties in English along with methodological techniques to carry out analyses of them, including conversation, newspaper writing, academic prose and social media. Each chapter ends with activities for the reader to apply and practice the analyses they read about. • Teaches readers how to analyse text varieties, as well as providing detailed descriptions of different kinds of texts • Includes new material on social media registers and the stylistics of other forms of online communication • Each chapter ends with activities for the reader to apply and practice the analyses they read about including ‘Reflection and Review’ activities, ‘Analysis Practice’ activities and ‘Project Ideas’ Contents: 1. Registers, genres, and styles: fundamental varieties of language; Part I. Analytical Framework: 2. Describing the situational characteristics of registers and genres; 3. Analysing linguistic features and their functions; Part II. Detailed Descriptions of Registers, Genres, and Styles: 4. Interpersonal spoken registers; 5. Written registers, genres, and styles; 6. Academic and professional written registers; 7. Registers and genres in interpersonal electronic communication; 8. Historical

Language and Linguistics

evolution of registers, genres, and styles; Part III. Larger Theoretical Issues: 9. Multidimensional patterns of register variation; 10. Register studies in context. Discourse analysis | Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 407pp 49 b/w illus. 29 tables 978-1-108-42652-7 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 978-1-108-44408-8 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

David Holton | Selwyn College, Cambridge

P P

The Cambridge Handbook of Germanic Linguistics Edited by Michael T. Putnam | Pennsylvania State University

The first comprehensive overview of the structure of modern Germanic languages. Written by a team of internationally-renowned experts, it is a vital resource for students and researchers investigating the Germanic family of languages and dialects, covering key topics such as phonology, morphology, syntax, heritage and minority languages. • The benchmark survey of the structure and usage of modern Germanic languages • Avoids overly technical theory, making the volume accessible to students as well as researchers • Covers a very wide range of examples including Scandinavian languages European language, linguistics | Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 650pp 34 b/w illus. 7 maps 52 tables 978-1-108-42186-7 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$160.00 R

A History of African Linguistics Edited by H. Ekkehard Wolff | Universität Leipzig

For scholars and advanced students of African languages and linguistics and African studies, this volume presents the first global history about the teaching and linguistic study of African languages that began as a ‘colonial science’ in Western Europe, tracing the spread of African linguistics across all inhabited continents. • Follows the spread of African linguistics across all inhabited continents, with particular focus on its academic establishment in the various regions of (post-) colonial Africa • Informs readers about the practical and linguistic study of African languages beyond the former European colonial powers • No other published account of the global history of African linguistics exists, since its beginnings in the peak period of European colonialism 130 years ago African, Caribbean language, linguistics

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 4 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-41797-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The Cambridge Grammar of Medieval and Early Modern Greek The first systematic, comprehensive description of the evolution of Greek at the crucial transitional stage from medieval to modern. Draws on an extensive corpus of literary and non-literary texts written in various forms of the vernacular to document the processes of change between the eleventh and the eighteenth centuries. • The first comprehensive grammar of the Greek language covering the period from c.1100 to c.1700, with detailed analysis shedding light on the development of key features of modern Greek • Systematically presents new findings in phonology, morphology and syntax, and will therefore be essential for comparative studies in historical linguistics • Includes numerous examples to illustrate usage, taken from both literary and non-literary texts, in order to present evidence of diachronic and diatopic variation Historical linguistics

March 2019 247 x 174 mm 2313pp 978-0-521-19529-4 4 Volume Hardback Set

£275.00 / US$350.00

World Lexicon of Grammaticalization Second edition Tania Kuteva | Heinrich-Heine-Universität Düsseldorf

For linguists and language teachers, as well as anthropologists, educationalists, psychologists and psycholinguists, this volume allows language experts to understand and explain why grammatical phenomena take the forms they do, and why certain linguistic structures are not restricted to English but can also be found in other languages. • Provides both linguists and general readers with a better understanding of languages all over the world • Revised and updated, the analysis covers over 1,000 languages including multiple East Asian languages • Reconstructs the cognitive and pragmatic basis of grammar, which will benefit readers far beyond linguistics Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Grammatical concepts used in this work; 3. Source-target lexicon. Historical linguistics

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-107-13624-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00 978-1-316-50176-4 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

C P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Language and Linguistics / Law

Law

Creating Canadian English The Professor, the Mountaineer, and a National Variety of English Stefan Dollinger | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

This lively account of the making of Canadian English traces the variety’s conceptual, social and linguistic developments from the twentieth century to the present. Revealing the hard work, persistence and sheer luck required in codifying a standard variety, this archive-based book highlights both long-forgotten linguists and linguistic fashions alike. • Explains over the course of the twentieth century, how ‘Canadian English’ was established as a positive notion • Covers an impressively wide range of topics, including linguistic description, codification, dictionary making, linguistic imperialism, linguistic attitudes, language and Canadian identity, or the threat of Americanisation • Reveals in a longitudinal archival case study the negative effects of trends and fashions in the field of linguistics Contents: 1. What is Canadian English?; 2. The heritage of Canadian English; 3. Avis pulls it off; 4. The ‘technology’: slips, slips, and more slips; 5. 1967 – excitement and hype; 6. Riding the wave of success; 7. A global village and a national dictionary war; 8. Decolonizing DCHP-1 and DCHP-2; 9. Is there really a Canadian English?; Further reading. History of the English Language

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 43 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-108-49771-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-70875-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99

P P

Categories, Constructions, and Change in English Syntax Edited by Nuria Yáñez-Bouza | Universidade de Vigo, Spain

A collection of new case studies by worldrenowned and emerging scholars in the field, which explores English syntactic structure, variation, and change, both past and present, methodologically and theoretically. It is ideal reading for scholars and advanced students in English syntax, historical linguistics, linguistic theory and corpus linguistics. • Covers a wide range of chronological periods in the history of English • Presents authoritative case studies with a theoretical contribution that each address the problem of what is required in (historical) linguistics • Provides a variety of methodological approaches to the study of English syntax, ideal for scholars familiar with traditional philological methods, as well as those who look for new research methods History of the English Language | Studies in English Language

July 2019 228 x 138 mm 412pp 38 b/w illus. 45 tables 978-1-108-41956-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Legal Transplants in East Asia and Oceania Vito Breda | University of Southern Queensland

Explores the effects in theory and in practice of recent foreign inspired legal reforms in East Asia and Oceania. It provides a unique overview of the variety of methodologies that are conducive to a successful legal transplant. • Shows how legal systems in the regions have adapted alien legal institutions in a way that aligns with distinctive socio-political environments • Discusses multinational and international policies such as enforcement of trans-border contractual obligations, environmental protection, and the management of natural resources and human capital • Provides an internal perspective on the recent historical developments of a range of legal traditions Jurisprudence, legal theory

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47529-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Flourishing Lives Exploring Natural Law Liberalism Gary Chartier | La Sierra University, California

This book develops a winsome and confident understanding of political and social liberalism while exploring issues in ethics, law, and politics – including consumer responsibility, deception by lawyers, war and empire, and the use of victimimpact statements in parole decisions – in light of a rich understanding of fulfilment and flourishing. • Highlights natural law theory’s contemporary relevance • Articulates an understanding of natural law theory supportive of pluralism and diversity • Illustrates natural law theory by applying it in discussions of contemporary philosophical issues, and social and political concerns Jurisprudence, legal theory

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 302pp 978-1-108-49304-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The Nature of International Law Miodrag A. Jovanović | University of Belgrade

This book addresses not only academics with interest in the philosophy of international law, but also international legal practitioners and scholars who are willing to reflect upon their daily dealing with traditional international legal issues by adopting a deeper, legal-theoretical perspective. • Provides a comprehensive analytical account of international law and discusses the most important questions of international legal practice • Analyzes typical features of (international) law – normativity, institutionalization, (coercive) guaranteeing, and justice-aptness • Proposes a new methodological approach in jurisprudence – the prototype theory of law Jurisprudence, legal theory | ASIL Studies in International Legal Theory

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-108-47333-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law

Great Christian Jurists in French History

The Immortal Commonwealth Covenant, Community, and Political Resistance in Early Reformed Thought David P. Henreckson | Dordt College, Iowa

Edited by Olivier Descamps | Pantheon-Assas University, Paris

This volume examines the lives of twentyseven French jurists from the vantage point of their professed Christian faith. By studying the contributions these French jurists have made over the centuries, this volume illustrates the rich and enduring interactions between Christianity and law and provides a rich interdisciplinary methodology. • Includes historical legal biographies of French Jurists from a Christian perspective • Presents a unique comparative study of law and religion • Uses a rich interdisciplinary methodology

How would we understand early modern political context differently if we accounted for the theological commitments of early modern resistance theorists? The Immortal Commonwealth argues that by taking these theological sources seriously, we have a richer, truer perspective on early modern radical political thought. • Offers a more comprehensive analysis of the early modern political context than is offered through any single disciplinary perspective • Addresses the theological as well as the political arguments for resistance to unjust power • Focuses on neglected figures in the history of political thought, including Heinrich Bullinger, Theodore Beza, and Johannes Althusius

Jurisprudence, legal theory | Law and Christianity

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 450pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48408-4 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 212pp 978-1-108-47021-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Great Christian Jurists in American History Edited by Daniel L. Dreisbach | American University, Washington DC

This book profiles nineteen of America’s most influential Christian jurists from the early colonial era to the present day. It will be of interest to anyone interested in American legal history and jurisprudence, the role Christianity has played throughout the nation’s history, and the relationship between faith and law. • Offers an original list of America’s greatest Christian jurists based on a survey of more than fifty experts • Explores different ways faith can inform the thought and work of jurists • Includes profiles of America’s greatest jurists from the early colonies to the present day Jurisprudence, legal theory | Law and Christianity

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 342pp 978-1-108-47535-8 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00

Common Law and Natural Law in America From the Puritans to the Legal Realists Andrew Forsyth | Yale University, Connecticut

Students of law, history, ethics, or religion will learn from this fresh and ambitious four-hundred-year narrative of the varied interactions of American common law – the stuff of courtrooms – and natural law, a higher moral law. Arguing against prevailing scholarly views, its chapters re-assess major figures and debates. • Explains the role of natural law theory, and the religious foundations of aspects of today’s law, politics, and society • Offers a counter-narrative to the dominant story of the relationship of natural law and common law in America • Draws from the fields of American legal and political history, theology, and philosophy Jurisprudence, legal theory | Law and Christianity

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-47697-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

51 C

Law, Love and Freedom From the Sacred to the Secular Joshua Neoh | Australian National University, Canberra

This book relates our most important mode of social organization, law, to two of our most cherished values, love and freedom. It sketches the moral vision that underlies our modern legal order. This book speaks to lawyers, philosophers, theologians and historians, who are interested in law as a humanistic discipline. • Will appeal to scholars who are interested in the intersection of law and religion • Presents a conceptual analysis of the ideas of law, love and freedom • The idea that history can substantiate theory is expounded and defended Jurisprudence, legal theory | Law and Christianity

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-42765-4 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$110.00

Great Christian Jurists and Legal Collections in the First Millennium Edited by Philip L. Reynolds | Emory University, Atlanta

An anthology of essays by experts in diverse historical fields, designed for entry-level students as well as for scholars, showing how Christians of the first millennium in the West understood law and used written norms and corrective practices to maintain social order and to ensure salvation. • Invites a more holistic and realistic appreciation of the early-medieval contributions to the history of law and jurisprudence • Provides succinct, accessible surveys of complex areas of medieval thought and history, with suggestions for further reading • Provides thumbnail sketches of the contribution of famous authors specifically in the areas of law and normativity Jurisprudence, legal theory | Law and Christianity

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-108-47171-8 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Law

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Constitutional Transition and the Travail of Judges

TEXTBOOK

Government Accountability Australian Administrative Law

The Courts of South Korea Marie Seong-Hak Kim | St Cloud State University, Minnesota

Second edition Judith Bannister | University of Adelaide

The second edition of Government Accountability: Australian Administrative Law offers an accessible introduction to administrative law. The text introduces the legal principles that regulate the exercise of power by public authorities and explains the legal mechanisms that exist to remedy failures. • Presents a thorough account of the administrative state and the mechanisms that exist to bring the state to account for its action • Contextualises the theory and explanation of administrative law • Includes carefully chosen case studies and events that offer practical examples of the principles being discussed and how they are applied Contents: 1. Introduction; Part I. Administrative Decision-Making: 2. Organisation and structure of government; 3. Administrative powers; 4. Delegated legislation; Part II. Public Accountability Mechanisms: 5. Public investigatory bodies; 6. Information disclosure; Part III. Merits Review: 7. Review on the merits; 8. Administrative review tribunals; Part IV. Judicial Review: 9. Introduction to judicial review; 10. Limits on judicial review; 11. Introduction to the grounds of review; 12. Procedural fairness; 13. Determining the scope of a power; 14. Improper exercise of power; 15. Consequences of unlawful action. Constitutional and administrative law, public law

January 2019 247 x 174 mm 594pp 978-1-316-63669-5 Paperback £89.99 / US$135.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED TEXTBOOK

Government Accountability Australian Administrative Law Sources and Materials Judith Bannister | University of Adelaide

Government Accountability: Australian Administrative Law Sources and Materials is a companion text to the second edition of Government Accountability: Australian Administrative Law. The casebook follows the structure of the textbook and provides a sophisticated introduction to the principal areas of administrative law taught in Australia. • Emphasises statutory interpretation by setting out the relevant statutory provisions at the start of each case extract and by showing how these provisions were interpreted in each case • Enriches the study of administrative law by including a range of parliamentary materials, government reports, and scholarly writing in addition to cases • Case extracts show the human and social context in which administrative law is applied Contents: 1. Introduction; Part I. Administrative Decision-Making: 2. Organisation and structure of government; 3. Administrative powers; 4. Delegated legislation; Part II. Public Accountability Mechanisms: 5. Public investigatory bodies; 6. Information disclosure; Part III. Merits Review: 7. Review on the merits; 8. Administrative review tribunals; Part IV. Judicial Review: 9. Introduction to judicial review; 10. Limits on judicial review; 11. Introduction to the grounds of review; 12. Procedural fairness; 13. Determining the scope of a power; 14. Improper exercise of power; 15. Consequences of unlawful action. Constitutional and administrative law, public law

December 2018 247 x 174 mm 462pp 978-1-316-64397-6 Paperback £89.99 / US$135.00

The book offers a new perspective to Korean legal history by focusing on the judicial role in constitutional authoritarianism in the context of Korea’s political and constitutional transitions. It can be used as an accessible textbook on modern Korea. • Approaches modern Korean history from the perspectives of constitutional changes, major laws, and judicial cases • Explains the relationship between Korea’s national security issue and economic development in the 1970s • Discusses the concept of the authoritarian rule of law and the role of judges in Korean politics Constitutional and administrative law, public law

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 388pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47489-4 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Holes in the Safety Net Federalism and Poverty Edited by Ezra Rosser | American University Washington College of Law

The way in which the country helps the poor is up for grabs as politicians debate radical proposals to undermine the basic structure of the social safety net. This book explores the consequences of relying on block grants or deferring to states when it comes to anti-poverty policy. • Emphasizes how programs work in the real world to appeal to those interested in how programs impact people, avoiding overly academic theoretical discussions • Grounded in the relationship between states and the federal government for those interested in antipoverty work at both the federal and state levels • Connects past policies with current proposals to undermine the safety net to address concerns about rising inequality and interest in poor communities Constitutional and administrative law, public law

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-108-47573-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Incomprehensible! A Study of How our Legal System Encourages Incomprehensibility, Why It Matters, and What We Can Do About It Wendy Wagner | University of Texas School of Law

Contracts, patents, regulations, disclosures, and legislation are often premised on the foundational assumption that ‘more information is better’. These legal programs do not insist, however, that the information and associated communications be comprehensible. This book outlines the problem of incomprehensibility across legal fields and offers suggestions for reform. • Introduces the concept of ‘comprehension asymmetries’ as an important feature of legal design • Identifies how law incentivizes incomprehensibility, even for wellmeaning actors • Provides a conceptual model for exploring comprehension asymmetries that transcends the six legal programs examined in the book Contents: Acknowledgments; Part I. The Concept: 1. Introduction; 2. Modeling comprehension asymmetries; 3. The implications of comprehension asymmetries for the law; Part II. Application: 4. Comprehension asymmetries and consumer protection law; 5A. Comprehension asymmetries in financial regulation; 5B. Comprehension asymmetries in the law of patents; 5C. Comprehension asymmetries in

Law

chemical regulation; 6. Comprehension asymmetries in administrative process; 7. Comprehension asymmetries in legislative processes; Part III. System-Wide Reform: 8. A blueprint for reform; Bibliography. Constitutional and administrative law, public law

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 17 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-00847-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-107-40088-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Constitutions in Times of Financial Crisis Edited by Tom Ginsburg | University of Chicago

Constitutional provisions limit the discretion of governments in economic policy, but in times of financial crises there are pressures for exceptional responses. This volume assesses the ability of constitutional orders all over the world to cope with financial crisis, and traces the long-run implications. • Offers the first volume on financial emergencies and constitutions • Takes a multi-jurisdictional and historical approach • Analyzes reciprocal causality Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-49229-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

An Introduction to Jewish Law François-Xavier Licari | University of Lorraine

The author delves into traditional rabbinical literature and the most recent academic research studies, and includes a multilingual bibliography that allows the student further exploration of all relevant topics. • Written in clear and simple language that avoids technicalities, and the central concepts are explained and defined • Offers a multi-language bibliography that will allow the reader to deepen all fields that the book develops • Draws from Rabbinic literature and from the outstanding scholarly literature dedicated to Jewish law Contents: Introduction; 1. Jewish law as a subject for study; 2. Jewish law as a religious legal order; 3. The sources of Jewish law; 4. Halachic authority; 5. Hermeneutics; 6. Jewish law and the law of nations: the administration of legal pluralism. Comparative law

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-42197-3 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-43311-2 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Child Perpetrators on Trial Insights from Post-Genocide Rwanda Jastine C. Barrett | University of Kent, Canterbury

Constitution-Making and Transnational Legal Order Edited by Gregory Shaffer | University of California, Irvine

Constitution-making is often thought of as an exclusively national project that constitutes the framework for politics and law within a nation, but constitutions have always been influenced by ideas from abroad. External influence is increasing, producing a transnational legal order with its own constitutional norms, processes, guidelines and shared ideas. • Proposes a new way of analyzing constitution-making • Advances the theory of transnational legal ordering • Combines law, sociology and other disciplines into an integrated whole Constitutional and administrative law, public law | Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 16 b/w illus. 1 map 11 tables 978-1-108-47310-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 C

Explores how standards of international juvenile justice were operationalised by the state and UNICEF in post-genocide Rwanda. Will appeal to academics, researchers and students of law (in particular child rights and human rights law), socio-legal scholars, international relations scholars and political scientists. • Provides a significant resource for researchers on Rwanda but also on children and transitional justice, and provides insights beyond Rwanda for the treatment of child perpetrators globally • Offers a useful resource for international agencies and activists involved in child protection and in human rights protection/promotion in post-conflict situations • Goes beyond existing theoretical literature and provides evidencebased evaluation of the domestic prosecution of children accused of atrocities Human rights

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 4 tables 978-1-108-49655-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Drugs, Money, and Secret Handshakes

The Unstoppable Growth of Prescription Drug Prices Robin Feldman | University of California, Hastings College of the Law

Feldman explains the secretive world of drug pricing deals that push patients into more expensive drugs. This book is intended for an audience of policymakers, scholars, jurists, higher education students, journalists, and general interest readers and aims to provide an accessible, easy-to-read tour of issues faced by the pharmaceutical industry. • Exposes the system of secretive drug pricing deals that is driving high drug prices • Describes the complex topic of drug pricing in simple, straightforward language • The book is academically rigorous while completely accessible, providing information that is fully substantiated and explored through thoughtful logic US law

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 196pp 978-1-108-48245-5 Hardback £23.00 / US$29.95

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Law

TEXTBOOK

The Child’s Right to Development

International Human Rights Law

Noam Peleg | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Cases, Materials, Commentary Third edition Olivier De Schutter | Université Catholique de Louvain, Belgium

This leading textbook on international human rights law has been significantly updated for this new edition, introducing sections on trade and investment treaties, business and climate change. New features include more than forty new cases, figures making it easier to visualize monitoring procedures, and updated and revised ‘questions for discussion’. • The engaging and critical style, combined with new case studies and figures, ensures students gain a deep understanding of this complex subject • Illustrates how different sources of international human rights law interact with one another, leading to the emergence of a comparative ‘common law’ of human rights • Introduces new topics including business and human rights, trade and investment treaties and human rights, and climate change and human rights Contents: Part I. The Sources: 1. The rise of international human rights; 2. State responsibility and ‘jurisdiction’; Part II. The Substantive Obligations: 3. Respecting human rights: avoiding interference; 4. Protecting human rights: regulating private actors; 5. Fulfilling human rights: progressive realization; 6. Derogations in time of public emergency; 7. The prohibition of discrimination; Part III. The Mechanisms of Protection: 8. Ensuring compliance with international human rights law: the role of national authorities; 9. The United Nations human rights treaties system introduction; 10. The United Nations charter-based monitoring of human rights; 11. Regional mechanisms of protection. Human rights

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 1100pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-108-46356-0 Paperback c. £45.99 / c. US$62.99

TEXTBOOK

Human rights

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 276pp 978-1-107-09452-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Producing Reproductive Rights Determining Abortion Policy Worldwide Udi Sommer | Tel-Aviv University

This book gives unique insight into how women’s reproductive rights are determined worldwide and explores the topic theoretically and empirically. Analyzing three spheres, civil society, national government and international bodies, this book is relevant for scholars and students in social sciences, law, gender studies and development studies. • Employs an innovative comparative framework • Touches on a timely topic around the world • Includes different levels of analyses Human rights

General Principles of the European Convention on Human Rights

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-49316-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

North American Genocides

Janneke Gerards | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

This book offers a clear insight into the principles and concepts that are key to understanding the European Convention on Human Rights (ECHR). It explains which tools help the ECHR decide on the many cases brought before it, illustrated by numerous examples taken from the Court’s judgements. • Explains all relevant substantive concepts and principles of ECHR law in a coherent and understandable fashion to enable students to apply them in their professional work • Uses many examples of the Court’s case-law to illustrate the relevance and meaning of the various general principles and concepts and to help students appreciate its practical applicability • Shows how the ECHR is also relevant to private law cases and contains many aspects of socio-economic rights, enabling students to see the ECHR’s application in various fields of law, such as employment law or sustainability law Contents: 1. Basics of the Convention system; 2. The Court’s overall argumentative approach: mediating between the abstract and the concrete; 3. Principles governing the interpretation and application of Convention rights; 4. Methods of Convention interpretation; 5. Positive and negative obligations; 6. Vertical and horizontal effect; 7. The margin of appreciation doctrine; 8. Justification of restrictions I: lawfulness; 9. Justification of restrictions II: legitimate aim; 10. Justification of restrictions III: necessity, proportionality and fair balance; Index. Human rights

March 2019 246 x 189 mm 290pp 978-1-108-71828-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

This book is for academics, practitioners, policymakers and civil society actors working in the fields of children’s rights, child development, family law and, more broadly, child law and childhood studies. Based on interdisciplinary research, it suggests a new and radical conception of childhood and the meaning of children’s right to development. • Proposes a new way to interpret children’s right to development and explores a new holistic concept of childhood, namely ‘hybrid childhood’ • Explains the significance of child development under the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child and substantiates the duties that parents, states and others have towards children • Includes a comprehensive analysis of twenty-five years of jurisprudence by the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child, useful to anyone interested in the mechanisms of international human rights law

Indigenous Nations, Settler Colonialism, and International Law Laurelyn Whitt | Brandon University, Manitoba, Canada

The eliminatory dynamics of settler colonialism in North America included episodes of genocide of Indigenous peoples. This book offers a legal methodology that establishes this, as well as a critique that enhances our understanding of genocide in significant ways, especially with respect to the cultural dimensions of genocide. • Offers specific and detailed historical case studies of genocides of Indigenous peoples, using the conventional account of genocide • Considers both the strengths and limitations of the conventional account of genocide, as well as the need for a socio-historical, systemic account of genocide • Demonstrates that the forcible transfer of Indigenous children in the context of residential/boarding schools can be regarded as an act of genocide Human rights

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-42550-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law

Demanding Rights

Governance As Responsibility

Europe’s Supranational Courts and the Dilemma of Migrant Vulnerability Moritz Baumgärtel | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Member States As Human Rights Protectors in International Financial Institutions Ana Sofia Barros | United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees

This interdisciplinary book evaluates key judgments of the European Court of Human Rights and the Court of Justice of the EU pertaining to migration. Based on this multifaceted analysis, it offers a critical discussion on how Europe’s supranational system could become more effective in protecting the rights of vulnerable migrants. • Tackles a topical and controversial subject matter, namely the rights of refugees and other vulnerable migrants in Europe • Offers a detailed evaluation of key cases of Europe’s two supranational courts within the migration domain • Addresses head-on the discrepancy between the rights that vulnerable migrants enjoy nominally and in practice Human rights | Cambridge Asylum and Migration Studies

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 232pp 6 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-49649-0 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00 978-1-108-73388-5 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Negotiating the Power of NGOs

Public international law

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 420pp 978-1-108-49286-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Women’s Legal Rights in South Africa Reem Wael | HarassMap, Egypt

The book mixes theoretical and practical perspectives, providing analysis for crucial impact litigation cases on women’s rights, in addition to intricate insights from NGO staff members who have first-hand experience with both women, and state institutions. It further demonstrates the enabling factors that allow NGOs to do such impactful work. • Offers first-hand insights from NGO staff who work directly with vulnerable communities such as women living under customary law • Sheds light on the process of negotiating human rights and state responsibility for impact litigation cases, appealing to those interested in discussions, negotiations and the thought process behind legal judgments in cases concerning gender • Links the state and NGO dynamic with the growth and development of NGOs and their ability to make legal gains for women’s rights Human rights | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 380pp 7 tables 978-1-108-47513-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Children’s Rights and Sustainable Development Interpreting the UNCRC for Future Generations Edited by Claire Fenton-Glynn | University of Cambridge

This book is for academics and practitioners working in the fields of children’s rights, international development, and environmental law. It takes an interdisciplinary approach, with authors coming from the fields of law, economics, early childhood education, and development studies. • Provides a child-rights based approach to sustainable development • Considers a wide range of challenges facing children in the twenty-first century • Authors come from a wide range of disciplines – law, early childhood education, development studies Human rights | Treaty Implementation for Sustainable Development

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 418pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19302-4 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Explores the dynamics of governance and responsibility between member states and international financial institutions, building on existing literature and introducing novel perspectives. It is pertinent for academics and practitioners in international human rights and institutional law, as well as legal officials of international organisations. • Defines the border between international organisations and their member states and provides a theoretical background to help understand member state responsibility • Clarifies how international human rights law conditions member states’ governance role within international financial institutions • Introduces a new perspective and explains the application of attribution rules in the context of member state participation in the representative bodies of international (financial) institutions • Analyses the establishment of member state responsibility for failure to act with due diligence as governors of international financial institutions

TEXTBOOK

International Criminal Law Documents Edited by Robert Cryer | University of Birmingham

This text collects the major documents on international criminal law, a subject of increasing importance at postgraduate and undergraduate level. Edited by a scholar with more than twenty years’ experience of teaching international criminal law, this book is ideal for use by students and practitioners. • Offers a one-stop resource for the key texts important in international criminal law • Suited to students and practitioners alike, providing a companion for study, exam use and practice • Edited by a specialist in the field with more than twenty years’ experience of teaching international criminal law Contents: 1. 1919 Report of the Commission on the Responsibility of the War, and on their Punishment (excerpts); 2. 1919 Treaty of Versailles (excerpts); 3. 1945 Nuremberg International Military Tribunal (IMT) Statute; 4. 1945 Nuremberg IMT Rules of Procedure and Evidence (RoPE); 5. 1945 Control Council Law 10; 6. 1946 Tokyo IMT Statute; 7. 1946 Tokyo IMT RoPE; 8. 1948 Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide; 9. 1949 Geneva Conventions (excerpts); 10. 1968 Convention on the Non-applicability of Statutory Limitations to War Crimes and Crimes Against Humanity; 11. 1973 International Convention on the Suppression and Punishment of the Crime of Apartheid; 12. 1974 Definition of Aggression (General Assembly Resolution 3314); 13. 1977 Additional Protocol I to the 1949 Geneva Conventions (excerpts); 14. 1984 UN Convention against Torture; 15. 1993 Secretary-General’s Report pursuant to Security Council Resolution 808; 16. International Criminal Tribunal for Former Yugoslavia (ICTY) and Residual Mechanism for the International Criminal Tribunals (MICT Statutes): Security Council Resolutions 827 and 1966; 17. 1994 International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda Statute; 18. 1994 International Law Commission (ILC) Draft Statute of an International Criminal Court; 19. 1996 ILC Draft Code of Crimes Against the Peace and Security of Mankind; 20. 1998 Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court (ICC) and 2010 Kampala Amendments; 21. 2002 ICC RoPE; 22. 2002 ICC Elements of Crimes; 23. 2004 UN-ICC Relationship Agreement (UNICC); 24. 2002 Special Court for Sierra Leone CSL and Residual Mechanism for the Special Court for Sierra Leone Statutes; 25. 2003 Agreement between UN and Cambodia relating to the Extraordinary Courts in the

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Law

Chambers of Cambodia; 26. 2007 Special Tribunal for Lebanon Statute and Security Council Resolution 1757; 27. 2008 International Convention for the Protection of All Persons from Enforced Disappearances. Public international law

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-108-72908-6 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$27.99

TEXTBOOK

An Introduction to International Criminal Law and Procedure Fourth edition Robert Cryer | University of Birmingham

Suitable for undergraduates and postgraduate students, as well as academics and practitioners in the field, the fourth edition examines the conceptual, institutional, substantive, and procedural aspects of international criminal law accessibly and analytically. • Guides readers through international criminal law concepts and their relationship with domestic analogues • The presentations in the book are condensed and can be supplemented with primary sources • An optimal reference source and didactic material in one, marked by both sophistication and accessibility Contents: Part I. Introduction: 1. Introduction; 2. The aims, objectives and justifications of international criminal law; Part II. Prosecutions in National Courts: 3. Jurisdiction; 4. National prosecutions of international crimes; 5. State cooperation with respect to national proceedings; Part III. International Prosecution: 6. The history of international criminal prosecutions: Nuremberg and Tokyo; 7. The ad hoc international criminal tribunals; 8. The International Criminal Court; 9. Hybrid and special courts; Part IV. Substantive Law of International Crimes: 10. Genocide; 11. Crimes against humanity; 12. War crimes; 13. Aggression; 14. Transnational crimes, terrorism and torture; 15. General principles of liability; 16. Defences/ grounds for excluding criminal responsibility; Part V. International Criminal Procedure and Sentencing: 17. International criminal procedure; 18. Victims in the international criminal process; 19. Punishment and sentencing; Part VI. Relationship between National and International Systems: 20. State cooperation with the international courts and tribunals; 21. Immunities; 22. Alternatives and complements to criminal prosecution; 23. The future of international criminal law; Index. Public international law

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 620pp 978-1-108-48192-2 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 978-1-108-74161-3 Paperback £39.99 / US$51.99

X X

Modes of Liability in International Criminal Law General Editor Jérôme de Hemptinne | Geneva Academy of International Humanitarian Law and Human Rights

How can the commander or a person who participated in a crime without having personally committed any act be punished? Building on more than twenty years of international criminal justice this book explores the conditions under which international tribunals and courts have held individuals responsible for their crimes. • Deals comprehensively with modes of liability in international criminal law (ICL) • Contributes to filling the gap between international criminal law and national (domestic) criminal law • The book may contribute to the reform and improvement of the law of criminal liability, both internationally and nationally Public international law

July 2019 253 x 177 mm 444pp 978-1-108-49217-1 Hardback £125.00 / US$165.00

Experiments in International Adjudication Historical Accounts Edited by Ignacio de la Rasilla | Wuhan University Institute of International Law, China

Written by an interdisciplinary group of lawyers, historians and social scientists, this book combines historical accounts of the origins of some of the most important international courts and tribunals with the study of other seminal experiments in international dispute settlement since the late nineteenth century to the present. • Provides an accessible entry point to several experiments in international adjudication and revisits forgotten or understudied institutional experiments, the ‘trials’ and ‘errors’ rather than the success stories of international adjudication • Examines experiments in a specific context and shows that the roots of several major developments are to be found in little-known experiments • Contributes to the growing body of research on the history of international adjudication and, more broadly, the history of international law Public international law

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-108-47494-8 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

The Law of Strangers Jewish Lawyers and International Law in the Twentieth Century Edited by James Loeffler | University of Virginia

From the Nuremberg Trials onwards, Jews figure prominently in international legal history. Yet ties between Jewish identity and legal thought rarely receive critical analysis. Here, fourteen historians and legal scholars employ interdisciplinary methods and new sources to reconsider the lives and ideas of seven famous international Jewish lawyers. • Presents engaging biographical case studies that expand knowledge of key historical figures while contributing to larger questions about Jews and law • Engages legal specialists, historians, and other scholars interested in the questions of religion, ethnicity, politics, and international law • Illuminates the state of the field, and the emerging new directions in legal history, international law, and society studies Public international law

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 286pp 978-1-107-14041-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law

TEXTBOOK

Duelling for Supremacy

The International Law of the Sea

International Law vs National Fundamental Principles Edited by Fulvio Maria Palombino | Università degli Studi di Napoli ‘Federico II’

Examines how national legal systems resolve conflicts between international law and fundamental principles of domestic law. Drawing on nineteen detailed country studies, the national practices of an array of legal systems are analysed and assessed, highlighting the implications for the principle of supremacy of international law. • Explores how national courts address conflicts between international law and fundamental principles of domestic law • Provides up-to-date analysis of national practices and their implications on the principle of supremacy of international law • Adopts a comparative approach that identifies common tendencies and main differences in the national practices • Analyses a vast array of legal systems from countries that differ in language, geographical position, cultural and political environment, and legal tradition Public international law

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 544pp 978-1-108-47526-6 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

The Cambridge Handbook of Immunities and International Law Edited by Tom Ruys | Universiteit Gent, Belgium

The first overview of international immunity law, this Handbook covers the wide range of existing immunity regimes, including states, international organizations and diplomats. An expert team of contributors traverse a wealth of national and international practice and map important evolutions and outstanding challenges in this domain. • Examines international immunity law in a comprehensive manner and provides an accessible overview of the wide range of immunity regimes in international law, their content, differences and commonalities • Contains an up-to-date treatment of a wealth of national case law from a wide range of jurisdictions • Features expertly written contributions from leading scholars on immunity law, as well as authors with extensive experience as legal practitioners offering both practical perspectives and critical analyses Public international law

April 2019 253 x 177 mm 1000pp 978-1-108-41788-4 Hardback £150.00 / US$195.00

The Legal Framework of the OSCE Edited by Mateja Steinbrück Platise | Max Planck Institute for Comparative Public Law and International Law, Heidelberg

This book clarifies some core concepts of international institutional law, using the changing legal framework of the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE) as an example. It is intended for legal and political scholars, as well as practitioners specialising in international law or international relations, including diplomats, members of government and international civil servants. • Explores traditional concepts of international law and their functions such as international organisation, privileges and immunities, constitutive treaty, responsibility and soft-law instruments • Takes a multidisciplinary approach and contains ideas and arguments across the disciplines of law and political science • Critically analyses the OSCE reform proposals and provides new arguments for revisiting the OSCE legal framework

Third edition Yoshifumi Tanaka | University of Copenhagen

This book is for students, both undergraduate and postgraduate, as well as practitioners and judges. It is valuable because of its comprehensive and contemporary nature. It also offers systematic knowledge on the law of the sea, helping to develop a perspective on the law. • Includes many figures and tables to enhance comprehension of relevant rules, and to help instructors explain them • Includes comparatively detailed footnotes and further readings, so students can further study relevant issues by reading the suggested documents, and the instructor can also suggest further readings for exam preparation • A new fully-revised edition with new sections on contemporary issues and new case studies on discussions, such as maritime delimitation, marine environmental protection, and migrant movement across the seas Contents: Part I. The Divided Oceans: International Law Governing Jurisdictional Zones: 1. Law of the sea in perspective; 2. Baselines and related issues; 3. Marine spaces under national jurisdiction I: territorial sovereignty; 4. Marine spaces under national jurisdiction II: sovereign rights; 5. Marine spaces beyond national jurisdiction; 6. Maritime delimitation; Part II. Our Common Ocean: Protection of Community Interests at Sea: 7. Conservation of marine living resources; 8. Protection of the marine environment; 9. Conservation of marine biological diversity; 10. Marine scientific research; 11. Maintenance of international peace and security at sea; 12. Land-locked and geographically disadvantaged states; 13. Peaceful settlement of international disputes; 14. Looking ahead; Index. Public international law

August 2019 247 x 174 mm 639pp 12 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-42421-9 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-44010-3 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$65.00

X X

The Challenge of Inter-legality Edited by Jan Klabbers | University of Helsinki

The first book-length treatment to describe and explain how legal orders can be interwoven and what to do about it. The volume discusses interlegality in different legal fields, situates it within political and legal theory, and provides a normative assessment. • The first book-length treatment of inter-legality • Provides a comprehensive discussion, illuminating inter-legality from many angles • Brings together empirical and normative assessment Public international law | ASIL Studies in International Legal Theory

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 448pp 1 map 978-1-108-42547-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Public international law

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-108-48385-8 Hardback c. £130.00 / c. US$170.00

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Law

Sovereignty in China

Comparative Reasoning in International Courts and Tribunals

A Genealogy of a Concept since 1840 Maria Adele Carrai | Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

Daniel Peat | Universiteit Leiden

Provides a comprehensive history of the emergence and formation of the concept of sovereignty in China from the year 1840 to the present. It will be of interest to students and scholars of international and comparative law as well as scholars of modern China and policy makers. • Provides a comprehensive history of the concept of sovereignty in China, exploring where China’s claim to sovereignty originated and might be heading in the future • Shows how the Chinese conceptions diverted from Western Eurocentric legal norms and contributed to the globalisation of international law • Demonstrates how Chinese diplomats used sovereignty and new legal categories to defend against Western imperialism and successfully expand China’s interests Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 141

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 290pp 4 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47419-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Practice, Progress and Potential Rosemary Grey | University of Sydney

Analyses the International Criminal Court’s practice in prosecuting gender-based crimes across all cases for war crimes, crimes against humanity, and genocide that have come before the ICC as of mid-2018. It presents a detailed examination of court records and original interviews with prosecutors and gender experts at the Court. • The most up-to-date and comprehensive academic commentary on the ICC’s practice in prosecuting gender-based crimes • Contains original interviews with prosecutors and gender advisors at the International Criminal Court, offering unique ‘insider perspectives’ to readers • The book is designed to be an effective resource for lawyers, scholars and other professionals working in the field of international criminal law Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 143

Maritime Delimitation as a Judicial Process Massimo Lando | International Court of Justice

This book is for anyone interested in international law, from students to international judges. Complex ideas of maritime boundary delimitation are broken down to be understood by a wide audience, and to be applied in practice by those who deal with maritime boundaries in their professional life. • Brings together a number of judicial approaches to the delimitation process and its elements • Proposes workable solutions to outstanding problems • The book has a strong focus on state practice, taking stock of the nearly 200 treaties concluded by states to delimit their maritime boundaries Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 144

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 410pp 25 maps 978-1-108-49739-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Public international law | Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 145

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 425pp 978-1-108-41547-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

The Art of Law in the International Community Mary Ellen O’Connell | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

Prosecuting Sexual and Gender-Based Crimes at the International Criminal Court

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 7 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-108-47043-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

By adopting a comparative analysis of the practice of five international courts and tribunals, this book systematically describes and analyses the use of domestic law to interpret international law. The findings of the book, which blends doctrinal and theoretical approaches, will be of interest to practitioners and academic researchers alike. • Presents a novel examination of the use of domestic law in the interpretation of international law • Adopts a comparative analysis of the practice of five international courts and tribunals which will be of interest to academics specialising in distinct sub-fields of international law • Blends doctrinal and theoretical approaches and links interpretative practice to broader theoretical questions

This book challenges long-standing assumptions of international law experts on the use of force, while also seeking to re-engage the public in understanding and committing again to a cause that made the phrase ‘peace through law’ famous. Aimed at anyone concerned with the problem of war. • Diagnoses and addresses the weaknesses of international law using the prohibition of force as a focus • Analyzes the reasons why the law against the use of force is disrespected using the conflicts in Syria, Ukraine, Mali, North Korea, and the South China Sea as case studies • Explains why natural law should be reintroduced to international legal theory and how that can be done in a secular age by drawing on aesthetic philosophy and the arts Public international law | Hersch Lauterpacht Memorial Lectures, 23

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 302pp 978-1-108-42666-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Services Trade in ASEAN The Road Taken and the Journey Ahead Dora Neo | National University of Singapore

This book offers a comprehensive look at the main drivers of services-led integration among the member states of ASEAN. Using a law and economics lens, it helps readers better situate where ASEAN is and is headed in service sector reforms, situating it alongside a European single market for services. • Provides an assessment of ASEAN services markets from a law and economics perspective • Provides the most comprehensive depiction of intra-ASEAN and extraASEAN liberalization in services trade, a complete mapping of recent negotiations, outcomes and prospects • Compares the weakly institutionalized ASEAN integration model to the EU model of deep institutional convergence Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Services and service trade in ASEAN: trends and policy context; 3. Is ASEAN an optimal regulatory convergence area in services?; 4. Liberalization of trade in services in ASEAN: trends, achievements and prospects; 5. Lessons from the European Union relevant to ASEAN integration in services; 6. Concluding thoughts. Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 15

July 2019 216 x 138 mm 300pp 13 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-316-64541-3 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

Law

The Legal Authority of ASEAN as a Security Institution

International Law Reports

Hitoshi Nasu | University of Exeter

This book is of value to scholars, policy-makers and students in the fields of international law, international relations and public policy with interest in ASEAN regional integration. It will be a reference for any study or policy debate on ASEAN’s role for regional security in Southeast Asia. • Presents an interdisciplinary analysis of ASEAN and its role in regional security enabling readers to gain a deeper understanding of ASEAN law and security policy • Critically examines how ASEAN has addressed specific security issues confronting Southeast Asia, providing a unique insight into ASEAN’s activities for regional security and their normative impact • Provides case studies on the potential and challenges for a regional institution to manage contemporary security issues Contents: Introduction; 1. ASEAN as a security institution: its legal, normative and institutional framework; 2. Nuclear security; 3. Counterterrorism; 4. Maritime security; 5. Cyber security; 6. Human trafficking and people smuggling; 7. Food security; Conclusion. Public international law | Integration through Law: The Role of Law and the Rule of Law in ASEAN Integration, 17

May 2019 216 x 138 mm 300pp 6 tables 978-1-108-70565-3 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$59.99

International Law Reports

Volume 182 is devoted to the 2018 decision of the ICSID arbitration tribunal relating to Achmea in Vattenfall AB and Others v. Federal Republic of Germany, the 2018 judgment in R (Freedom and Justice Party) v. Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs and the 2016 decision in the International Atomic Energy Agency Immunity Case. • Reports on the 2018 decision of the ICSID arbitration tribunal on the effects of the judgment of the European Court of Justice in Achmea in Vattenfall AB and Others v. Federal Republic of Germany • Includes the 2018 judgment of the English Court of Appeal in R (Freedom and Justice Party) v. Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs • Reports on the 2016 decision of the Austrian Supreme Court in the International Atomic Energy Agency Immunity Case Public international law | International Law Reports, 182

July 2019 219 x 146 mm 678pp 978-1-108-49689-6 Hardback c. £170.00 / c. US$220.00

Contributory Fault and Investor Misconduct in Investment Arbitration Martin Jarrett | Universität Mannheim, Germany

Volume 181 Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice

Volume 181 is devoted to the Grand Chamber of Court of Justice of the EU in Slovak Republic v. Achmea BV, the Grand Chamber of Court of Justice of EU in R (Western Sahara Campaign UK) v. Commissioners for Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs and Another and the Norwegian Borgarting Court of Appeal in Huseini v. Ministry of Justice and Public Security. • Reports on the 2018 judgment of the Grand Chamber of Court of Justice of the European Union in Slovak Republic v. Achmea BV • Covers the 2018 judgment of the Grand Chamber of Court of Justice of the European Union in R (Western Sahara Campaign UK) v. Commissioners for Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs and Another • Contains the translated judgment of the Norwegian Borgarting Court of Appeal in Huseini v. Ministry of Justice and Public Security Public international law | International Law Reports, 181

May 2019 219 x 146 mm 700pp 1 map 978-1-108-47358-3 Hardback c. £170.00 / c. US$220.00

Volume 182 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice

No area of law is growing as fast and courting as much controversy as international investment law. Much of this controversy stems from its design, as obligations are placed on host states, but not investors. This book reveals how host states can hold investors accountable for their negligence and misconduct. • Proposes a theory on how rules of international investment law can be categorised according to their legal functions • Constructs a definition of ‘defence’ and develops a theory on causation in the law • Devises a method for reason-based apportionments of liability, for cases involving contributory fault • Explores different forms of investor misconduct, and the rules for each mismanagement, investment reprisal, and post-establishment illegality are laid down International economic and trade law, WTO law

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 208pp 978-1-108-48140-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Law

WTO Ministerial Conferences Key Outcomes World Trade Organization Secretariat

Contains all the key outcomes from WTO Ministerial Conferences since the WTO was established in 1995, covering eleven ministerial conferences held between 1996 (Geneva) and 2017 (Buenos Aires). An appendix contains ministerial outcomes of the Uruguay Round that were not formally integrated into the Marrakesh Agreement establishing the WTO. • Combines for the first time in a single volume key outcomes from WTO Ministerial Conferences since 1995 • Contains an appendix covering the ministerial outcomes of the Uruguay Round that were not formally integrated into the Marrakesh Agreement establishing the WTO • An indispensable guide to all eleven WTO Ministerial Conferences held between 1996 and 2017 International economic and trade law, WTO law

April 2019 234 x 156 mm 280pp 978-1-108-48215-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-108-74215-3 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

P P

Commitments and Flexibilities in the WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures

Environmental law

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42152-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 978-1-108-43266-5 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Renewable Energy Law An International Assessment Penelope Crossley | University of Sydney Law School

This is the first full-length comparative study of the national renewable energy laws of every country in the world. Crossley provides a global understanding of how and why different countries support the accelerated deployment of renewable energy and asks whether these laws are converging globally or subject to regulatory competition. • Studies the national renewable energy laws of all 113 countries with such a law, as well as the European Renewable Energy Directive • Identifies and discusses twenty-eight different motivations for having these laws • Outlines the basic features of renewable energy laws in plain English Environmental law

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 298pp 2 b/w illus. 32 tables 978-1-107-18576-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

An Economically Informed Analysis José Guilherme Moreno Caiado | Universität Hamburg

This book offers legal and economic insights on the use, regulation and disputes related to industrial subsidies. Due to its detailed, but accessible analysis on case law and legal texts, it will enable lawyers, economists, policymakers and adjudicators to better understand the SCM Agreement, and provide a basis for future research. • Proposes a novel approach to understand the WTO rules on industrial subsidies • Makes use of an economically informed legal framework to analyze the use of subsidies by states • Makes concrete proposals to amend the WTO rules International economic and trade law, WTO law | Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 268pp 978-1-108-47432-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

and innovation under the Clean Air Act; 4. Leveraged federalism and the Clean Air Act: the case of vehicle emissions control; 5. Promoting environmental quality through fuels regulations: lessons for a durable energy and climate policy; 6. The Clean Air Act’s use of market mechanisms; 7. Conclusion.

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Lessons from the Clean Air Act Building Durability and Adaptability into US Climate and Energy Policy Ann Carlson | University of California, Los Angeles School of Law

This book examines the Clean Air Act to find lessons to inform policy makers at the state and federal level with regard to shaping energy and climate policy. Students and scholars will benefit from a structured introduction and evaluation of some of the most prominent programs under the Act. • Evaluates the success and failures of the Clean Air Act from various disciplines, including law, economics, and political science • Provides an introduction to the Clean Air Act and examines how it continues to evolve • Utilizes the Act as a template for designing durable and flexible energy policy that can respond to new economic, technical and scientific information Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The Clean Air Act’s national ambient air quality standards: a case study of durability and flexibility in program design and implementation; 3. Stationary sources, movable rules: intransigence

Environmental Rights The Development of Standards Edited by Stephen J. Turner | University of Lincoln

A comprehensive guide to the way that environmental rights are developing in terms of the standards of protection that they represent. This book covers all of the relevant human rights treaties, selected national constitutions and other developments that illustrate how environmental rights standards are emerging in this dynamic area. • The first book to comprehensively analyze the development of standards in the field of environmental rights • Assists in understanding the precise content of environmental rights and what standard of protection they afford rights holders in practice • Provides a historical account of the way that environmental rights have developed Environmental law

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-48224-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law

Energy Security along the New Silk Road

Third Party Funding Law, Economics and Policy Gian Marco Solas | Omni Bridgeway, The Netherlands

Energy Law and Geopolitics in Central Asia Anatole Boute | The Chinese University of Hong Kong

This book applies theories of energy market regulation to Central Asia – a region that faces considerable energy security challenges. Taking an interdisciplinary perspective, the book examines how institutions constrain legal reforms. In addition, the geopolitics of energy in the region help explain limits to the role of energy law. • Critically discusses legal answers to energy security in a challenging institutional environment and explains the concept of energy security and its application in context • Introduces the theory on the reform of energy markets and institutional obstacles to its implementation and makes it accessible to readers by focusing on specific case studies • Provides an interdisciplinary approach to energy law by connecting the geopolitics of energy with the regulation of energy markets, and shows how energy law and geopolitics can interact Environmental law | Cambridge Studies on Environment, Energy and Natural Resources Governance

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 282pp 9 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-49897-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Dispute resolution, mediation and arbitration

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 354pp 978-1-108-49774-9 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$125.00

The Law and Finance of Related Party Transactions Edited by Luca Enriques | University of Oxford

In Search of Good Energy Policy Edited by Marc Ozawa | University of Cambridge Energy Policy Research Group

This volume presents a dialogue on the relevance of multi-disciplinary research and offers a look at why science and technology cannot alone meet the needs of energy policy making. This work should be read by anyone interested in understanding how multidisciplinary research and collaboration is essential to crafting good energy policy. • Proposes a new multi-disciplinary approach for energy and climate policy • Incorporates social science and humanities into analysis • Provides an analysis that is global in scope, allowing readers to link their regions to developments worldwide Contents: 1. Introduction; Part I. Multi-Disciplinary Perspectives: 2. Political science and energy; 3. Economics – the proper valuation of security and environment; 4. Good energy: philosophical perspectives; 5. Public theology – ‘grounded’: an energy policy rooted in human flourishing; 6. Anthropology and energy policy; 7. History: a long view?; 8. Management – from the drawing board to successful delivery; 9. Legal aspects of energy policy; Part II. Cases and Multi-Disciplinary Responses: 10. The ethics of nuclear energy: its past, present and future; 11. Fukushima and German energy policy 2005–2015/16; 12. Rethinking the environmental state: an economic history of the Swedish environmental Kuznets curve for carbon; 13. Fossil fuel systems to 100% renewable energy based smart energy systems: lessons from the case of Denmark, 1973–2017; 14. A political economy of carbon capture and storage: how interests have outstripped economics in shaping the evolution of a technology; 15. Scaling clean energy for data centers: trends, problems, solutions; 16. Public participation in the context of energy activities: the role of the Aarhus Convention Compliance Committee; 17. Biofuel energy, ancestral time, and the destruction of Borneo: an ethical perspective; 18. From inspiration to implementation: Laudato Si’, public theology and the demands of energy policy; 19. Introduction to multi-disciplinary approaches; 20. A comparative study of air pollution trends in historical London and contemporary Beijing; 21. The power of Siberia: a Eurasian pipeline policy ‘good’ for whom? 22. Responses and final thoughts. Environmental law | Cambridge Studies on Environment, Energy and Natural Resources Governance

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 398pp 29 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-48116-8 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-45546-6 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$34.99

Solas discusses the incentives and economics of third party funding transactions in different legal contexts while explaining how the practice emerged, how it is likely to develop, and how its development will impact society at large. This book will appeal to academics, litigation lawyers, insolvency practitioners, and corporate legal counsel. • Addresses thoroughly the legal issues related to third party funding (TPF) from a civil law perspective • Allows readers to make a more accurate economic analysis of this practice through a broader, more complete comparative legal overview and practical business experience • Provides comprehensive legal and economic analysis that allows policy discussions to be faced at different levels and internationally

P P

A collection of cutting-edge research from leading law and finance scholars that provides a comprehensive look at the challenges legislators face in regulating related party transactions in a socially beneficial way. This work will appeal to scholars, policymakers, and graduate students interested in the much-debated area of corporate governance. • Provides extensive analyses of the subject from theoretical, empirical and comparative perspectives • Allows readers to inform themselves comprehensively not only on the state of the scholarly debate but also on existing policy options • Brings together various disciplines to present multifaceted insights and various methodological approaches Corporate law, commercial law, company law | International Corporate Law and Financial Market Regulation

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 514pp 978-1-108-42928-3 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

A Case for Shareholders’ Fiduciary Duties in Common Law Asia Ernest Lim | National University of Singapore

This book, which challenges and deepens one’s understanding of the key issues concerning shareholders, will appeal to a broad audience, ranging from students and scholars to judges, policy makers and regulators of comparative company law, comparative corporate governance, comparative securities regulation, private law, and Asian jurisdictions. • Explores the role of the general meeting and shareholders in four common law jurisdictions in Asia, thus enabling readers to evaluate and reconsider the functions of shareholders • Provides an in-depth analysis of the problems related to controlling shareholders and institutional investors in concentrated ownership jurisdictions • Includes a contextual examination of four leading Asian jurisdictions combined with an analysis of case law, statutes, codes and listing rules Corporate law, commercial law, company law | International Corporate Law and Financial Market Regulation

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 500pp 5 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-108-42658-9 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Law

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Determining Legal Parentage

The Crisis behind the Euro-Crisis

Between Family Law and Contract Law Yehezkel Margalit | Netanya Academic College, Israel

This book deals with the nexus of modern contract and family law for resolving the various dilemmas that have surfaced. It explores whether and to what extent there is room, legally and ethically, for the use of modern contractual devices and doctrines to privately regulate the establishment of legal parentage. • Proposes a normative model for determining the legal parentage in the various dilemmas that have surfaced in the modern era • Explores the various dilemmas that have surfaced in the field of determining legal parentage in the modern era • Promotes the importance of combining contract and family law

Family law

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42272-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

European Union Law Text and Materials Fourth edition Damian Chalmers | National University of Singapore

The book is aimed at anyone engaged in EU studies (lawyers, political scientists and political economists), but also anyone interested in the history, form and future of European integration and contemporary political debates about the European trajectory. Its inter-disciplinary contributions will appeal to both EU law specialists and non-specialists. • Proposes to situate the legal examination of the Euro-crisis in a systemic context, which includes socio-political analyses • Actively invites critical examination of the EU, encouraging interdisciplinary dialogue and the use of analysis that goes beyond that of traditional EU law discourse • Includes contributions that touch on broader ideological, political and practical aspects of European integration, informed by the relevant experience of the different writers European law

This textbook covers all the central fields of EU law in an authoritative, interdisciplinary and accessible way, giving in-depth understanding of EU law in context, and of the current debates surrounding it. • Sets out a wide range of legal and non-legal materials that encourage students to see why EU law matters and why it is controversial • A dedicated website accompanies the textbook, comprising all the significant blogs and websites on the European Union, thereby allowing access to wider debates • Provides chapters on the most polarizing currents events within the EU: the Mediterranean migration crisis, the euro crisis and Brexit Contents: 1. European integration and the Treaty on European Union; 2. The EU institutions; 3. Law-making; 4. The EU Judicial Order; 5. The authority of EU Law; 6. Fundamental rights; 7. Rights and remedies in national courts; 8. The infringement proceedings; 9. Judicial review; 10. Brexit; 11. Citizenship of the Union; 12. Non-EU nationals; 13. Equal opportunities law and policy; 14. The internal market; 15. Economic and Monetary Union; 16. The free movement of goods; 17. The free movement of services; 18. The pursuit of an occupation in another Member State; 19. Trade restrictions and public goods; 20. EU Competition law: function and enforcement; 21. Antitrust and monopolies; 22. State aid law. European law

July 2019 246 x 189 mm 1000pp 978-1-108-46359-1 Paperback c. £43.99 / c. US$72.99

The Euro-Crisis as a Multidimensional Systemic Crisis of the EU Edited by Eva Nanopoulos | Queen Mary University of London

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-108-47034-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Great Judgments of the European Court of Justice Rethinking the Landmark Decisions of the Foundational Period William Phelan | Trinity College Dublin

This book offers a completely new approach to the Court of Justice’s most famous decisions, including an emphasis on the writings and speeches of the Court’s influential French Judge, Robert Lecourt. It will be of interest to the many students and lawyers working on European law. • Offers a new perspective on the most famous judgments of the European Court of Justice • Demonstrates the special contribution of French Judge Robert Lecourt to the early European Court of Justice • Explains the major principles of European law through contrast with enforcement mechanisms in other trade treaty systems European law

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 1 table 978-1-108-49908-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Law

The Application of the European Convention on Human Rights to Military Operations

American Criminal Justice An Introduction Frederick T. Davis | Columbia Law School, New York

Stuart Wallace | University of Cambridge

Analyses the politically charged issue of how the European Convention on Human Rights applies to military operations including recent conflicts in Russia, Iraq and Ukraine. This book will appeal to students, lawyers, civil society and officials throughout Europe working on human rights, public international law and law of armed conflict. • Examines how the European Convention on Human Rights applies to domestic and extra-territorial military activities, such as belligerent occupation, use of force and detention • Provides comprehensive analysis of how the right to life applies to military operations and covers everything from proportionality in the use of force, to investigations of deaths, and the protection of soldiers in the field • Explores the relationship between international humanitarian law and the European Convention on Human Rights from unique perspectives and offers practical guidance on how to resolve conflicts between these bodies of law European law

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-47518-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The Federal structure: sources of the law; 3. Investigation and evidence gathering: the participants; 4. Investigation and evidence gathering procedures; 5. Arrest and pretrial detention; 6. The decision to prosecute, or not; 7. Joinder of charges and defendants; 8. Venue; 9. Assistance of counsel; 10. Trial rights and preparation for trial; 11. Alternative outcomes; 12. Double jeopardy; 13. The trial; 14. Sentencing; 15. Appeals; 16. Corporate criminal responsibility; 17. Internal corporate investigations; 18. Professional responsibility; 19. Conclusion. Criminal law

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 170pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49320-8 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99 978-1-108-71747-2 Paperback £14.99 / US$19.99

Beyond Minimum Harmonisation

P P

The Cambridge Handbook of Policing in the United States

Gold-Plating and Green-Plating of European Environmental Law Lorenzo Squintani | Rijksuniversiteit Groningen, The Netherlands

This book explains the functioning of shared competences in environmental protection by focusing on member states’ interaction with the EU framework. Squintani reveals the potential for improving the level and efficiency of environmental protection envisaged under the EU Treaties, making a valuable contribution to EU environmental law and policy. • Proposes a deeper understanding of minimum harmonisation that will appeal to any generalist of EU law • Incorporates law and economic approaches to green-plating and goldplating of European environmental law • Combines theory-building with many empirical examples that will appeal to environmental specialists and comparative lawyers European law | Cambridge Studies in European Law and Policy

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-48100-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Practicing lawyers, students, and informed general readers will learn the general principles of American systems of criminal justice, and will obtain a clear, readable explanation of the sometimes mystifying ways criminal justice in the US actually works. They will gain insights into why the US system of justice is important worldwide. • Provides an overview of the general principles of the American criminal justice systems • Offers insight into why the American system of justice is important worldwide • Explains the often mystifying ways the American criminal justice system works in a clear, readable manner

Edited by Tamara Rice Lave | University of Miami School of Law

This volume provides a comprehensive collection of essays on police and policing, written by leading experts in political theory, sociology, criminology, economics, law, public health, and critical theory. This accessible, interdisciplinary work will be valuable for anyone interested in understanding the present and future of policing in the US. • Provides first-hand accounts from police officers and the people they police, discussing their experience of policing • Focuses on discrete, marginalized communities and the challenges they face from the police • Breaks down academic barriers by approaching policing from multiple perspectives: empirical, normative, and legal • Engages in a broad and forward-looking account of the impact of technology on policing, enabling readers to understand the ways that the police are responding to high-tech innovations, and the legal and political challenges they pose Criminal law

June 2019 253 x 177 mm 300pp 18 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-42055-6 Hardback £115.00 / US$150.00

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Law

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

The International Law of Belligerent Occupation

Patent Remedies and Complex Products

Second edition Yoram Dinstein | Tel-Aviv University

This second edition addresses some fundamental issues underlying the regime of belligerent occupation. This book introduces a complex subject not only to scholars and students, but also to potential practitioners, such as military officers who may be called upon to administer an occupied territory. • Critiques judicial decisions and, using the authors advantageous linguistic access, the judgments of the Supreme Court of Israel, which are voluminous and in most instances unavailable in English • Introduces a complex subject not only to scholars and students, but also to potential practitioners, such as military officers who may be called upon (as happened in Iraq) to administer an occupied territory, without the necessary training and preparation to do so • A companion volume to three earlier books by the same author on the law of armed conflict Contents: 1. The general framework; 2. The legal nature and basic principles of belligerent occupation; 3. Human rights and belligerent occupation; 4. The maintenance of law and order in occupied territories; 5. Legislation by the occupying power; 6. The judicial system in occupied territories; 7. Protection of the civilian population under belligerent occupation; 8. Special protection in occupied territories; 9. Destruction, spoliation and pillage of property in occupied territories; 10. Seizure and requisition of property in occupied territories; 11. Other major issues relating to belligerent occupation; 12. The termination of belligerent occupation; Conclusion. Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-108-49797-8 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00

Self-Defence against Non-State Actors Mary Ellen O’Connell | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

This book provides an in-depth and up-to-date study of the international law on self-defence against non-State actors. The ‘trialogical’ method employs a novel and unique format that reacts to shifting world order. The book is relevant for academics and students of international law, and for practitioners. • Provides a comprehensive study of the legal problems of self-defence against non-State actors and looks into the current state of the law, open legal issues and legal challenges • Provides a multi-perspective approach to the topic that focuses on divergence and disagreement and contributes to a richer understanding of self-defence • Identifies the open legal issues that warrant further academic reflection and provides clarification in a complex and multi-layered legal debate Contents: Introduction to the series: trialogical international law; Introduction: dilution of self-defence and its discontents; 1. The use of force in self-defence against non-state actors, decline of collective security and the rise of unilateralism: whither international law?; 2. Self-defence against non-state actors: making sense of the ‘armed attack’ requirement; 3. Selfdefence, pernicious doctrines, peremptory norms; Conclusion: self-defence against non-state actors – the way ahead. Humanitarian law, law of armed conflict | Max Planck Trialogues, 1

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-19074-0 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$119.99 978-1-316-64112-5 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

Toward a Global Consensus Edited by C. Bradford Biddle | Arizona State University

Through a collaboration among twenty legal scholars from North America, Europe and Asia, this book presents an international consensus on the use of patent remedies for complex products such as smartphones, computer networks, and the Internet of Things. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core. • Provides specific recommendations regarding the law in controversial areas • Will appeal to policymakers and judges looking to reform or extend the law of patent remedies • This book is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core Intellectual property

August 2019 229 x 152 mm 376pp 978-1-108-42675-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

A History of Intellectual Property in 50 Objects Edited by Claudy Op den Kamp | Bournemouth University

Bringing together contributors of varied backgrounds to tell a history of intellectual property (IP) in 50 objects, this book demonstrates the significance of IP and shows how IP has developed. It will appeal to a range of legal professionals, law students and outside readers, including people interested in digital business, engineering, and branding. • Proposes an interdisciplinary view of intellectual property that will appeal to not only to lawyers or legal scholars, but a wide range of readers • Translates complex ideas of intellectual property into relatively lay language • Utilizes an innovative approach in telling stories through objects, which engages those relatively new to the topic as well as those who are well-versed in the topic Intellectual property

May 2019 253 x 177 mm 450pp 353 colour illus. 978-1-108-42001-3 Hardback £25.00 / US$34.95

The Cambridge Handbook of Intellectual Property in Central and Eastern Europe Edited by Mira T. Sundara Rajan

This volume offers a novel look at intellectual property issues through the lens of the postsocialist and transitional experience in Central and Eastern European countries as well as a thoughtprovoking critique of current approaches, and builds a compelling case for cogent policymaking. • Offers knowledge about intellectual property (IP) law, history, policy, and practice, including hard-to-find case law, from a region that is little-known to the IP/legal community • Provides an opportunity for European and international lawyers to expand their practical and theoretical grasp of IP law • Enriches international IP discourse, with the potential to inform IP law and policy-making in major international and European fora Intellectual property

May 2019 253 x 177 mm 600pp 3 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-15636-4 Hardback £160.00 / US$210.00

Law

TEXTBOOK

Labour Law Second edition Hugh Collins | University of Oxford

Locating the Authors of Collaborative Work Daniela Simone | University College London

Simone argues that a recalibration of copyright law is necessary and proposes an inclusive and contextual approach to joint authorship that is true to the legal concept of authorship but is also more aligned with creative reality. • Incorporates four case studies to exemplify the mismatch between creative norms in environments in which collaboration evidently flourishes and copyright law’s rules on authorship • Provides a fresh perspective on the doctrinal problem of applying the joint authorship test • Identifies the ways in which collaborators understand and regulate authorship between themselves, and then applies this insight to provide a critically evaluation of copyright law’s approach to authorship Intellectual property | Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 50

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-19995-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

A Primer on American Labor Law Sixth edition William B. Gould IV | Stanford University, California

Contents: Part I. Introduction: 1. Nature and sources of labour law; 2. Globalisation and labour law; Part II. The Contract of Employment: 3. Terms of the contract of employment; 4. Authority and co-operation; 5. Flexibility and precarious work; 6. The personal scope of labour law; Part III. Statutory Regulation of the Employment Relationship: 7. Wages; 8. Working time; 9. Equality; 10. Work/life balance; 11. Civil liberties at work; Part IV. Collective Labour Rights: 12. Freedom of association and the right to organise; 13. Freedom of association and trade union autonomy; 14. The right to bargain collectively; 15. The right to be informed and consulted; 16. Collective action and the right to strike; 17. Liability for collective action; Part V. Termination of Employment: 18. Wrongful dismissal; 19. Unfair dismissal; 20. Economic dismissal. Employment law, labour law | Law in Context

The book is for non-lawyer, union and employer representatives; lawyers who are grounded in the American system but have little understanding of labor law; labor lawyers, including government representatives who want to have an overview; and foreign audiences who are interested in the United States, American studies and labor-management relations. • Gives a general, yet detailed examination of the American system • Includes an examination of contemporary innovative issues • Focuses not only on labor and job discrimination but also sports and sports law Contents: 1. An overview; 2. Industrial relations and labor law before modern legislation; 3. The National Labor Relations Act and related labor law; 4. Unfair labor practices; 5. Establishing the collective bargaining relationship: organization and recognition; 6. Economic pressure and bargaining tactics in the established relationship; 7. Remedies, the Labor Reform Bill of 1978, and the Employee Free Choice Bill of 2009; 8. Dispute resolution in the established relationship; 9. The duty of fair representation; 10. The public sector; 11. Public-interest labor law; 12. Labor in professional sports: collective bargaining and dispute resolution procedures; 13. Conclusion. Employment law, labour law

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 475pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47197-8 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00 978-1-108-45889-4 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

Labour Law offers a comprehensive and critical account of the subject by a team of prominent labour lawyers. Providing commentary and integrated materials, it fully equips the students with the information they need for their course. Case studies showing the law ‘in action’ combine with a clear and logical structure to make it essential reading. • Offers a definitive account of the subject by the UK’s foremost labour law scholars • Comprehensive text and integrated materials fully equip the student • Case studies illustrating labour law ‘in action’ ensure full engagement and understanding

P P

August 2019 247 x 174 mm 1000pp 978-1-316-51574-7 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$135.00 978-1-108-46221-1 Paperback c. £38.00 / c. US$65.00

X X

Camera Power Proof, Policing, Privacy, and Audiovisual Big Data Mary D. Fan | University of Washington

This is the first book on the policy questions raised by two revolutions in recording the police – copwatching and police-worn body cameras. This accessible book with compelling stories and coverage of the most important debates over proof, privacy and police regulation will appeal broadly to students, laypersons, practitioners, and experts. • Analyzes the major law and policy questions raised by two revolutions in recording the police sweeping America – the launch of police body cameras, and the rise of copwatching by community members • Serves as an accessible guide for legislators and other policy-makers, police officials, community members, copwatchers, students, and civil rights and civil liberties advocates • Offers a vision for how audiovisual big data analytics can better protect civil rights and liberties • Draws on more than 100 interviews with police leaders and officers, copwatchers, community members, civil rights and civil liberties experts, industry leaders, and technologists to offer a vision of the challenges on the ground and how to address them for the future Contents: Introduction: dual revolutions in recording the police; Part I. Toutveillance Power and Police Control: 1. Policing in the camera cultural revolution; 2. Copwatching and the right to record; 3. Democratizing proof, taking the case to the people; Part II. Audiovisual Big Data’s Great Potential and Perils: 4. Audiovisual big data analytics and harm prevention; 5. Partisan perceptions: how audiovisual evidence and big data can mislead; 6. Privacy and public disclosure; Part III. Frameworks for Moving Forward: 7. Controlled access, privacy protection planning, and data retention; 8. Non-recording and officer monitoring and discipline dilemmas; Conclusion. Beyond technological silver bullets. E-commerce law, internet law

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 22 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-108-41855-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-40754-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P G

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Law

Transparency in Health and Health Care in the United States

The Profession of Ecclesiastical Lawyers An Historical Introduction R. H. Helmholz | University of Chicago

Law and Ethics Edited by Holly Fernandez Lynch | Petrie-Flom Center, Harvard Law School, Massachusetts

This book examines transparency in the health context, including the many ethical and legal issues it raises. It will appeal to anyone interested in how transparency can transform existing health care policy frameworks, from the pharmaceutical industry, to Big Data, to concerns around patient privacy protections. • Provides a nuanced view of transparency, including how transparency for its own sake can be counterproductive • Utilizes an interdisciplinary approach, bringing together experts from diverse fields to give readers a broad understanding of how transparency can be useful across industries • Supplies suggestions and recommendations for policy makers, including concrete ways to implement or utilize transparent practices in positive ways Contents: Introduction; Part I. Transparency in Health and Health Care: Thematic Issues: Introduction; 1. Smashing into windows: ‘the limits of consumer sovereignty in health care’; 2. The interplay of privacy and transparency in health care: the HIPAA privacy rule as a case study; 3. Transparency tradeoffs: priority-setting, scarcity, and health fairness; 4. Slightly hazy: transparency and the costs of too much information; Part II. Transparency and Informed Consent: Introduction; 5. Transparency versus informed consent: the patient/consumer paradigms; 6. Transparency and financial conflicts: the uncertain case for sunshine; 7. Making religion transparent: the substance, process, and efficacy of disclosing religious restrictions on care; Part III. Transparency and Economics: Health Care Costs and Billing: Introduction; 8. Transparency on prescription drug research expenditures: a lever for restraining pricing?; 9. Is pharmaceutical price transparency an effective means to reduce high prices and wide variations?; 10. Price transparency: a contracts solution; 11. Solving surprise medical bills; Part IV. Transparency and Innovation: Introduction; 12. Increasing the transparency of FDA review to enhance the innovation process; 13. Transparency and clinical trial data sharing: legal and policy issues; 14. The European Medicines Agency’s approach to transparency; Part V. Transparency and Outcomes: Promoting Health and Safety: Introduction; 15. The role of transparency in promoting healthy behaviors: pros, cons, and perils of information sharing to foster personal responsibility in health care; 16. The role of transparency in patient safety improvement; 17. Personal health records as a tool for transparency in health care; 18. Nontransparency in electronic health record systems; 19. Transparency challenges in reproductive health care; Part VI. Challenges in Promoting and Measuring Transparency in Health Care: Introduction; 20. ERISA as a barrier for state health care transparency efforts; 21. Transparency and data sharing in clinical research and Big Pharma; 22. Promoting IRB transparency: about what, to whom, why, and how?; 23. Using disclosure to regulate PBMs: the dark side of transparency. Medical law, health law

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-108-47099-5 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00 978-1-108-45693-7 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99

P P

The book should interest practicing lawyers with an interest in the history of their profession. It adds to what has been written about the subject by legal historians, many of whom have described the legal profession’s history in England without taking more than cursory account of the English civilians. • Provides detailed accounts of the careers and learning of individual lawyers • Presents a different (and more optimistic) account of the collective work of the English civilians • Discusses connections with Roman and canon law Legal history | Cambridge Studies in Law and Christianity

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-49906-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED TEXTBOOK

Australian Uniform Evidence Law Fiona Hum | Monash University, Victoria

Australian Uniform Evidence Law offers a studentfriendly introduction to the law of evidence and its operation across Uniform Evidence Act jurisdictions. Using the Evidence Act 1995 (Cth) as its point of reference, this text introduces basic concepts first and then leads students into more detailed coverage of the Act. • Presents a clear and accessible text with a logical structure, written for students • Includes well-chosen and curated case extracts and legislation • Practise problems are included in each chapter with ‘Putting it all together’ problems at the end of the book to show how the topics interrelate with each other Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Adducing evidence; 3. Relevance; 4. Hearsay; 5. Opinion; 6. Admissions; 7. Tendency and coincidence; 8. Credibility; 9. Character; 10. Identification evidence; 11. Privileges; 12. Discretionary and mandatory exclusions; 13. Facilitation of proof and ancillary matters; 14. Putting it all together; 15. Suggested answers to practice problems. Evidence

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 528pp 6 b/w illus. 978-1-108-45001-0 Paperback £90.00 / US$144.95

Equity and Law Fusion and Fission John C. P. Goldberg | Harvard Law School, Massachusetts

The fusion of law and equity in common law systems was a crucial moment in the development of the modern law. In this volume leading scholars assess the significance of the fusion of law and equity from comparative, doctrinal, historical and theoretical perspectives. • Brings together comparative, doctrinal, historical and theoretical analyses of equity in a single volume, providing multiple perspectives on the issue • Analyses the fusion of law and equity in various jurisdictions, including Australia, Canada, England, Scotland, and the US allowing readers to gain insights into their domestic legal systems by contrasting developments in others • Provides insights into the experiences of fusion, merger and fission of law and equity in different jurisdictions and discusses the misunderstandings about the modern relation of law to equity Equity and trusts

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 484pp 14 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42131-7 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Law

Legal Scholarship for the Urban Core

Measuring Justice Quantitative Accountability and the National Prosecuting Authority in South Africa Johanna Mugler | Universität Bern, Switzerland

From the Ground Up Edited by Peter Enrich | Northeastern University, Boston

The problems of entrenched poverty and economic underdevelopment in American urban cores involve multiple overlapping challenges that have stymied consistent and long-term progress. Good laws, and good lawyering, can contribute enormously to overcoming these challenges. This book is for anyone concerned about the current state of American urban cores. • Contains models of engaged legal scholarship • Provides insights into writing and using legal scholarship to impact urban policy • Includes important and accessible examples of legal scholarship and lawyering that tackle difficult urban core problems Socio-legal studies

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 255pp 978-1-108-49912-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Special Needs Financial Planning

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 230pp 978-1-108-47511-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Care for the World

Critically examines the latest developments of special needs financial planning mechanisms in Asia and the West from the perspectives of scholars and professional experts. It will appeal to scholars, students, law and policy makers and practitioners in the fields of mental disability, healthcare and elder law. • Examines new breakthroughs in financial planning tools for individuals with special needs and provides analysis on the latest developments • Comparatively examines selected Asian and Western jurisdictions, enabling readers to understand the approaches of different jurisdictions • Offers comprehensive coverage of both scholarly and practitioner contributions, providing multi-angular perspectives on financial planning tools Socio-legal studies

Laudato Si’ and Catholic Social Thought in an Era of Climate Crisis Edited by Frank Pasquale | University of Maryland

This volume convenes leading scholars to reflect on the legal, economic, practical, and philosophical implications of religious values. Inspired by the celebrated encyclical Laudato Si’, they offer gracefully written and learned reflections on what it would mean to express an ethic of compassion and care for the world. • Directly applies Catholic social thought to the question of the treatment of labor • Conveys the philosophical foundations of Catholic social thought • Contrasts the approach of Catholic social thought with other approaches to policy formation Socio-legal studies | Law and Christianity

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-316-51046-9 Hardback £80.00 / US$110.00

Immigration and Refugee Law in Russia

The Death Penalty on the Ballot

Socio-Legal Perspectives Agnieszka Kubal | University College London

American Democracy and the Fate of Capital Punishment Austin Sarat | Amherst College, Massachusetts

This book offers the first study of what happens when the public gets to decide on the fate of capital punishment. It will be of interest to the general public as well as scholars. • This book is the first study of the death penalty on the ballot • Examines the history of public votes on the death penalty over the course of 100 years • Offers compelling accounts of what happens in those ballot campaigns Contents: 1. Introduction: when the death penalty goes public; 2. Retention, abolition, and restoration in the early days of the death penalty referendum process; 3. The people versus their representatives: going to the polls to support capital punishment; 4. Targeting the courts; 5. A tool for abolition?; 6. Conclusion: democracy and the fate of capital punishment. Socio-legal studies

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 200pp 2 tables 978-1-108-48210-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-71157-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Socio-legal studies | Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

A Comparative Perspective Edited by Lusina Ho | The University of Hong Kong

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 383pp 11 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-108-48120-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Explores how South African court and managerial prosecutors engage with performance statistics, indicators and rankings at work; whether and how they affect operations, decision-making, the allocation of resources and their accountability, with the findings being of interest to those concerned with justice, accountability and state bureaucracy. • Provides a detailed ethnographic study of how the National Prosecuting Authority’s performance measurement system shapes South African prosecutors’ understandings of accountability and their prosecutorial practices • Establishes a set of factors that help make normative judgements about quantification and accountability • Looks at the purpose, affects and consequences of numerical representations in a specific setting from a social scientific, institutional and political perspective

This book grapples with human rights and access to justice for migrants and refugees in Russia. It identifies tensions in everyday experiences of justice which illuminate ambiguities in the Russian legal environment. Are the experiences of migrants and refugees in Russia so different to their experiences in Europe and America? • Proposes a more complex, nuanced and unique picture of the Russian justice system in the sphere of immigration and refugee law • Each chapter is based on rich ethnographic material expressed in clear language with vivid examples and engaging personal stories • Whilst the book focuses on Russia in its own right, it includes comparisons between Russia and Western states in a non-normative and analytical manner Socio-legal studies | Law in Context

April 2019 247 x 174 mm 250pp 5 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-41789-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

P G

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Law / Management

International Taxation of Trust Income

Cambridge Handbook of Open Strategy Edited by David Seidl | Universität Zürich

Principles, Planning and Design Mark Brabazon | 7 Wentworth Selborne, Sydney

This book identifies a set of principles and corresponding tax settings that countries may apply to cross-border income derived by, through, or from a trust and will appeal to international tax practitioners, administrators, policymakers, academics, and students. • Provides the first sustained analysis of international taxation of trust income as an internationally coherent subject • Enables international trust taxation to be studied as a topic in its own right alongside international taxation of companies and partnerships • Facilitates a holistic approach to tax planning, analysis and design by practitioners, scholars and administrators • Proposes tax design solutions to unintended double- and non-taxation Taxation | Cambridge Tax Law Series

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 393pp 8 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-49225-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Management The Cambridge Handbook of Stakeholder Theory Edited by Jeffrey S. Harrison | University of Richmond

This handbook serves as a comprehensive foundation for stakeholder theory, with chapters written by many of the most respected and highly cited experts in the field. It is essential reading for graduate and M.B.A. students, academic researchers, consultants and executives interested in the stakeholder approach. • Provides readers with a comprehensive foundation for understanding stakeholder theory in a single volume • Exposes readers to the most current and important research topics, as determined by experts in the field • Offers guidance for researchers, faculty and graduate students for their own research projects Contents: 1. Stakeholder theory; 2. Pragmatism and pluralism: a moral foundation for stakeholder theory in the twenty-first century; 3. Critical management studies and stakeholder theory: possibilities for a critical stakeholder theory; 4. Stakeholder identification and its importance in the value creating system of stakeholder work; 5. Sustainable wealth creation: applying instrumental stakeholder theory to the improvement of social welfare; 6. Connecting stakeholder theory to the law and public policy; 7. Shareholder primacy vs stakeholder theory: the law as constraint and potential enabler of stakeholder concerns; 8. Business, the natural environment, and sustainability; 9. Motivating boundaryspanning employees to engage external stakeholders: insights from stakeholder marketing; 10. Stakeholder value equilibration and the entrepreneurial process; 11. Stakeholder theory and accounting; 12. The stakeholder perspective in strategic management; 13. Stakeholder theory in management education; 14. The practice of stakeholder engagement; 15. Considering a behavioral view of stakeholders; 16. Behavioral stakeholder theory; 17. Sketches of new and future research on stakeholder management; 18. Contextual richness at the core of new stakeholder research. Strategic management

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 288pp 978-1-107-19146-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-316-64204-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

The first book to offer a comprehensive overview of the different practices and challenges of Open Strategy, as well as the diverse applicable research perspectives. It will appeal to organization and strategy scholars, master’s students in business and management, and practitioners, such as consultants and strategy staff in established firms. • Provides a comprehensive overview of Open Strategy research to date • Offers guidelines of how to do research on Open Strategy • Brings together key strategy scholars to provide a diversity of views on Open Strategy Strategic management

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 370pp 978-1-108-42486-8 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$140.00

Organization outside Organizations The Abundance of Partial Organization in Social Life Edited by Göran Ahrne | Uppsala Universitet, Sweden

The authors explore how contemporary society is organized, describing the existence of organization outside and among formal organizations. This book will appeal to academics in organization studies, sociology and political science who want to learn how formal organizations only form part of broader organizational structures. • Highlights the existence and salience of organization in many areas and situations • Makes a clear distinction between organization and other forms of order, and elaborates the differences and transformations among them • Presents a number of empirical applications of the concept of partial organization to stimulate further research Organisation studies

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-47498-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Management Tools A Social Sciences Perspective Ève Chiapello | Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales, Paris

An exploration of the social thinking on management tools. Studying how management tools are infused by social norms and how they influence individual and group behaviours in organisations and society, this book provides an indispensable guide for scholars of management and social sciences, and professionals working with management tools. • Delivers a comprehensive survey of the wide-ranging research about management tools • Provides the first study of management tools from a social scientific perspective • Will be of use to both scholars of management, social sciences and professionals working with management tools Organisation studies

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 311pp 3 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-108-42895-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Management

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Duality by Design

Organizational Wrongdoing

The Global Race to Build Africa’s Infrastructure Edited by Nuno Gil | University of Manchester

Building upon extensive research in Africa, this book analyses the challenges of designing organizations for socioeconomic development. Leveraging the empirical findings, the editors propose new conceptual framing for organizing to concomitantly build institutions and basic infrastructure. It will appeal to students, researchers and practitioners. • Proposes new conceptual framing to look at global efforts to promote socioeconomic development by uncovering a tension between whether to design organisations to build institutions first and then basic infrastructure or the other way around • Furthers our empirical and theoretical understanding of designing organisations to pursue development and navigate institutional voids in the environment • Offers extensive evidence (grounded in Africa) of two complementary approaches to pursuing development by prioritizing either institutions or infrastructure building Organisation studies

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 430pp 37 b/w illus. 28 tables 978-1-108-47316-3 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00 C NEW IN PAPERBACK

Rethinking Career Studies Facilitating Conversation across Boundaries with the Social Chronology Framework Hugh Gunz | University of Toronto

Rethinking Career Studies provides a comprehensive overview of career studies, bridging the various scholarly discourses in the field. Students, researchers and practitioners will be introduced to the ways in which career studies relate to other areas of the social sciences and will gain insight into career outcomes and their influencing factors. • Proposes a new approach to career scholarship that encompasses various fields and perspectives • Introduces the Social Chronology Framework to enable readers to study the connections between different fields on the topic of careers • Poses new questions regarding careers in the organizational and managerial fields Organisation studies

May 2019 229 x 152 mm 321pp 23 b/w illus. 978-1-107-64742-8 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$32.99

Also available 978-1-107-05747-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Key Perspectives and New Directions Edited by Donald Palmer | University of California, Davis

This book is for established researchers and advanced students interested in the field of organizational wrongdoing. It is a comprehensive overview of the causes, processes and consequences of misconduct and wrongdoing across all stages of an organization. • Offers a wide range of theoretical perspectives with contributions from the major theorists in the field of misconduct in and by organizations • Considers many different types of misconduct in and by organizations, with reference to related substantive topics • Will appeal to scholars and advanced students interested in this area of inquiry Contents: Foreword; 1. The imbalances and limitations of theory and research on organizational wrongdoing; 2. On taking the theoretical substance of outcomes seriously: a meta-conversation; 3. Wrong paths to right: defining morality with or without a clear red line; 4. From market enablers to market participants: redefining organizational and political-legal arrangements and opportunities for financial wrongdoing, 1930s–2000; 5. Wrongdoing and market development: an examination of the distinct roles of trust and distrust; 6. Bad apples, bad barrels, and bad cellars: a ‘boundaries’ perspective on professional misconduct; 7. S/he blinded me with science: the sociology of scientific misconduct; 8. Social networks and organizational wrongdoing in context; 9. Falling stars: celebrity, infamy, and the fall from (and return to) grace; 10. Compensation and employee misconduct: the inseparability of productive and counterproductive behaviour in firms; 11. Beware of organizational saints: how a moral self-concept may foster immoral behaviour; 12. ‘Is it me? Or is it me?’ The role of co-activated multiple identities and identifications in promoting or discouraging workplace crimes; 13. Consequences of organizational misconduct: too much and too little punishment; 14. Who bears the brunt? A review and research agenda for the consequences of organizational wrongdoing for individuals; 15. Organizational wrongdoing and media bias; 16. Ethical learning: releasing the moral unicorn; Index. Organisation studies | Cambridge Companions to Management

May 2019 229 x 152 mm 545pp 17 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-54165-8 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$34.99

Also available 978-1-107-11771-6 Hardback £72.99 / US$116.00

Cultural Entrepreneurship A New Agenda for the Study of Entrepreneurial Processes and Possibilities Michael Lounsbury | University of Alberta

Provides an overview of cultural entrepreneurship scholarship and lays the foundation for a broader and more integrative research agenda. Develops novel theoretical arguments and discusses the implications for mainstream entrepreneurship research. Organisation studies | Elements in Organization Theory

January 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 6 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 978-1-108-43927-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00 R

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Management

Emotions in Organization Theory

Bribery and Corruption in Weak Institutional Environments

Charlene Zietsma | Pennsylvania State University

In organization theory, emotions have been treated implicitly rather than theorized directly. This Element provides one of the first broad examinations of emotions in organization theory. It outlines suggestions for future research within each literature and looks across the literatures to identify theoretical and methodological considerations.

Connecting the Dots from a Comparative Perspective Shaomin Li | Old Dominion University, Virginia

Organisation studies | Elements in Organization Theory

April 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 3 colour illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-46823-7 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Contemporary International Business in the AsiaPacific Region Alain Verbeke | University of Calgary

With an emphasis on ‘doing business in Asia’, Contemporary International Business in the Asia-Pacific Region addresses topics that are driving international business today. Providing content and research that is accessible to local and international students, this text introduces core business concepts and covers a range of key areas. • Places emphasis on the modern topic of ‘Doing Business in Asia’, and is aligned with national government initiatives • Features thirteen succinct chapters, which are semester friendly • Covers contemporary topics that are driving international business forward, such as production and innovation Contents: Part I. Core Concepts: 1. Foundations of international business in the Asia-Pacific; 2. Drivers and challenges of internationalising firms; 3. Economics and the role of regional integration; 4. Culture, ethics and corporate governance; 5. International investment; Part II. Dynamics of International Business in the Asia-Pacific Region: 6. Emerging economies; 7. Market entry and development strategies; 8. International business research; Part III. Functional Issues: 9. Foreign currency and international financial management; 10. International marketing; 11. International sourcing and production; 12. Managing managers in an Asia-Pacific environment; 13. Ongoing challenges for international business in the AsiaPacific; Appendix: IB skill builders. International business

June 2019 255 x 190 mm 530pp 91 colour illus. 5 maps 18 tables 978-1-108-62068-0 Paperback with Online Resource £90.00 / US$139.95 X

Drawing on twenty years of research and observations on bribery and corruption in countries with weak institutional environments, Li offers a novel explanation to the age-old puzzle of why some countries thrive despite corruption. For scholars and analysts studying corruption, as well as policymakers, business professionals and executives. • Introduces three types of governance environment: rule-based, relation-based, and clan-based, and how they interact with corruption to affect economic development • Offers a theoretical explanation on why some countries thrive despite rampant corruption • Calls attention to the potential threat of powerful countries attempting bribery and corruption on the global stage Responsible and ethical business

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 266pp 19 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49289-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Patient Capital The Role of Family Firms in Sustainable Business Sanjay Sharma | University of Vermont

Applies the family business lens to the exploration of corporate environmental strategy. Taking the wine industry as a case study, this book develops fresh insights into the balancing of short-term financial performance with long-term corporate strategies. • The first monograph to apply the family business lens to the study of corporate environmental strategy • Provides fresh insights into influences and drivers for proactive environmental strategies to address major global sustainability challenges • Provides new frameworks and propositions to guide research on environmental strategy Responsible and ethical business | Organizations and the Natural Environment

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-12366-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Development with Global Value Chains Upgrading and Innovation in Asia Edited by Dev Nathan | Institute for Human Development, New Delhi

Can firms and economies utilize global value chains (GVC) for development? How can they move from low-income to middle-income and even high-income status? This book addresses these questions through a series of case studies examining upgradation and innovation by firms operating in GVCs in Asia. • Includes contributions from leading scholars of global value chains • Contains case studies of Asian countries • Presents case studies from a range of sectors Entrepreneurship and innovation | Development Trajectories in Global Value Chains

January 2019 228 x 152 mm 438pp 978-1-107-10463-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$130.00 978-1-108-73384-7 Paperback £34.99 / US$48.99

C C

Management / Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Strategies for Managing Uncertainty

Discourse on Leadership A Critical Appraisal Bert A. Spector | Northeastern University, Boston

Booms and Busts in the Energy Industry Alfred A. Marcus | University of Minnesota

How have managers in the energy industry coped with the uncertainties of price volatility and climate change? Marcus’s examination of the sometimes paradoxical responses of energy firms to uncertainty will appeal to graduate students, academic researchers and executives interested in sustainable business, risk management, and the energy industry. • Proposes a new strategic management approach to managing uncertainty • Develops a theory of hedging as an approach to managing this type uncertainty, illustrated with examples from the integrated oil and natural and motor vehicle sectors • Explores in depth two major uncertainties that companies in these sectors face – energy price volatility and the threat of climate change – providing case studies of how the major companies have responded Contents: Introduction: calculated wagers and hedging; Part I. The Problem: 1. Risk and uncertainty in the energy industry; 2. The management of risk and uncertainty; 3. Hedging in the energy industry; 4. Booms and busts in the energy industry; Part II. Challenges in Major Sectors: 5. The oil and natural gas sector; 6. The motor vehicle sector; 7. The electric utility sector; Part III. Oil and Natural Gas Company Strategies: 8. Strategies to try to offset plummeting prices: Exxon Mobil; 9. Strategies to try to offset plummeting prices: BP; 10. Strategies to try to offset plummeting prices: Shell; 11. Strategies to try to offset plummeting prices: Total; Part IV. Motor Vehicle Company Strategies: 12. Strategies to take advantage of plummeting prices: GM; 13. Strategies to take advantage of plummeting prices: Ford; 14. Strategies to take advantage of plummeting prices: VW; 15. Strategies to take advantage of plummeting prices: Toyota; Part V. Conclusion: 16. Oil and gas companies strategic moves 2017–18; 17. Motor vehicles companies strategic moves 2017–18; 18. Ambivalence, paradox, and hedging. Entrepreneurship and innovation | Organizations and the Natural Environment

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 564pp 38 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-19115-0 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00 P 978-1-316-64168-2 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99 P

Communication Skills for Business Professionals Second edition Celeste Lawson | Central Queensland University

This is a student-friendly introduction to the principles and practice of effective communication in the workplace, covering contemporary scenarios while also considering more traditional communications. Filled with pedagogy and taking a broad and current approach to concepts of communication and workplaces, this book is an indispensable resource. • Offers a print and integrated interactive eBook that will engage and motivate students • Provides a choice of interesting case studies, some with video, which link theory to practice • Contains reflective features that encourage critical thinking in students

A critical study which explores evolving theories of leadership. Paying particular attention to the social, economic, political, intellectual and historical forces that have helped shape the discussion, Discourse on Leadership offers an insightful historiography of leadership as a concept and considers how our understanding of it continues to evolve. • Offers an insightful historiography of leadership as a concept and considers how our understanding of it continues to evolve • Provides a critical analysis of past and present theories of leadership • Considers the social, economic, political, intellectual and historical forces that have helped shape discourse on leadership

Management (general)

May 2019 229 x 152 mm 322pp 3 tables 978-1-107-62813-7 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$32.99

Also available 978-1-107-04978-9 Hardback £72.99 / US$116.00

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas Republicanism and the Future of Democracy Edited by Yiftah Elazar | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

Democracies are in crisis. In this volume, leading scholars explore how republican political thought can make a constructive and distinctive contribution to our understanding of democracy and the challenges it faces. For researchers and students in political theory, political philosophy and the history of ideas. • Explores whether republican thought makes a constructive and distinctive contribution to our understanding of modern democracy • Tackles the problems and challenges facing a republican theory of democracy • Features contributions by prominent experts Political theory

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-316-51755-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Contents: Part I. Understanding Communication: 1. Introduction: communication in organisations; 2. Organisations: structure and culture; 3. Communication as a process; 4. Understanding the audience; 5. Persuasion, negotiation and conflict management; 6. Working collaboratively; 7. Intercultural communication; Part II. Communicating in Organisations: 8. Communicating as business professionals; 9. Engaging with information and research; 10. Business correspondence: short form; 11. Writing strategies for the business professional; 12. Communicating in a web-based world; 13. Oral communication; 14. Meetings: in-person and online. Management (general)

August 2019 255 x 190 mm 512pp 125 colour illus. 23 tables 978-1-108-59441-7 Paperback with VitalSource interactive eBook c. £79.99 / c. US$114.95 X

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Liberalism, Diversity and Domination

Transnational Cosmopolitanism

Kant, Mill and the Government of Difference Inder S. Marwah | McMaster University, Ontario

Kant, Du Bois, and Justice as a Political Craft Inés Valdez | Ohio State University

This book examines how distinctive liberalisms respond to human diversity. It reconstructs Immanuel Kant’s and John Stuart Mill’s treatments of racial, cultural, and gender-based difference to understand how two of the tradition’s leading figures reacted to pluralism, and what contemporary readers might draw from them. • Examines liberalism’s relationship with diversity and difference to demonstrate the liberal responses to different forms of human diversity • Challenges widespread interpretations of seminal liberal thinkers to offer cohesive and comprehensive reconstructions of Immanuel Kant’s and John Stuart Mill’s moral and political philosophies • Proposes a new way of understanding the contemporary uptake of historical texts • Explains the connections between race, liberalism and empire

This volume is an original contribution to cosmopolitanism scholarship that questions the contemporary currency of Kant’s canonical approach and enlists a neglected period of Du Bois’s writing and political practice to radicalize, democratize, and transnationalize cosmopolitanism. • Provides a novel account of the significance of the context of writing to Kant’s Perpetual Peace • Analyzes an underexplored dimension of W. E. B. Du Bois’s work and its relevance to cosmopolitanism • Shows the payoff of thinking about cosmopolitanism transnationally Political theory

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 232pp 978-1-108-48332-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Political theory

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 302pp 978-1-108-49378-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The People’s Duty Collective Agency and the Morality of Public Policy Shmuel Nili | Australian National University, Canberra

Nili develops a novel conception of ‘the people’, both as an agent with its own moral integrity, and as an owner of public property. Exploring problems central to present-day politics, this non-technical book will appeal to political theorists, but also to readers in public policy, area studies, law, and across the social sciences. • Proposes a new way to think about the morality of public policy • Written in a highly accessible, non-technical style • Replete with real-world examples from around the world Political theory

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 266pp 978-1-108-48092-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Injustice and the Reproduction of History Structural Inequalities, Gender and Redress Alasia Nuti | University of York

Should we care about the injustices of the past? Does history matter when we think about current gender inequalities? Advancing the argument that we cannot ‘let bygones be bygones’, this book will appeal to anyone interested in the persistence of gender inequalities within our contemporary societies. • Advances a normative framework to understand when and why historical injustice matters • Defends a theory of historical justice while not dismissing that many changes occurred since past wrongs were committed • Engages with many literatures and fields, including normative political theory, gender studies, critical race theory and public policy Political theory

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 230pp 2 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41994-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Ideas of Power The Politics of American Party Ideology Development Verlan Lewis | Stanford University, California

This book is for political scientists, historians, and general readers interested in how political ideologies evolve over the course of American history. It will be valuable to political scientists because it challenges their current view of ideology, and because it offers a new theory to help explain American party ideologies. • Proposes a new view of ideology • Posits and tests a new theory to explain American party ideology development • Includes three empirical chapters that tell the story of American political parties in US history Contents: 1. The liberal conservative myth and political science; 2. A political theory of American party ideology development; 3. The presidency and party theories of foreign intervention; 4. Unified government and party theories of economic intervention; 5. The Supreme Court and party theories of judicial intervention; 6. Politics, history, and American party ideology development. American government, politics, policy

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 229pp 4 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-108-47679-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-70154-9 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$28.99

P P

The Long War over Party Structure Democratic Representation and Policy Responsiveness in American Politics Byron E. Shafer | University of Wisconsin, Madison

A blend of historical and contemporary analysis that opens up many of the puzzles – and curses – of modern American politics, for both professional political scientists and interested lay readers. • Includes a powerful mix of historical backdrop and contemporary evidence • Provides a way of understanding the partisan polarization cursing modern American politics • Offers one of the first books that applies evidence to these assertions American government, politics, policy

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 214pp 22 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-108-48491-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Conservatives and the Constitution

The Supreme Court An Analytic History of Constitutional Decision Making Tom S. Clark | Emory University, Atlanta

Imagining Constitutional Restoration in the Heyday of American Liberalism Ken I. Kersch | Boston College

This book examines the post-war conservative movement in the US to shed light on how visions of constitutional restoration and redemption were mobilized during the heyday of American liberalism to unite a fractious and diverse political coalition. • Provides a rounded intellectual history of the modern US conservative movement and the evolution of conservative constitutional thought • Reveals the often ignored points of variation, contestation, and change in this tradition, across the conservative movement’s diverse intellectual wings • Takes conservative ideas seriously to present the movement as it understands and imagines itself Contents: 1. The intellectual archipelago of the postwar American right; 2. The alternative tradition of conservative constitutional theory; 3. Stories about markets; 4. Stories about communism; 5. Evangelical and fundamentalist Christian stories; 6. Right-wing Roman Catholic stories; Conclusion: the development of constitutional conservatism. American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies on the American Constitution

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 414pp 978-0-521-19310-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-0-521-13980-9 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Legislative Hardball The House Freedom Caucus and the Power of Threat-Making in Congress Matthew Green

Following the 2014 elections, a group of organized conservatives called the House Freedom Caucus regularly issued threats against its own party’s leadership. This Element posits explanations for why such threat-making might occur and what might increase its likelihood of success, then tests those explanations. American government, politics, policy | Elements in American Politics

February 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-73581-0 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Red, Green, and Blue The Partisan Divide on Environmental Issues David Karol | University of Maryland, College Park

Explores the growing party divisions on the environment in the United States. It contributes theory to the party position change literature, showing that interest groups change parties, but in turn are changed by them. It concludes with discussion of how the current party alignment on the environment might change in the future. American government, politics, policy | Elements in American Politics

May 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-71649-9 Paperback c. £15.00 / c. US$18.00

This book presents a quantitative history of constitutional law in the United States and uses a statistical model of law to bring together humanistic and social-scientific perspectives on legal history. • Presents a quantitative history of law that will appeal to social scientists • Includes a broad historical scope and covers most of the significant history of American constitutional law • Utilizes an innovative statistical model that brings together distinct techniques to study the history of law Contents: 1. The history of constitutional law: inside and outside; 2. Modeling constitutional doctrine; 3. An empirical model of constitutional decision making; 4. The cases, votes, and opinions; 5. Patterns in constitutional law; 6. From civil war to regulation and federal power; 7. War, security, and culture clash; 8. Conclusion. American government, politics, policy | Political Economy of Institutions and Decisions

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 450pp 68 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-108-42276-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-43693-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 P

Can America Govern Itself? Edited by Frances E. Lee | University of Maryland, College Park

This volume brings together a diverse group of distinguished scholars to address concerns about the contemporary performance of American institutions of government. It examines how rising inequality and party polarization have affected representation, governing processes, policy outcomes, and the constitutional system. • Focuses on key normative concerns about the performance of American governing institutions • Synthesizes numerous literatures and brings new data to bear on key questions • Points to new directions for research on American politics Contents: 1. Anxieties of American democracy; Part I. Anxieties of Power, Influence, and Representation: 2. In the private interest? Business influence and American democracy; 3. The interest group top tier: lobbying inequality and American governance; 4. Developments in Congressional responsiveness to donor opinion; 5. Minority protest and the early stages of governmental responsiveness in the electoral process; 6. The hollow parties; Part II. Procedural Anxieties: 7. Does regular order produce a more deliberative Congress? Evidence from the annual appropriations process; 8. Congress at work: legislative capacity and entrepreneurship in the contemporary Congress; 9. Dumbing down? Trends in the complexity of political communication; Part III. Anxieties of Governance: 10. Public policy and political dysfunction: the policyscape, policy maintenance, and oversight; 11. The effects of partisan polarization on the bureaucracy; 12. Polarization and the changing American constitutional system. American government, politics, policy | SSRC Anxieties of Democracy

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 371pp 55 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49729-9 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-73972-6 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Power Diffusion and Democracy

Disciples of the State? Religion and State-Building in the Former Ottoman World Kristin Fabbe | Harvard Business School, Massachusetts

Institutions, Deliberation and Outcomes Julian Bernauer | Universität Mannheim, Germany

A new taxonomy of democratic architectures, which reconnects deliberation to the study of patterns of democracy. Whether readers are interested in satisfaction with democracy, income inequality, subnational architectures or geographic factors in institutional design, this book gives fresh insights based on a database encompassing sixty-one countries. • Gives a theoretical underpinning to research on empirical patterns of democracy • Studies power diffusion using a fresh database covering sixty-one democracies between 1990 and 2015 • Will interest scholars and researchers in comparative politics and political theory, specifically those working on democratic theory Comparative politics

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 302pp 53 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-108-48338-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Struggle over Borders Cosmopolitanism and Communitarianism Edited by Pieter de Wilde | Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim

This book presents a comprehensive analysis of how economic, cultural and political globalization have transformed democratic politics. Appealing to political scientists, sociologists and international relations scholars, the book is also an accessible introduction to debates on globalization, political conflict and populism for students in these fields. • Maps current political conflicts over issues related to globalization in a comprehensive way, covering a wide range of issues, countries and actors • Investigates how the current realignment of politics is related to economic, cultural and political dimensions of globalization • Relates empirical analysis of globalization-related conflict to key analytical and normative insights from political theories on cosmopolitanism and communitarianism Contents: 1. Cosmopolitanism and communitarianism: how globalization is reshaping politics in the twenty-first century; Part I. Domestic Impacts: 2. Why are elites more cosmopolitan than masses?; 3. Mass opinions: globalization and issues as axes of contention; 4. Mapping policy and polity contestation about globalization: issue linkage in the news; Part II. Supranational and Cross-level Analyses: 5. Who is the most frequent traveller? The cosmopolitanism of national, European, and global elites; 6. Globalization conflict in international assemblies: cleavage formation beyond the state?; 7. Who are the cosmopolitans and the communitarians? Claims-making across issues, polity levels and countries; Part III. Conclusion: Conclusion. The defects of cosmopolitan and communitarian democracy. Comparative politics

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 276pp 21 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-108-48377-3 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99 P 978-1-108-71822-6 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99 P

Examines the strategies adopted by state-builders in their approach toward religion, and the power arrangements between state and religion that emerge during the state-building process. This book will be of interest to students and scholars across a wide range of disciplines, including political science, sociology, history, and religious studies. • Draws from a unique set of comparative cases across the former Ottoman Empire, providing readers with an understanding of how religion-state relations evolved in both Muslim and Christian majority countries • Challenges conventional definitions of secularism and the forces behind it to help readers see how state transformations typically attributed to revolutionary secularization were often neither secular nor revolutionary • Examines the link between religion-state relations, the politics of exclusion, and the prospects of liberal democracy, offering a better understanding of why the quest for durable forms of liberal democracy has been elusive in the former Ottoman world Contents: 1. Introduction: religion and the quest for state soverignty; 2. Creating disciples of the state; 3. The Ottoman imperial footprint and international context; 4. The first reformer: Egypt under Muhammad . ‘Alī; 5. Synthesizing the religious and the national in a revolutionary and irredentist Greece; 6. The religious roots of the ‘secular’ state: understanding Turkey’s sacred-synthesis of the religious and the national; 7. How the religious and the national diverge: evidence from Egypt; 8. Sacred-synthesis, the politics of exclusion, and the prospects of liberal democracy; 9. Conclusions. Comparative politics

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 10 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-41908-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-40945-2 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Ideological Representation: Achieved and Astray Elections, Institutions, and the Breakdown of Ideological Congruence in Parliamentary Democracies G. Bingham Powell, Jr | University of Rochester, New York

The processes through which democratic representation succeeds or goes astray are illustrated through examples and statistical description in nineteen countries. This book is accessible to both scholars and advanced undergraduate students of democratic representation, comparative elections, and parliamentary government. • Deconstructs representation connection between elections and parliamentary governments into three stages: voting, legislative representation and government formation • Bases the analysis primarily on seventy-one elections in nineteen developed parliamentary democracies, using specific illustrative elections and statistical descriptions, public opinion surveys and party election promises • Shows the roles of political parties and election rules in shaping the full representation process Contents: 1. Elections and ideological congruence in parliamentary democracies; 2. The (rocky) paths to government congruence: three stages; 3. Party systems as contexts; 4. Incongruence at stage I: starting out on or off the path to ideological congruence; 5. Congruence failures at stage II: votes into seats – disproportionality and the distance of the Median Legislative Party; 6. Forming governments: stage III failure – distance of the governments; 7. A special analysis problem at stage III: minority

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

governments; 8. The costs of ideological congruence: achieving and achieved; 9. Representation in parliamentary democracies: when does congruence go astray?

terrorism; 4. Contemporary effects and background conditions; 5. The longterm determinants of revolutionary terrorism; 6. Historical mechanisms: radicalism and repression; 7. Individualism, modernization and violence.

Comparative politics

Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 260pp 28 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-108-48214-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-74213-9 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Information, Accountability, and Cumulative Learning Lessons from Metaketa I Edited by Thad Dunning | University of California, Berkeley

Examines a set of voter information campaigns worldwide to assess their effectiveness, and develops a new social science research model aimed at cumulative learning. It will appeal to academics and practitioners looking for innovative ways to conduct social science research that is rigorous, policy-relevant, and cumulative. • Raises serious questions about when and how making voters more informed is likely to increase electoral accountability • Introduces a new model for producing cumulative research • Presents the results of seven planned field experimental studies of informational campaigns aimed at improving electoral accountability Contents: Part I. Information, Accountability, and a New Approach to Cumulative Learning: 1. Do informational campaigns promote electoral accountability?; 2. The Metaketa Initiative; 3. Informational interventions: theory and measurement; Part II. Field Experiments: 4. Under what conditions does performance information influence voting behavior? Lessons from Benin; 5. When does information increase electoral accountability? Lessons from a field experiment in Mexico; 6. Candidate videos and vote choice in Ugandan parliamentary elections; 7. Budgets, SMS texts, and votes in Uganda; 8. Performance-based voting in local elections: experimental evidence from Burkina Faso; 9. Horizontal but not vertical: accountability institutions and electoral sanctioning in Northeast Brazil; 10. Dilemmas and challenges of citizen information campaigns: lessons from a failed experiment in India; Part III. Cumulative Learning: 11. Meta-analysis; 12. Learning about cumulative learning: an experiment with policy practitioners; Part IV. Conclusion: 13. Challenges and opportunities; Part V. End Matter: 14. Appendix: meta-preanalysis plan (MPAP); 15. References; Part VI. Online Appendix. Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Politics

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 442pp 54 b/w illus. 3 maps 50 tables 978-1-108-42228-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-43504-8 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99 P

The Historical Roots of Political Violence Revolutionary Terrorism in Affluent Countries Ignacio Sánchez-Cuenca | Carlos III University of Madrid

This book offers the first comprehensive analysis of the wave of revolutionary terrorism in affluent countries, focusing on the development paths followed by countries during the interwar period. It will appeal to researchers and students interested in studying political violence, conflict, and terrorism. • Provides a historical-comparative analysis of terrorism which will appeal to both academic and general readers • Demonstrates the historical roots of terrorism to encourage new discussions on how to analyze the topic • Combines detailed empirical description with quantitative analysis, appealing to those in comparative politics and international relations • Offers the first comprehensive analysis of the phenomenon of revolutionary terrorism in affluent countries

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 225pp 18 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-108-48276-9 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

Policy Accumulation and the Democratic Responsiveness Trap Christian Adam | Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität Munchen

This book argues that democracies are increasingly unable to communicate, implement and evaluate the enormous amount of public policies they create. It is relevant to all political scientists as well as readers outside of academia who seek to understand the complexities of modern policy making. • Proposes an innovative, aggregate perspective on patterns of policy change that will appeal to public policy scholars who want to better understand long-term and cross-sectional dynamics of policy change • Introduces policy accumulation as a new concept and allows for a broad and encompassing assessment of general developments in public policy • Employs both large amounts of quantitative data and detailed case studies, is written in an accessible manner and is supported by realworld examples Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Public Policy

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-48119-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Hyper-active Governance How Governments Manage the Politics of Expertise Matthew Wood | University of Sheffield

Hyper-active governance is a new way of thinking about governing that gets beyond simplistic debates about whether the state is more or less powerful. It focuses on tensions between the need for expertise and its inherent contestability. The book develops a new typology of governing approaches, using innovative social theory. • Develops a new explanation for the different ways politicians relate to expert agencies during periods of political stress • Analyses detailed case studies and global datasets appealing to a global audience of academics and policy makers who want to know how best to organise the relationship between experts and politicians • Covers multiple literatures, uses interdisciplinary theory and advances a new concept of ‘hyper-active governance’ Comparative politics | Cambridge Studies in Comparative Public Policy

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 278pp 14 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-108-49261-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Contents: Introduction; 1. The argument: from development paths in the interwar years to revolutionary terrorism in the 1970s; 2. Revolutionary terrorism and its ideological roots; 3. The major cases of revolutionary

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

The Making of Global International Relations

The Power of Standards

Origins and Evolution of IR at its Centenary Amitav Acharya | American University, Washington DC

A deep exploration of the emergence and development of modern international relations (IR) thinking in both the West and the Global South, relating the story of the field systematically to the world politics of the last two centuries. For students and scholars of international relations, particularly IR theory, the history of the discipline, and non-Western approaches. • The first book to give a comprehensive overview of the development of IR thinking outside the West over the past two centuries • Combines and integrates the stories of world politics, and the discipline of international relations, over the past two centuries • Highlights the view of world politics from the periphery as well as from the core, and shows how they relate to each other Contents: Introduction; 1. The world up to 1919: the making of modern international relations; 2. IR up to 1919: laying the foundations; 3. The world 1919–45: still version 1.0 GIS; 4. IR 1919–45: the first founding of the discipline; 5. The world after 1945: the era of the Cold War and decolonization; 6. IR 1945–89: the second founding of the discipline; 7. The world after 1989: ‘unipolarity’, globalization and the rise of the rest; 8. IR after 1989; 9. The post-Western world order: deep pluralism; 10. Towards global IR. International relations, international organisations

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 392pp 2 tables 978-1-108-48017-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-72711-2 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Rules and Allies Foreign Election Interventions Johannes Bubeck | Universität Mannheim, Germany

When and how do states intervene in elections in other countries? Foreign interveners may aim to further the process of clean elections, or they may support the campaign of a candidate they like. This book identifies the drivers of foreign interference, supported by evidence from over three hundred elections worldwide. • Offers a new theory of why states intervene in the elections of other states • Includes an original dataset based on more than three hundred elections in over a hundred countries, with discussion of cases • Will appeal to students and researchers in both international relations and comparative politics International relations, international organisations

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 280pp 87 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-48376-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Morality of Security

Revealing the hidden yet powerful dynamic of international standards in contemporary global political economy, this book will appeal to practitioners active in economic and political affairs, as well as graduate students and scholars across various fields, including political science, sociology, economics, and business and organisational studies. This book is also available as Open Access. • Explains the rise of non-conventional forms of power in the organisation of contemporary capitalism beyond government failure and corporate power • Gives a sweeping conceptualisation of hybridity in international relations, global governance and regulation • Describes the globalisation of services beyond mere sectorial or institutional specificities • Proposes a new perspective on standards and business models used across services • Highlights regulatory issues in new mega-trade deal negotiations • This book is also available in Open Access International relations, international organisations

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 272pp 2 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-49986-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Power in Peacekeeping Lise Morjé Howard | Georgetown University, Washington DC

UN peacekeepers employ power through verbal persuasion, financial inducement, and coercion short of offensive force. Based on in-depth research in the Central African Republic, Lebanon, and Namibia, Howard demonstrates how peacekeeping works, and cautions against efforts to blend peacekeeping with its less effective cousin, counterinsurgency. • Develops a comprehensive typology of how UN peacekeepers exercise power • Presents empirical data collected during ethnographic observation of peacekeeping troops in the field, as well as more classical semistructured interviews, and unpublished UN reports • Proposes a new international division of labor, whereby peacekeepers develop their primary sources power and actual military troops exercise compellence, when deemed necessary Contents: 1. Power and United Nations peacekeeping; 2. Persuasion in Namibia; 3. Inducement in Lebanon; 4. Coercion in the Central African Republic; 5. Toward a more effective use of power in peacekeeping. International relations, international organisations

A Theory of Just Securitization Rita Floyd | University of Birmingham

Floyd’s innovative approach to ethics and security enables scholars to normatively evaluate securitization past and present, equips practitioners to make informed judgements on what they ought to do in relevant situations, and empowers the public to hold relevant actors accountable for how they view security. • Offers a comprehensive systematic normative theory of securitization • Discusses and sets out principles for the just desecuritization • Utilizes a number of real-life and hypothetical examples, including jihadi terrorism and global climate change International relations, international organisations

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-108-49389-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Hybrid Authority and the Globalisation of Services Jean-Christophe Graz | Université de Lausanne, Switzerland

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 274pp 11 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-47112-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-45718-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Co-Managing International Crises

Bargaining over the Bomb The Successes and Failures of Nuclear Negotiations William Spaniel | University of Pittsburgh

Judgments and Justifications Markus Kornprobst | Diplomatic Academy of Vienna

How do states succeed or fail in managing international crisis together? Examining six leaders – Mitterrand, Chirac, Kohl, Schröder, Major and Blair – Kornprobst shows how actors make judgments, revisit them while interacting with a plethora of domestic and international actors, and, in doing so, learn lessons for co-managing the next crisis. • Introduces the concept of crisis co-management • Develops an innovative theoretical framework • Includes in-depth empirical research Contents: Introduction; 1. Judgments and justifications; 2. Constellation; 3. Bosnia and Herzegovina; 4. Kosovo; 5. Afghanistan; 6. Iraq; Conclusion. International relations, international organisations

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 356pp 3 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-108-49640-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-73376-2 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

New Directions in India’s Foreign Policy Theory and Praxis Edited by Harsh V. Pant | Observer Research Foundation, India

Contents: Introduction; 1. How are nuclear weapons special? 2. The theory of butter-for-bombs agreements: how potential power coerces concessions; 3. Does nuclear proficiency induce compliance? 4. The diplomacy of butter-for-bombs agreements; 5. Arms treaties and the changing credibility of preventive war; 6. You get what you give: endogenous nuclear reversal; 7. Preventive strikes: when states call the wrong ‘bluff’; 8. Lessons learned. International relations, international organisations

This volume explores key concepts like ‘constructivism’ and ‘territoriality’ and analyses their contribution to the academic discourse on Indian foreign policy, and discusses issues such as the ‘Indo-Pacific’ and the ‘responsibility to protect’ to address the expanding horizons of Indian foreign policy. • The most updated and contemporary volume on India’s foreign policy • Brings on board eminent scholars of foreign policy across international academia Contents: Acknowledgements; 1. Introduction; Part I. Theoretical Evolution: 2. Power and Indian foreign policy; 3. Constructivism and Indian foreign policy; 4. Exploring historical memory and Indian foreign policy; 5. A doubled geography: geobody, land, and sea in Indian security thought; 6. Foreign policy analysis and Indian foreign policy; Part II. Emerging Themes: 7. Non-alignment and beyond; 8. India and multilateralism: concepts, new trajectories and theorizing; 9. India and the responsibility to protect; 10. India and the Indo-Pacific discourse; 11. India and nuclear deterrence; 12. India and its diaspora; Notes on contributors; Bibliography; Index. International relations, international organisations

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 325pp 978-1-108-47366-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-46219-8 Paperback £23.99 / US$31.99

Can nuclear agreements like the Iran deal work? This book develops formal bargaining models to show that they can over time, despite apparent incentives to cheat. It then explores impediments to a deal. The book will appeal to advanced undergraduate or graduate students studying nuclear security and formal models in international relations. • Develops new framework of nuclear negotiations that will be useful for readers to develop new theories for nuclear proliferation • Includes multiple long-form case studies which speak to substantive historical debates as well as general theoretical issues • Weaves together formal, quantitative, and qualitative analysis and can be used as an assigned reading to demonstrate the utility of mixedmethods approaches

P P

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 224pp 13 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-47705-5 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-70184-6 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99 P

Vengeful Citizens, Violent States A Theory of War and Revenge Rachel M. Stein | George Washington University, Washington DC

Rachel M. Stein brings the study of revenge into the field of international relations, arguing that the more violent the states, the more vengeful the citizens. This book will appeal to undergraduates, graduate students, and researchers in international relations, American foreign policy, and political sociology. • Develops a novel theory linking individual vengefulness to state behavior, which provides a new framework for thinking about how ordinary individuals matter in international relations • Demonstrates that attitudes towards war vary cross-nationally due to cultural differences in core values • Collects and synthesizes the diverse scholarly literature on revenge which challenges conventional wisdom and will provide both an inspiration and a resource for new work on revenge in other areas of political science research Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Vengeful citizens, violent states: a theory of war and revenge; 3. Wrongs must be repaid: revenge as a core value; 4. Framing war as punishment: rhetoric, revenge and public support for war; 5. Dangerous democracies: cross-national variation in revenge and conflict initiation; 6. Conclusion. International relations, international organisations

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 266pp 12 b/w illus. 26 tables 978-1-108-49275-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-73449-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99 P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Class, Politics, and Agrarian Policies in Postliberalisation India

The Protective State Christopher Ansell | University of California, Berkeley

Illuminates a distinctive politics of protection that transcends policy sectors. Adopts a comparative and historical perspective to identify common drivers of protective state-building as well as crossnational differences in the politics of protection. Concludes by examining political theories of the protective state.

Sejuti Das Gupta | James Madison College, Michigan State University

The book visits the idea of New India, studying how the political economy of India has changed significantly in post-liberalisation India. • Distinguishes post-liberalisation India from the period between 1990 to 2004 • Presents in-depth case studies from three Indian states • The book is rich in data

Political economy | Elements in Public Policy

April 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-73961-0 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Political economy

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 310pp 978-1-108-41628-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Making Policy in a Complex World Paul Cairney | University of Stirling

Food and Power Regime Type, Agricultural Policy, and Political Stability Henry Thomson | Arizona State University

Using cross-national statistical analysis and detailed case studies, Thomson shows how different types of governments shape the development process through agricultural policy. This book will appeal to anyone interested in the political economy of development and the relationship between development and political change. • Builds on existing theories of development and regime change • Includes both cross-national quantitative analysis and single-country case studies • Will appeal to anyone interested in the political economy of development and the relationship between development and political change Political economy

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 225pp 30 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-108-47681-2 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

Revolutionary Legacy, Power Structure, and Grassroots Capitalism under the Red Flag in China

Political economy | Elements in Public Policy

February 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-72910-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Pragmatism and the Origins of the Policy Sciences Rediscovering Lasswell and the Chicago School William N. Dunn | University of Pittsburgh

An examination of the origins of the policy sciences in the School of Pragmatism at the University of Chicago in the period 1915–38. Characteristics of the policy sciences include orientations that are normative, policy-relevant, contextual, and multidisciplinary. These principles are central to the future development of the policy sciences. Political economy | Elements in Public Policy

March 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 4 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 978-1-108-73051-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00 P

Qi Zhang | Fudan University, Shanghai

This book proposes a theory of localized propertyrights protection under authoritarianism. It is a must-read to those who are interested in how politics would impact the legal and institutional environment of doing business in developing countries in general, and in China in particular. • Proposes a theory of localized property rights protection under authoritarianism, appealing to those who are interested in general policy theory • Provides a framework to judge the government-business relationship in different localities of a country, even within a province • Combines in-depth fieldwork with archival work, quantitative data analysis, and analytical sophistication, while complex mathematical treatment is avoided Political economy

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 362pp 9 b/w illus. 26 tables 978-1-108-47492-4 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Focuses on state-of-the-art theories that highlight policymaking complexity and explains complexity in a way that is simple enough to understand and use. Provides an authoritative guide to multicentric policymaking for policy scholars which is equally accessible to practitioners, students, and new researchers seeking an introduction to policy theory.

Debating Unemployment Policy Political Communication and the Labour Market in Western Europe Edited by Laurent Bernhard | Universität Zürich

This study of the policy debates surrounding unemployment in Western Europe after the outbreak of the Great Recession will appeal to researchers in comparative politics, political communication and welfare state research. It will also interest practitioners involved in labour market policy. • Avoids formal models • Highlights at least one public debate of interest for each of the countries studied • Each chapter focuses on a distinctive research question European government, politics, policy

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 356pp 90 tables 978-1-108-49751-0 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Europe’s Future

Policing Citizens

Decoupling and Reforming Sergio Fabbrini | Libera Università Internazionale degli Studi Sociali Guido Carli, Roma

Minority Policy in Israel Guy Ben-Porat | Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel

EU crises have triggered a division between ‘sovereignist’ and ‘Europeanist’ forces, superseding even the left/right divide. As the former gain control of governments in European countries, promising the repatriation of competences from Brussels, the latter struggle to advance a new vision for an integrated Europe. Fabbrini offers a way forward. • Advances an original interpretation of the divisions within the EU • Proposes an original perspective for dealing with the EU crisis, based on dividing it into two organisations • Written in a clear accessible style, which will appeal to specialists and the larger public alike Contents: Introduction: multiple crises and European governance; 1. Supranational and intergovernmental governance; 2. Intergovernmental governance and its implications; 3. Sovereignist challenges and the political union; 4. From Statist to federal political union; 5. The future of Europe as constitutional decoupling. European government, politics, policy

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 180pp 978-1-108-48451-0 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99 978-1-108-72327-5 Paperback £16.99 / US$21.99

P P

Turkey between Democracy and Authoritarianism Yeşim Arat | Bogaziçi Üniversitesi, Istanbul

An accessible introduction to the struggle between democracy and authoritarianism in Turkey since the 1980 military coup. Yeşim Arat and Şevket Pamuk focus on the mutual distrust between the secular and Islamist groups, shedding new light on democratization processes and the eventual democratic backsliding. • Offers an accessible introduction to important developments in Turkey over the last decades • Highlights the causes and consequences of regime change in Turkey over a particularly tumultuous period • Interweaves accounts of economic and political transformations in Turkey, giving a fuller understanding of the fate of democracy there Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. A long wave of urbanization; 3. From military rule to civilian politics; 4. Islamists in power; 5. Uneven economic development and domestic politics; 6. The Kurdish Revolt: nationalism and ethnicity; 7. Between Europe and the Middle East; 8. Women’s call for democracy; 9. Conclusion. Middle East government, politics, policy

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 316pp 2 maps 1 table 978-0-521-19116-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-0-521-13850-5 Paperback £21.99 / US$27.99

P P

Examines Israel and its policing of minorities through the perceptions and experiences of four distinct minority groups, touching on the issues of racial profiling, police violence, trust and legitimacy of the police and the state. • Provides a unique perspective on Israel’s political and social structures by focusing on police and policing • Takes the experiences of four distinct minority groups as case studies in order to explore different paths of citizenship • Touches on issues such as racial profiling, police brutality and neighbourhood neglect Middle East government, politics, policy

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 248pp 20 tables 978-1-108-41725-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

79 C

Contested Politics in Tunisia Civil Society in a Post-Authoritarian State Edwige Fortier | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

After Tunisia’s 2010–11 uprising and the downfall of its dictator, a period of transformation occurred as new actors and groups rushed to actively participate in the socio-political transformations of their nation. Fortier examines the effects of opening up this public space, and the deep sociocultural and socioreligious divisions that emerged. • Explores the dynamics of collective activism and mobilization in North Africa following the Arab Uprisings in 2010–11 • Examines marginalised populations and smaller civil society organizations to determine the impact of socio-political turmoil on these groups • Proposes a new approach to how we understand conflict and contestation within civil society Middle East government, politics, policy

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-108-42532-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Drugs Politics Managing Disorder in the Islamic Republic of Iran Maziyar Ghiabi | University of Oxford

Maziyar Ghiabi examines here the place of illegal substances, such as opium, heroin and methamphetamine in the politics of modern Iran, looking at government attempts to control and regulate the use of illicit drugs. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core. • Offers essential analysis concerning the role of drugs in Iranian politics and society, including government responses to addiction and consumption • Makes a connection between Iran’s drug policies and global ones, making sure to connect local and national with international trends and policy-making • Combines archival material with interviews with public officials and drug users themselves, making this a trove of primary material • This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core Middle East government, politics, policy

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 344pp 40 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47545-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Delusional States Feeling Rule and Development in Pakistan’s Northern Frontier Nosheen Ali | Agha Khan University, Karachi

The first in-depth study of state power and social struggle in GilgitBaltistan, a contested border zone that forms part of disputed Kashmir. The book movingly captures citizenship struggles in present-day Pakistan, offering distinct contributions to studies of militarism, Muslim cultural politics, and development in South Asia. • The first full-length, ethnographic study of state-making and social struggle in the conflict zone of Gilgit-Baltistan in Pakistani Kashmir • Presents a lived understanding of militarism, sectarianism, and development in contemporary Pakistan • Offers a major response to the global interest in political Islam as well as to sociological understandings of militarism, state-formation, and Muslim politics • Draws attention to progressive social movements, alternative development visions and cultural politics instead of remaining confined to the ‘security’ discourse on Pakistan and Kashmir South Asian government, politics, policy

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 325pp 978-1-108-49744-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Jan Breman | Universiteit van Amsterdam

Jan Breman analyses labour bondage in India’s changing political economy from 1962 to 2017. Focusing on what has happened since Independence, he argues that colonial rule changed the country’s agrarian economy. Capitalism has led to progressive inequality, lack of welfare and the exclusion of the dispossessed from mainstream society. • Rejects the idea that social development is linear • Challenges the trickle-down notion of progress • Suggests that capitalism is detrimental to the spread of welfare South Asian government, politics, policy

South Asian government, politics, policy | South Asia in the Social Sciences, 8

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47363-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Between Coercion and Consent Douglas Kammen | National University of Singapore

Explores the modes by which rulers have exercised power in Timor-Leste. Contrasts coercion under colonial rule and consent expressed through the 1999 referendum on independence. Since the restoration of independence, politics in TimorLeste are understood in terms of economic constraints, and latterly a ruling strategy based on inducements. South-East Asian government, politics, policy | Elements in Politics and Society in Southeast Asia

April 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 2 tables 978-1-108-45758-3 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Cambodia

Argues that following the 1993 United Nations intervention to promote democracy, the Cambodian People’s Party (CPP) perpetuated a patronage state. They maintained electoral authoritarianism, but saw increased political awareness among the public. This Element explores Cambodia’s return to authoritarianism, made possible in part by China’s pivot to Cambodia. About the Series The Elements series Politics and Society in Southeast Asia includes both countryspecific and thematic studies on one of the world’s most dynamic regions. Each title, written by a leading scholar of that country or theme, combines a succinct, comprehensive, up-to-date overview of debates in the scholarly literature with original analysis and a clear argument.

This book is an ethnographic exploration into the state’s responsibility to its people in the aftermath of a natural hazard based disaster. It examines state-citizen interaction in Pakistan after large scale floods devastated the country in 2010 and then again in 2011, and transforms our understanding of contemporary disasters. • Employs ethnographic methodology to ground its arguments • Draws on approaches from literature and other disciplines • Makes an academic argument while discussing and evaluating policy South Asian government, politics, policy

War, Maoism and Everyday Revolution in Nepal Ina Zharkevich | University of Oxford

Drawing on long-term fieldwork in the former Maoist heartland of Nepal, this book explores how the Maoist conflict transformed Nepali society between 1996–2006. It demonstrates how the everyday became a primary site of revolution in Nepal during the war and people adopted previously transgressive practices and recreated their lives. • Contains verses, fables and paintings by children studying in Maoist schools • Includes maps and images compiled from the field South Asian government, politics, policy | South Asia in the Social Sciences

Politics and Society in Southeast Asia

Cambodia: Return to Authoritarianism

Cambodia

Islamists, the State and a Social Contract in Pakistan Ayesha Siddiqi | Royal Holloway, University of London

Drawing data from multiple sources, Un argues that following the 1993 United Nations intervention to promote democracy, the Cambodian People’s Party (CPP) perpetuated a patronage state weak in administrative capacity but strong in coercive capacity. This enabled them to maintain the presence of electoral authoritarianism, but increased political awareness among the public, the rise in political activism among community-based organizations, and a united opposition led to the emergence of a counter-movement. Sensing that this counter-movement might be unstoppable, the CPP has returned Cambodia to authoritarianism, a move made possible in part by China’s pivot to Cambodia.

In the Wake of Disaster

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 445pp 978-1-108-49746-6 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

This book looks at why rural Pakistani citizens vote despite their limited political agency owing to high levels of socio-economic inequality. It finds that electoral politics enables marginalized voters to strategically further their interests vis-à-vis elite groups, but that persistent inequality limits their ability to organize or compete. • The book’s analysis is based on original data, the likes of which has not been used to study Pakistan’s voting majority before • Offers a micro-level perspective with new and deeper insights into potential directions for political reform • Provides a new typology of voters, which nuances the usual dichotomy drawn between clientelism and programmatic politics

Return to Authoritarianism Kheang Un | Northern Illinois University

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 210pp 978-1-108-47292-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Democracy under Inequality in Rural Pakistan Shandana Khan Mohmand | University of Sussex

Independent Timor-Leste C

Capitalism, Inequality and Labour in India

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48241-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Crafty Oligarchs, Savvy Voters

Series Editors Edward Aspinall Australian National University Meredith L. Weiss University at Albany, SUNY

Kheang Un

Cover image: tashechka/Shutterstock

ISSN 2515-2998 (online) ISSN 2515-298X (print)

South-East Asian government, politics, policy | Elements in Politics and Society in Southeast Asia

February 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-45793-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Vietnam A Pathway from State Socialism Thaveeporn Vasavakul | Governance Support Facility Initiatives, California

Focuses on the transformation of the Vietnamese state as it transitioned away from a centrally planned socialist regime. It examines the drivers of socialist-regime change, the nature of the emergent state, and the basis of regime legitimacy in Vietnam. South-East Asian government, politics, policy | Elements in Politics and Society in Southeast Asia

February 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-45907-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

and reaction; 6. The imposition of institutional authoritarianism; 7. Horizontal diffusion and vertical promotion in the autocratic wave; Part III. Comparative Perspectives and Theoretical Conclusions: 8. Reactionary waves across history; 9. Conclusion: theoretical reflections.

The Politics of the Core Leader in China Culture, Institution, Legitimacy, and Power Xuezhi Guo | Guilford College, North Carolina

This book provides the most comprehensive study of the ‘core’ of the Chinese Communist Party’s leadership and meticulously analyses its cultural, philosophical, and ideological origins. It introduces a new direction of research and offers an alternative conceptual approach for the study of the ‘core’ leader and the CCP elite politics. • Provides the first full-length scholarly study of the Chinese paramount leader and the role of the ‘core’ leader in the Chinese Communist Party elite politics • Proposes an eclectic approach that facilitates interpretation of the ‘core’ leader in Chinese politics • Introduces a new direction of research and an alternative conceptual approach for the study of the ‘core’ leader and the Chinese Communist Party elite politics East Asian government, politics, policy

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 438pp 7 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-48049-9 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

The Political Economy of Taxation in Latin America

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 3 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-48355-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-72883-6 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Religion and Brazilian Democracy Mobilizing the People of God Amy Erica Smith | Iowa State University

This book will appeal to academics and nonacademics interested in Brazilian and Latin American politics, as it provides the first rigorous yet accessible book-length account of evangelical and Catholic politics in this century. It will also be of interest to academics and undergraduate students studying religion and democratic representation worldwide. • Incorporates many vivid anecdotes of religious politics in Brazil • Incorporates multiple forms of qualitative and quantitative evidence • Develops a broader explanation of the causes and consequences of evangelical politics in the developing world Latin American government, politics, policy | Cambridge Studies in Social Theory, Religion and Politics

Edited by Gustavo A. Flores-Macías | Cornell University, New York

This book offers a comprehensive, region-wide examination of the politics of taxation in Latin America, one of the most pressing issues to confront the region. It will interest scholars across political science, sociology, economics and public policy who study political economy in the developing world, as well as policymakers. • Focuses on the politics of taxation, rather than the design of tax reforms • Provides the first region-wide assessment, shedding light on Latin America’s overall tax burden and progressivity, as well as differences across countries • Considers a range of political factors, including interest groups, public opinion, and ideology Latin American government, politics, policy

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 288pp 16 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-108-47457-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Latin American government, politics, policy

Revolution and Reaction The Diffusion of Authoritarianism in Latin America Kurt Weyland | University of Texas, Austin

Weyland examines the efforts inspired by the Cuban Revolution to bring change to Latin America. These progressive initiatives, however, instilled fears of Communism and led the military to overthrow democracies in many countries. It will appeal to graduate students and researchers in Latin American politics, democratization, and authoritarianism. • Examines how progressive initiatives provoked a reactionary backlash and highlights paradoxical political events and their tragic consequences • Demonstrates the cognitive distortions and deviations from rationality that affected a wide range of political forces • Speaks to the ongoing debate about rationality in political science and thus makes a theoretical contribution that goes far beyond the specific substantive topic

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 240pp 28 b/w illus. 978-1-108-48211-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Legislative Development in Africa Politics and Post-Colonial Legacies Kennedy Ochieng’ Opalo | Georgetown University, Washington DC

What explains the variation in the functions and powers of various legislatures throughout Africa? Under what conditions can powerful and independent democratic legislatures emerge from their autocratic foundations? In this book, Ken Ochieng’ Opalo explains the roles of African legislatures and looks at their development since colonial rule. • Outlines a simple theory of legislative development over time both under autocracy and following transition to electoral democracy in Africa • Offers a new perspective on the relationship between executive strength and autocratic institutionalization • Illuminates both the organizational and political origins of legislative institutionalization, strength, and independence, which will appeal to both academics and policy-makers African government, politics, policy

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 292pp 978-1-108-49210-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Contents: Part I. Theoretical Considerations: 1. Introduction; 2. The difficulty of accounting for reverse waves; 3. A theory of reactionary waves; Part II. Revolution and the Reactionary Backlash in Latin America: 4. Diffusion effects of the Cuban Revolution; 5. Waves of radicalization

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas / Psychology

Mines, Communities, and States

Boundaries, Communities, and State-Making in West Africa

The Local Politics of Natural Resource Extraction in Africa Jessica Steinberg | Indiana University, Bloomington

When do local communities benefit from natural resource extraction? This book explores why mining companies distribute benefits of mineral extraction locally, when local communities are dissatisfied and protest, and how governments respond. In this book, Jessica Steinberg focuses on Africa, where natural resources are extremely important for the national economy. • Provides a mixed methods approach • Readers can understand the context of how this plays out on the ground and why it matters, through the case studies • Considers the role (and power) of local communities African government, politics, policy

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-108-47693-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Piracy in Somalia Violence and Development in the Horn of Africa Awet Tewelde Weldemichael | Queen’s University, Ontario

Somali piracy has exacted heavy economic and human tolls, as well as posing significant security risks. Based on extensive fieldwork over six years, this book provides an in-depth examination of its causes, dynamics, and consequences, thereby filling an important gap for policymakers, scholars, students, and the general public. • Unearths new material on piracy in Somalia • Challenges the conventional view of local criminality as a driver • Brings to light the inner workings of the predatory enterprise • Documents domestic consequences of piracy and successful local antipiracy initiatives Contents: Preface and acknowledgments; Introduction: locating Somali piracy in space and discourse; 1. Global root causes and local circumstances of early piracy in Somalia; 2. From cascading troubles of Somali fisheries to the onset of predatory piracy; 3. The epic spiraling of ransom piracy; 4. Local consequences of and responses to piracy; 5. International counterpiracy as a means and an end; Conclusion: IUU fishing is back! When will piracy?; Bibliography; Index. African government, politics, policy

January 2019 228 x 152 mm 256pp 17 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-49696-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-73928-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

The Centrality of the Margins Paul Nugent | University of Edinburgh

Whereas border regions are often treated as marginal, Paul Nugent demonstrates through a comparison of two African sub-regions that they are in fact vital in the process of shaping state forms and forging social contracts. Border regions are fundamental to the making of regional and national economies and to patterns of contemporary urbanism. • Offers an extended comparison between two regions of Africa, making this analysis both wide-ranging and in-depth • Operates at different scales – regional, national and local – and shows how these are connected • Brings together discussion of some key elements in the study of African history: borders, cities, states and economies Contents: 1. Centering the margins: states, borderlands and communities; Part I. From Frontiers to Boundaries: 2. Configurations of power in comparative perspective: commerce, people and belief to c.1880; 3. Port cities, frontiers and boundaries: spatial lineages of the colonial state; Part II. States and Taxes, Land and Mobility: 4. Constructing the compound, keeping the gate: a fiscal anatomy of colonial state-making, c.1900–40; 5. Being seen like a state: frontier logics, colonial administration and traditional authority in the borderlands; 6. Border regulation and statemaking at the margins: taxation, migration and contraband during the interwar years; 7. Land, belief and belonging in the borderlands; Part III. Decolonization and Boundary Closure, 1939–69: 8. Bringing the space back in: decolonization, development and territoriality c.1939–60; 9. The vanishing horizon of Senegambian unity: statist visions and border dynamics; 10. Forging the nation, contesting the border: identity politics and border dynamics in the Trans-Volta; Part IV. States, Social Contracts and Respacing From Below, 1970–2010; 11. Barnacle states and boundary lines: states, trade and urbanism in the Senegambia; 12. The remaking of Ghana and Togo at their common border: Alhaji Kalabule meets Nana Benz; 13. Boundaries, communities and ‘re-membering’: festivals and the negotiation of difference; Conclusion. Boundaries and state-making: comparisons through time and space. African government, politics, policy | African Studies, 144

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 648pp 6 b/w illus. 15 maps 978-1-107-02068-9 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00 978-1-107-62250-0 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Psychology Children in Changing Worlds Sociocultural and Temporal Perspectives Edited by Ross D. Parke | University of California, Riverside

This book applies a historical, cultural, and life-course developmental framework to understand the factors affecting how children adjust to social, economic, and cultural challenges. Written by eminent scholars, it is ideal for researchers and graduate students in developmental and educational psychology, sociology, and anthropology of childhood. • The book is written by eminent scholars who offer authoritative overviews on a range of contemporary issues on children’s development in rapidly changing worlds • Provides a fresh theoretical perspective that includes a combination of contextual viewpoints, including historical, developmental, and cultural stances • Includes interdisciplinary commentators who place the chapters in perspective and offer insights about future directions Contents: Part I. Theoretical and Methodological Approaches: A CrossDisciplinary Challenge: 1. Theoretical orientation, methodological advances and a guide to the volume; Part II. Historical and Life Course Transitions: Economic and Demographic Change: 2. When societal events occur in lives: developmental linkages and turning points; 3. Entering adulthood in

Psychology

the Great Recession: a tale of three countries; 4. Developmental risk and resilience in the context of devastation and forced migration; 5. Children’s migratory paths between cultures: the effects of migration experiences on the adjustment of children and families; 6. Education in historical and cultural perspective; Part III. Social, Legal and Technological Change: Impact on Children: 7. The urban world of minority and majority children; 8. Changing family forms: the implications for children’s development; 9. Communication technologies and social transformation: their impact on human development; Part IV. Views of the Interdisciplinary Dialogue: From Developmental Psychology and Sociology: 10. A developmentalist’s viewpoint: ‘It’s about time!’ Ecological systems, transaction, and specificity as key developmental principles in children’s changing worlds; 11. A sociologist’s perspective. Developmental psychology

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-41710-5 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$105.00 978-1-108-40446-4 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$34.99

Empathy and Concern with Negative Evaluation in Intergroup Relations Implications for Designing Effective Interventions Jacquie D. Vorauer | University of Manitoba, Canada

This Element examines the link between belief in the benefits of empathy and concerns with negative evaluation causing adverse effects on individuals’ intergroup attitudes and behavior. It recommends when and how to encourage empathy in intergroup contexts, to realize its potential to foster stronger social bonds across group boundaries. Social psychology | Elements in Applied Social Psychology

P P

Intimate Relationships across Cultures

February 2019 229 x 152 mm 75pp 2 tables 978-1-108-71310-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Engaging Boys in Active Literacy

A Comparative Study Charles T. Hill | Whittier College, California

Evidence and Practice William G. Brozo | George Mason University, Virginia

This book presents the results of a ground breaking study that explores cross-cultural comparisons of romantic or sexual relationships from almost 9,000 participants worldwide, in order to answer the fundamental question: in what ways are intimate relationships similar around the world, and in what ways are they different? • Reports the results of a comprehensive cross-cultural study of intimate relationships, comprising almost 9,000 participants across six continents • Develops comprehensive models to make predictions of having a current relationship, relationship satisfaction, and relationship commitment • Explores the similarities, not just the differences, across eight relationship types and nine cultural regions • Includes twenty ‘Spotlights’ guest-written by Hill’s global research collaborators; these Spotlights provide country-specific data and analyses, adding nuance and texture to the findings

This is the ideal resource for practitioners in the field of literacy or undergraduate and graduate students in literacy and related programs. The book’s wide coverage of the topic also makes it suitable for scholars in gender studies, learning disabilities, and additional language acquisition. • Strikes an appropriate balance between research and practice • Geared towards readers from both scholarly and practical backgrounds • Includes a strong evidence-base for several key factors associated with boys’ literacy development • Presents synopses of boys from a range of backgrounds and abilities

Contents: Foreword; Introduction: why was this book written?; 1. How do we know what matters in intimate relationships?; 2. Why do people seek intimate relationships?; 3. How are intimate partners selected?; 4. What is love and how is intimacy expressed?; 5. How do sexual attitudes and behaviors matter?; 6. What are the dynamics of exchange and power?; 7. How do couples cope with conflict?; 8. How do external factors matter in intimate relationships?; 9. How do intimate relationships relate to well-being?; 10. How do the predictions combine in comprehensive models?; 11. How much do the levels of factors vary?; 12. What are the implications of the study?; 13. How might the findings apply to other social relationships?; Epilogue: what future research is needed?

Educational psychology

Social psychology | Advances in Personal Relationships

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 272pp 12 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19662-9 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$105.00 978-1-316-64740-0 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Contents: Introduction; 1. Boys’ reading and learning: identifying the issues; 2. Boys and literacy: a closer look; 3. Boys’ masculinities and identities: evidence and practice; 4. Socio-economics and boys: evidence and practice; 5. Immigrant and new language learner boys: evidence and practice; 6. Literacy engagement and boys: evidence and practice; 7. Boys and new literacies: evidence and practice; 8. Boys and writing: evidence and practice. July 2019 228 x 152 mm 332pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49863-0 Hardback c. £63.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-72427-2 Paperback c. £23.99 / c. US$35.99

P P

The Neuroethics of Memory From Total Recall to Oblivion Walter Glannon | University of Calgary

Using a framework informed by neuroscience, psychology, and philosophy, this book addresses a range of metaphysical, ethical, and legal issues in modelling and modifying human memory. Its arguments and conclusions will interest clinical neuroscientists, psychologists, philosophers, and legal theorists. • Explores the metaphysical, ethical, and legal implications of modelling and modifying human memory • Examines the neuroscientific and philosophical aspects of the connection between consciousness and memory • Investigates how pharmacology and neurotechnology can improve, weaken, or erase memory Contents: Introduction; 1. Memory systems and memory stages; 2. Agency, identity and dementia; 3. Anesthesia, amnesia and recall; 4. Disorders of memory content and interventions; 5. Disorders of memory capacity and interventions; 6. Legal issues in memory; Epilogue. The future of memory. Cognition

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 245pp 978-1-107-13197-2 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$105.00 978-1-107-58341-2 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Psychology / Social Science Research Methods

TEXTBOOK

Global Changes in Children’s Lives

The Neuroscience of Addiction Francesca Mapua Filbey | University of Texas, Dallas

This book answers a growing need for accessible information on the neuroscience of addiction among both students and the public. Targeted at undergraduates, post-graduates and informed laypeople, it is a ready-made textbook for courses on addiction. • Provides current examples of addiction in practical settings • Keywords and concepts are clearly defined for interdisciplinary students and lay-readers • Learning objectives and questions are supplied for students to concretely evaluate their understanding of the material, and instructors can use them as teaching devices

Contents: Preface; 1. What is addiction?; 2. Human neuroscience approaches towards the understanding of addiction; 3. Brain-behavior theories of addiction; 4. From the motivation to initiate drug use to recreational drug use: reward and motivational systems; 5. Intoxication; 6. Withdrawal; 7. Craving; 8. Impulsivity; 9. Impacts of brain-based discoveries on prevention and intervention approaches; 10. Conclusions; Glossary; Index. Health and clinical psychology | Cambridge Fundamentals of Neuroscience in Psychology

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 206pp 64 b/w illus. 8 colour illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-12798-2 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 P 978-1-107-56733-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99 P

Uwe P. Gielen | St Francis College, New York

This Element compares the nature of childhood in four representative societies differing in their subsistence activities: bands of Australian huntergatherers, Tibetan nomadic pastoralists, peasants and farmers residing in Maya villages and towns, and South Korean students growing up in a digital information society. Cultural psychology | Elements in Psychology and Culture

December 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 5 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-46163-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00 P

Gene-Culture Interactions Toward an Explanatory Framework Heewon Kwon | University of Hawaii, Manoa

In this Element, Heewon Kwon and Joni Y. Sasaki review key findings and theories in gene-culture interaction research. Next, they discuss current issues and future directions in gene-culture research that may illuminate the path toward an explanatory framework. Cultural psychology | Elements in Psychology and Culture

February 2019 229 x 152 mm 80pp 978-1-108-46166-5 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Social Science Research Methods

The Cambridge Handbook of the Intellectual History of Psychology Robert J. Sternberg | Cornell University, New York

This Handbook presents the intellectual history and surrounding context of theories and research across a range of psychological domains. The book is topically organized, much like an introductorypsychology text, so readers can discover the intellectual history of the particular fields of psychology that interest them. • Topically organized so that readers can learn about the history of the particular fields of psychology that interest them • Offers a rich context in which to explore the intellectual foundations of contemporary psychology • Includes perspectives from scholars from a broad range of domains within psychology, including neuroscience, and developmental, clinical, cognitive, and social psychology History of psychology | Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

June 2019 253 x 177 mm 514pp 17 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-41869-0 Hardback £145.00 / US$185.00 978-1-108-40634-5 Paperback £44.99 / US$56.99

R P

Qualitative Studies of Silence The Unsaid as Social Action Edited by Amy Jo Murray | University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa

This book opens the topic of conversational, interpersonal, and collective silences to qualitative researchers who have traditionally focused on what people say and do. It will help students and researchers study the unsaid and analyse how it is communicated and functions psychologically in relationships, academia, and society. • The first book of its kind on the qualitative methodology of silence • Provides practical examples of analysis for researchers, scholars, and students • Supports critical scholarship of ideology by showing how silence is a form of social action Psychology research methods/statistics

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42137-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

TEXTBOOK

Advanced Research Methods for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Edited by John E. Edlund | Rochester Institute of Technology, New York

This book teaches research methods across the social and behavioral sciences. Written by an interdisciplinary team of global experts covering diverse research methods – including research design, research tools, and statistical techniques – this text is invaluable for advanced undergraduates, graduate students, and professional researchers alike. • A research methods volume written for advanced undergraduate students, graduate students, and those who already have a Ph.D. across the social and behavioral sciences • Contains contributors that span the social and behavioral sciences to allow for a better understanding of performing research within and across multiple disciplines • Supplies specific applications and tools to use in applying each method Contents: List of figures; List of tables; List of contributors; 1. A brief orientation to research methods and statistics for the social and behavioral sciences; Part I. Performing Good Research: 2. Reliability and validity of measurement in the social and behavioral sciences; 3. Performing research in the laboratory; 4. Field research; 5. Using the internet for research; Part II. Understanding Issues Present throughout the Research Process: 6. Issues in informed consent; 7. Participant preknowledge and attitudes in research; 8. Experimenter effects; 9. Suspicion probes and debriefing in the social and behavioral sciences; Part III. The Social and Behavioral Scientist’s Toolkit: 10. Physiological measures; 11. Eyetracking research; 12. Questionnaire design; 13. Reaction time measures in the social and behavioral sciences: speed matters; Part IV. Emerging Issues in Social and Behavioral Science Research: 14. Replications and the social and behavioural sciences; 15. Research ethics for the social and behavioral sciences; 16. Interdisciplinary research; 17. Cross-cultural research; Part V. New Statistical Trends in the Social and Behavioral Sciences:

Social Science Research Methods / Sociology

18. A gentle introduction to Bayesian statistics; 19. Development and applications of item response theory; 20. Social network analysis; 21. Meta analysis: an introduction; Appendix A: Metafor package R code for metaanalysis examples; Index. Qualitative methods

February 2019 253 x 177 mm 386pp 978-1-108-42593-3 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 978-1-108-44191-9 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99

X X

Sociology TEXTBOOK

Social Work

Spatial Differences in Hindu-Muslim Violence in Gujarat in 2002 Raheel Dhattiwala | Universiteit van Amsterdam

This book investigates geographic variation in Hindu-Muslim violence in Gujarat in 2002. It uses statistical and ethnographic methods to unpack mechanisms of crowd behaviour, intergroup relations, and political incentives driving the spread of collective violence, and aims to demonstrate the implicit political logic of the violence. • Contains macro-level analysis of 216 towns and rural areas, and interview excerpts of 162 respondents, including nine rioters • Includes end-of-chapter summaries, apart from the concluding chapter February 2019 228 x 152 mm 220pp 978-1-108-49759-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Social workers draw on a variety of theoretical perspectives to inform their practice and understand the settings in which they work. Social Work: From Theory to Practice explores practice theories through the discipline’s unique interpretive lens and demonstrates how these can be understood and enacted by practitioners in human services settings. • Includes new and enhanced material on trauma-informed practice, Indigenous practice and family violence • New case studies and examples provide practitioner perspectives on practice • Explores the way in which social theories have translated into social work practice Contents: 1. Social work knowledge, theory and practice; 2. Frameworks, models and practice; 3. Systems theories: ecological and crisis intervention approaches; 4. Onion-peeling theories: psychodynamic and person-centred approaches; 5. Faulty-engine theories: behavioural, cognitive behavioural and mindfulness approaches; 6. Story-telling theories: strengths-based, narrative and solution-focused approaches; 7. Mountain-moving theories: feminist, Indigenous and anti-oppressive approaches; 8. Reflective practice and theory; Concluding thoughts. Social theory

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Adivasis and the State Subalternity and Citizenship in India’s Bhil Heartland Alf Gunvald Nilsen | Universitet i Agder, Norway

This work deciphers how subalternity is both constituted and contested through state-society relations in India’s Bhil heartland. At the core of the book lies a concern with understanding the dialectics of power and resistance that give form and direction to the political economy of democracy and development in contemporary India. • A fine-grained and engaged historical ethnography of the making of subalternity and citizenship in Adivasi communities in rural India • Develops and deploys an innovative Gramscian approach to the study of how subalternity is constituted and contested in state-society relations • Written in an engaging style that will be accessible to non-specialist readers and a wide readership beyond the disciplinary confines of South Asia studies Sociology of race and ethnicity | South Asia in the Social Sciences, 7

Empathy Beyond US Borders

February 2019 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-49653-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$105.00

The Challenges of Transnational Civic Engagement Gary J. Adler, Jr | Pennsylvania State University

For social scientists studying transnational civic engagement, activism or religious movements, this book analyzes how empathy, awareness, and motivation are organized through travel and crosscultural engagement. Educational leaders who promote experiential learning or global citizenship programs can critically reflect on the organizational and cultural challenges of those initiatives. • Describes the phenomenon of immersion travel in relation to experiential learning and transnationalism • Uses multiple types of engaging data including quotations and vignettes from actual immersion trips • Clearly shows the benefits and downsides of transnational civic engagement through immersion travel Sociology of religion | Cambridge Studies in Social Theory, Religion and Politics

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 306pp 978-1-108-47456-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Keeping the Peace

Political sociology

From Theory to Practice Third edition Louise Harms | University of Melbourne

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 228pp 21 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-46084-2 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Appearance Bias and Crime Edited by Bonnie Berry | Social Problems Research Group

The book offers a new way of examining crime, criminal victimization, and crime control through the lens of appearance bias. It covers timely topics, such as human trafficking, terrorism, racial profiling, and the effects of inequality on appearance, and it offers policy and legislative recommendations and discussions of social movements. • Examines crime, victimization, and crime control in an entirely new context • Allows the reader to view crime, victimization, and crime control in novel ways, never before fully considered • Covers the range of crime control, as influenced by physical appearance bias, from the point of suspicion to the death penalty • Enlightens the reader to the previously unconsidered effects of physical appearance in crime control decisions Contents: Part I. Unattractiveness, Criminality, and Victimization: 1. Appearance and delinquency; 2. ‘Ugly’ criminals and ‘ugly’ victims: a quantitative analysis of add health data; Part II. Race, Ethnicity, and Nationality as Targeted Identities: 3. Racial profiling and reconciliation: the quest for indigenous justice in Canada; 4. Black Lives Matter: the watchdog for the criminal justice system; 5. An absence of appearance identifiers: misguided moral crusades in anti-human trafficking; Part III. The

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Sociology

Process of Social Control as Influenced by Appearance: 6. Becoming and being a woman prisoner: does appearance matter?; 7. The impact of victim attractiveness on victim blameworthiness and defendant guilt determinations in cases of domestic and sexual assault; 8. Do attractive women ‘get away’ with traffic violations? An observational study of police responses to traffic stops; 9. The police ‘presence’: public service versus intimidation; Part IV. Identifying Terrorists, Mistakenly or Not, by Appearance: 10. Dressed to kill: jihadi appearance and its significance in Austria and beyond; 11. Charisma, prisoner radicalization, and terrorism: the role of appearance; Part VI. Very Visible Differences: Orientation, Disability, Freaks, and Clowns and their Relationship to Crime and Victimization: 12. Queer looking: appearance and LGBTQ citizens’ victimization and interactions with the criminal justice system; 13. Visible disabilities and risk of interpersonal victimization; 14. Remarkably unique human appearances: scary clowns and freaks; 15. Appearance criminology: a new approach toward equitable treatment; Index.

developments in the European criminal justice system; 57. The European Union and judicial cooperation; 58. The longer arm of the law: the growth and limits of international law enforcement and criminal justice cooperation; 59. International co-operation to combat money laundering; Part VIII. International Research and Crime Statistics: 60. National crime statistics: US uniform crime reports and the National Crime Victimization Survey; 61. Highlights of the International Crime Victims Survey; 62. Crossnational comparisons based on official statistics of crime; 63. International self-report delinquency; 64. Qualitative comparative criminological research methods; Part IX. International Research Resources: 65. International criminal justice: printed and electronic media, journals and professional associations; 66. World criminal justice library network. Criminology

May 2019 253 x 177 mm 550pp 11 b/w illus. 2 maps 13 tables 978-1-108-49787-9 Hardback £96.99 / US$125.00 P 978-1-108-70883-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99 P

Criminology

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 400pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42231-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-43201-6 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

International and Transnational Crime and Justice Second edition Edited by Mangai Natarajan | John Jay College of Criminal Justice, City University of New York

Transnational and international crime and justice is a new, evolving field that covers crime and justice from a global perspective. This cutting-edge book can be used as a textbook, a supplementary text and as a source book for undergraduate and graduate students. • Will be the standard text for undergraduates and graduate students in criminology • Provides up to date information and topics in the evolving field of international and transnational criminal justice • Includes original research by both established and emerging scholars in the field Contents: Foreword; Preface; Introduction; Part I. International Criminology: 1. The globalization of crime; 2. Routine activities and transnational crime; 3. Migration and crime; 4. Political violence: a criminological analysis; 5. International victimology; 6. Children and international criminal justice; 7. Women and international criminal justice; 8. Culture and crime; Part II. Law, Punishment, and Crime Control Philosophies of the World: 9. Legal systems of the world; 10. Punishment philosophies; 11. Cross-national measures of punitiveness; 12. Prisons around the world; 13. Crime prevention in international context; Part III. Transnational Crime: 14. International drug trafficking; 15. Trafficking in human beings; 16. International trafficking of stolen vehicles; 17. Small arms trafficking; 18. Trafficking in art, antiquities, and cultural heritage; 19. The illegal cigarette trade; 20. Cyber crime; 21. International fraud; 22. Money laundering; 23. Child pornography; 24. Maritime crimes; 25. Transnational environmental crime; 26. The Bhopal gas disaster and corporate criminal negligence; 27. Endangered species markets: a focus for criminology?; 28. Corruption; 29. Tourist and visitor crimes; Part IV. Organized Crime and Terrorism: 30. Transnational organized crime; 31. The rise of Balkan organized crime; 32. Russian organized crime/ groups; 33. The Italian mafia; 34. Extortion and organized crime; 35. Asian organized crime groups; 36. Drug cartels: neither holy, nor Roman, nor an empire; 37. International implications of domestic terrorism; 38. Terrorism; Part V. International Crime: 39. Genocide, war crimes, and crimes against humanity; 40. History of genocide; 41. Apartheid: a crime against humanity; 42. War crimes; 43. Crime of aggression; Part VI. Delivering International Justice: 44. The role of the United Nations; 45. Treaties and international law; 46. International criminal tribunals; 47. The international criminal court – ICC; 48. The ICC processing of the Darfur situation; 49. Victims’ rights in the international criminal court; 50. NGOs and international criminal justice; 51. Human rights commissions; 52. The truth and reconciliation commission in South Africa; 53. The Guatemalan truth commission; Part VII. International Cooperation and Criminal Justice: 54. World policing systems; 55. Cross-border policing; 56. Challenge and transition – policing

Police Innovation Contrasting Perspectives Second edition David Weisburd | George Mason University, Virginia

This book is for researchers, students, and lay people hoping to understand policing in the twenty-first century. Written in an advocate/ critic style, it will not only interest readers but also provide them with a balanced view of the complexity of drawing conclusions about police strategies. • Utilizes the advocate/critic approach and gives the reader an understanding of how you can pay attention to the evidence and still come to different conclusions • Provides the most extensive coverage of what has come to be called proactive policing, a very controversial and much discussed public issue • Offers examinations from leading police scholars of eleven key innovations in policing Contents: Introduction: the context of police innovation; Part I. Community Policing: 1. Advocate: community policing; 2. Critic: community policing: a skeptical view; Part II. Broken Windows Policing: 3. Advocate: of ‘broken windows’ criminology and criminal justice; 4. Critic: incivilities reduction policing, zero tolerance, and the retreat from coproduction: even weaker foundations and stronger pressures; Part III. Procedural Justice Policing: 5. Advocate: procedural justice policing; 6. Critic: the limits of procedural justice; Part IV. Problem-Oriented Policing: 7. Advocate: why problem-oriented policing; 8. Critic: problem-oriented policing: the disconnect between principles and practice; Part V. Pulling Levers (Focused Deterrence) Policing: 9. Advocate: policing and the lessons of focused deterrence; 10. Critic: partnership, accountability, and innovation: clarifying Boston’s experience with focused deterrence; Part VI. Third-Party Policing: 11. Advocate: third-party policing; 12. Critic: third-party policing: a critical view; Part VII. Compstat: 13. Advocate: Compstat’s innovation; 14. Critic: changing everything so that everything can remain the same: Compstat and American policing; Part VIII. Hot Spots Policing: 15. Advocate: hot spots policing as a model for police innovation; 16. Critic: the limits of hot spots policing; Part IX. Predictive Policing: 17. Advocate: predictive policing; 18. Critic: predictive policing: where’s the evidence?; Part X. EvidenceBased / Risk-Focused Policing: 19. Advocate: evidence-based policing for crime prevention; 20. Critic which evidence? What knowledge? Broadening information about the police and their interventions; Part XI. Technology Policing: 21. Advocate technology in policing; 22. Critic: the limits of police technology; Conclusion: police innovation and the future of policing. Criminology

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 480pp 11 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-41781-5 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-40591-1 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

Sociology / Computer Science

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Design and Analysis of Algorithms

TEXTBOOK

Engaging with Social Work

A Contemporary Perspective Sandeep Sen | Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi

A Critical Introduction Second edition Christine Morley | Queensland University of Technology

Engaging with Social Work equips students with a critical perspective and develops their understanding of social work and human services practice, with an emphasis on the principles of social justice and human rights. This fully revised second edition includes a new chapter on the emerging challenges and opportunities for social work. • Provides an integrated critical perspective to practising social work and encourages the reader to challenge dominant social discourses and to consider their own personal values, biases and assumptions • This new edition covers the prominent topics of family violence, critical practice with diverse communities and responding to the rise in global inequality • A new instructor website includes links to video resources and web materials, accompanied by extension questions Contents: 1. The critical potential of social work; 2. Where in the world are we? The contexts of practice; 3. What can we do? A critical response to social contexts; 4. How did we get here? The history of critical social work; 5. Values and ethics for critical practice; 6. Theories for practice; 7. Social work practice; 8. Diverse voices; 9. Fields of practice; 10. Contemporary and emerging challenges (and opportunities) for social work; 11. Advancing critical social work into the future. Social policy and social work

January 2019 255 x 190 mm 268pp 46 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-45281-6 Paperback £54.99 / US$74.99

A valuable text in the field of computer science and engineering, covering fundamental concepts and recent advancements. To help the reader to design/redesign algorithms for their requirements rather than be overawed by the challenges of a new framework. • Discusses important concepts including graph algorithms, parallel algorithms and approximation algorithms that are explained in detail • Emphasizes alternate and realistic computational frameworks including parallel, memory hierarchy and streaming • Covers new models of computation including string matching, streaming algorithms and geometric algorithms • Real-life applications and numerical problems are spread throughout the text for the benefit of the readers Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; 1. Model and analysis; 2. Basics of probability and tail inequalities; 3. Warm up problems; 4. Optimization I: brute force and greedy strategy; 5. Optimization II: dynamic programming; 6. Searching; 7. Multidimensional searching and geometric algorithms; 8. String matching and finger printing; 9. Fast Fourier transform and applications; 10. Graph algorithms; 11. NP completeness and approximation algorithms; 12. Dimensionality reduction; 13. Parallel algorithms; 14. Memory hierarchy and caching; 15. Streaming data model; Appendix A. Recurrences and generating functions; Index. Algorithmics, complexity, computer algebra and computational geometry

February 2019 247 x 187 mm 350pp 978-1-108-49682-7 Hardback £44.99 / US$64.99 978-1-108-72199-8 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$64.99

P P

Integer Linear Programming in Computational and Systems Biology

Computer Science

An Entry-Level Text and Course Dan Gusfield | University of California, Davis

Finite-State Techniques Automata, Transducers and Bimachines Stoyan Mihov | Bulgarian Academy of Sciences

This text for graduate students and researchers gives a complete coverage of the field with mathematical rigour, from basics to advanced topics. It closes the gap between theory and real practice by providing full proofs and executable code for all algorithms, showcasing the efficient and elegant solutions that finite-state methods offer. • Goes beyond ‘read-only’ devices to cover the transformational devices that are of central interest in the field • End-of-chapter exercises enable readers to implement complex finitestate based procedures for interesting tasks • Provides executable source code in the new C(M) language, designed to focus on the high-level mathematical steps of a construction Contents: Part I. Formal Background: 1. Formal preliminaries; 2. Monoidal finite-state automata; 3. Classical finite-state automata and regular languages; 4. Monoidal multi-tape automata and finite-state transducers; 5. Deterministic transducers; 6. Bimachines; Part II. From Theory to Practice: 7. The C(M) language; 8. C(M) implementation of finite-state devices; 9. The Aho–Corasick algorithm; 10. The minimal deterministic finite-state automaton for a finite language; 11. Constructing finite-state devices for text rewriting; Bibliography; Index. Programming languages and applied logic | Cambridge Tracts in Theoretical Computer Science, 60

Integer linear programming is a versatile modeling and optimization technique with potential to transform biological computation. This handson text, designed for students, researchers, and professionals in both biology and computational fields, demonstrates applications in genomics, RNA and protein folding, DNA sequencing, phylogenetics, and more. • Presents the first-of-its-kind introduction to integer linear programming through the lens of computational and systems biology • Includes 330 extended examples and exercises which mix logical thinking and practical application • Accompanying software requires no previous computer programming knowledge and allows the reader to explore the material and develop skills in modeling and solving ILPs Contents: Preface; Part I: 1. A fly-over introduction; 2. Biological networks and graphs; 3. Character compatibility; 4. Near-cliques; 5. Parsimony in phylogenetics; 6. RNA folding; 7. Protein problems; 8. Tanglegrams; 9. TSP in genomics; 10. Molecular sequence analysis; 11. Metabolic networks and engineering; 12. ILP idioms; Part II: 13. Communities and cuts; 14. Corrupted data and extensions in phylogenetics; 15. More tanglegrams and trees; 16. Return to Steiner-trees; 17. Exploiting protein networks; 18. More strings and sequences; 19. Max-likelihood pedigrees; 20. Haplotyping; 21. Extended exercises; 22. What’s next?; Epilogue: opinionated comments. Computational biology and bioinformatics

June 2019 253 x 177 mm 455pp 123 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42176-8 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 324pp 46 b/w illus. 3 tables 45 exercises 978-1-108-48541-8 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99 P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Computer Science / Earth and Environmental Science

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Python by Example

TEXTBOOK

Data Mining and Data Warehousing Principles and Practical Techniques Parteek Bhatia | Thapar University, India

This textbook gives an in-depth discussion of basic principles and practical techniques of data mining and data warehousing. Theoretical concepts are discussed in detail with the help of practical examples. It covers data mining tools and language such as Weka and R language. • Discusses important concepts with their practical implementation using Weka and R Language data mining tools • Includes advanced topics such as big data analytics, relational data models and NoSQL that are discussed in detail • Pedagogical features including unsolved problems and multiplechoice questions are interspersed throughout the book for better understanding Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Dedication; 1. Beginning with machine learning; 2. Introduction to data mining; 3. Beginning with Weka and R language; 4. Data pre-processing; 5. Classification; 6. Implementing classification in Weka and R; 7. Cluster analysis; 8. Implementing clustering with Weka and R; 9. Association mining; 10. Implementing association mining with Weka and R; 11. Web mining and search engine; 12. Operational data store and data warehouse; 13. Data warehouse schema; 14. Online analytical processing; 15. Big data and NoSQL; Reference; Index.

Learning to Program in 150 Challenges Nichola Lacey | Nichola Wilkin Ltd, Cambridge

A refreshingly different and engaging way of learning how to program using Python. This book includes example code and brief student-friendly explanations, along with 150 progressively trickier challenges. As readers are actively involved in their learning, they quickly master the new skills and gain confidence in creating their own programs. • Includes example code to help readers create their own programs • Concise explanations provide students with the information they need while avoiding tedious detail • Possible answers at the end of each set of challenges provide immediate help where needed and suggest ways in which the problems may be solved General computer science

June 2019 276 x 219 mm 191pp 140 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-71683-3 Paperback c. £16.99 / c. US$22.99

Earth and Environmental Science

Knowledge management, databases, datamining

February 2019 244 x 170 mm 600pp 978-1-108-72774-7 Paperback £64.99 / US$84.99

Second edition Taras Gerya | Swiss Federal University (ETH), Zürich

Variational Bayesian Learning Theory Shinichi Nakajima | Technische Universität Berlin

Designed for researchers and graduate students in machine learning, this book introduces the theory of variational Bayesian learning, a popular machine learning method, and suggests how to make use of it in practice. Detailed derivations allow readers to follow along without prior knowledge of the specific mathematical techniques. • Provides a detailed theory of variational Bayesian learning and suggests various applications • Introduces and covers recent developments in non-asymptotic and asymptotic theory • The content is accessible to students without prior knowledge of techniques, featuring detailed derivations and explanations of new concepts Pattern recognition and machine learning

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 375pp 978-1-107-07615-0 Hardback c. £90.00 / c. US$120.00

Introduction to Numerical Geodynamic Modelling

The second edition of this popular introduction to numerical geodynamic modelling theory and applications features four new chapters. Based on the author’s experience of teaching the material, and including practical exercises and MATLAB® examples, this user-friendly resource encourages students and researchers to experiment with geodynamic models. • Provides an optimal study path based on the author’s extensive experience of teaching the topic • Continuum mechanics and numerical modelling are explained in simple terms, making this an accessible introductory text for graduate students • A uniform and simple numerical method is used enabling the reader to understand modelling of many complex problems using the same simple method • Many analytical and programming exercises are proposed with online MATLAB® examples provided, allowing students to test their knowledge Contents: 1. The continuity equation; 2. Density and gravity; 3. Numerical solutions of partial differential equations; 4. Stress and strain; 5. The momentum equation; 6. Viscous rheology of rocks; 7. Numerical solutions of the momentum and continuity equations; 8. The advection equation and marker-in-cell method; 9. The heat conservation equation; 10. Numerical solution of the heat conservation equation; 11. 2D thermomechanical code structure; 12. Elasticity and plasticity; 13. 2D implementation of viscoelasto-plasticity; 14. 2D thermomechanical modelling of inertial processes; 15. Seismo-thermomechanical modelling; 16. Hydro-thermomechanical modelling; 17. Adaptive mesh refinement; 18. The multigrid method; 19. Programming of 3D problems; 20. Numerical benchmarks; 21. Design of 2D numerical geodynamic models; Epilogue: outlook; Appendix: MATLAB® program examples; References; Index. Structural geology, tectonics and geodynamics

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 454pp 66 b/w illus. 192 colour illus. 978-1-107-14314-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 P

Earth and Environmental Science

Geologic Fracture Mechanics

Analytical Geomicrobiology

Richard A. Schultz | Orion Geomechanics, Texas

A Handbook of Instrumental Techniques Janice P. L. Kenney

An introduction to geologic fracture mechanics covering the common geologic structural discontinuities, for students, researchers and practitioners of structural geology, rock mechanics and reservoir geomechanics. It explores the formation, growth and interpretation of fractures and deformation bands, from theoretical and fieldbased perspectives. • Covers all the major and important types of geologic structural discontinuities in one place, providing a synoptic, unified treatment of the major structures • Introduces readers to fracture mechanics with applications to rock, highlighting how geologic structural discontinuities form, grow and interact from a fresh mechanics perspective • Discusses current hot topics such as displacement-length scaling and non-linear elastic fracture mechanics Structural geology, tectonics and geodynamics

July 2019 246 x 189 mm 550pp 978-1-107-18999-7 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99

Geochemistry and environmental chemistry

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

July 2019 246 x 189 mm 468pp 102 b/w illus. 978-1-107-07033-2 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99

A Fossil History of Southern African Land Mammals D. Margaret Avery | Iziko Museums of South Africa

A comprehensive reference on the taxonomy and distribution in time and space of all currently recognized southern African fossil mammals, covering the Eocene to the Holocene, with individual maps marking locations. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core. • Organized by age, taxonomy and location, readers can access relevant data by cross-referencing • Provides species lists for each site from which fossil mammals have been recovered which enables readers to check where taxa were found, as well as distributional information for each taxon • Contains extensive reference lists which allow readers to check information regarding each taxon and site • This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core Palaeontology and life history

May 2019 254 x 178 mm 250pp 1003 maps 5 tables 978-1-108-48088-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

This comprehensive handbook outlines the state-of-the-art analytical techniques used in geomicrobiology, guiding readers through each technique, including background theory, sample preparation, data collection and analysis, best practices and common pitfalls, and applications. It will be useful for advanced students, researchers, and professional scientists. • Provides the first comprehensive overview of the most important and emerging analytical techniques in geomicrobiology, to save readers having to scour the journal literature to find details on each technique • Case studies are used to guide readers through all stages of the techniques, from sample preparation to conducting experiments, interpreting results, detecting contamination or bad data, and overall best practices for each technique • Accompanied by a website written by the editors and authors, providing additional detailed information on various techniques mentioned in the book and updates on the latest technological developments

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

An Introduction to Reservoir Simulation Using MATLAB/GNU Octave User Guide for the MATLAB Reservoir Simulation Toolbox (MRST) Knut-Andreas Lie | SINTEF, Norway

This book provides an introduction to reservoir simulation, by a simulator developer. It contains a large number of numerical examples, which come fully equipped with online open-source code, allowing the reader to reproduce results and experiment with their own work. This title is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core. • Provides a self-contained introduction to reservoir simulation, even to those without a background in petroleum engineering • Discusses in detail how to implement the various parts that make up a reservoir simulator, allowing the reader to create their own simulator from scratch or by building on to existing community code • The book, also published as Open Access, acts as a user guide to a widely used open-source community code (MRST) Engineering, petroleum and mining geoscience

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 700pp 978-1-108-49243-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Earth and Environmental Science

Advanced Digital Signal Processing of Seismic Data

Coastal Hydrogeology Jimmy Jiao | The University of Hong Kong

An overview of digital signal processing (DSP) and its applications to exploration seismology. Presenting the necessary background in seismic theory, as well as over sixty exercises, seismic data sets and MATLAB® codes, it is an excellent resource for advanced students in electrical engineering and geophysics, and for petroleum professionals. • Provides worked examples, exercises and data sets allowing readers to relate theory to practise • Covers geophysical seismic theory for non-geophysicists, making the book accessible to readers who don’t have a background in seismology • Combines digital signal processing background and theory with applications to the processing of seismic data used in the exploration of petroleum reservoirs

Covering the topic of groundwater issues in coastal areas, this volume discusses hydrochemistry, submarine groundwater discharge, groundwater management, land reclamation, tide-induced groundwater in aquifers and airflow in unsaturated zones, and climate change and sea level rise. It is the ideal resource for students, practitioners and researchers. • The only up-to-date book on coastal hydrogeology with a comprehensive scope that extends beyond seawater intrusion • Covers recently emerged topics, such as submarine groundwater discharge and the impact of climate change and human activities on coastal aquifers • Combines fundamental theory and its application, bringing in numerous case studies to illustrate the relevance and practical implications for water management

Solid earth geophysics

Hydrology, hydrogeology and water resources

Wail A. Mousa | King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 368pp 978-1-107-03965-0 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$145.00

Air Pollution

TEXTBOOK

Concepts, Theory, and Applications Christian Seigneur | École des Ponts Paris Tech

Introduction to Seismology Third edition Peter M. Shearer | University of California, San Diego

A concise and accessible introduction to seismic theory, focusing on the mathematical fundamentals of global seismology. Aimed at advanced undergraduate and graduate students, this new edition has been updated to include recent advances in the field as well as new examples, review questions and computer-based exercises in MATLAB®/Python. • Offers a concise yet accessible introduction to seismic theory, with a focus on the mathematical fundamentals of global seismology • Includes both revised and new examples, review questions and computational exercises, giving students the opportunity to apply the techniques they have learned to compute key results and illustrate Earth’s seismic properties • Computer code examples in this book are now in MATLAB®/Python rather than in Fortran Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Stress and strain; 3. The seismic wave equation; 4. Ray theory: travel times; 5. Inversion of travel time data; 6. Ray theory: amplitude and phase; 7. Reflection seismology and related topics; 8. Surface waves and normal modes; 9. Earthquakes and source theory; 10. Earthquake prediction; 11. Seismometers and seismographs; 12. Earth noise; 13. Anisotropy; Appendices; Bibliography; Index. Solid earth geophysics

June 2019 246 x 189 mm 420pp 243 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-18447-3 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00 978-1-316-63574-2 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 426pp 978-1-107-03059-6 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99

Provides a complete coverage of air pollution from its sources to its health and environmental impacts. Ideal for graduate students, researchers, and air quality professionals. It addresses topics such as atmospheric dispersion, urban air pollution, acid rain, the stratospheric ozone layer, and interactions between climate change and air pollution. • Actual case studies are provided to exemplify the conceptual and theoretical aspects of various air pollution phenomena, allowing the reader to better understand how theoretical aspects can be applied to solve real-world problems • Provides the reader with a complete understanding of the air pollution problem and the implementation of solutions • The book is equally valuable for a graduate course as well as for researchers and air quality professionals Contents: Preface; 1. Brief history of air pollution; 2. Emissions of air pollutants and emission control technologies; 3. Meteorology: general circulation; 4. Air pollution meteorology; 5. Atmospheric radiative transfer and visibility; 6. Atmospheric dispersion; 7. The stratospheric ozone layer; 8. Gaseous pollutants; 9. Atmospheric particles; 10. Clouds and acid rain; 11. Transfer of pollutants between the atmosphere and surfaces; 12. Health effects; 13. Environmental impacts; 14. Climate change and air pollution; 15. Regulations and public policies; Index. Atmospheric science and meteorology

X X

July 2019 246 x 189 mm 380pp 978-1-108-48163-2 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99

Earth and Environmental Science

An Introduction to Tides

Planetary Geoscience

Theo Gerkema | Royal Netherlands Institute for Sea Research

Harry Y. McSween, Jr | University of Tennessee, Knoxville

A self-contained introduction to tides that will be useful as a textbook for courses on tides in oceans and coastal seas at an advanced undergraduate and postgraduate level, and will also serve as the go-to book for researchers and coastal engineers needing information about tides. • Widely accessible to students and researchers alike due to there being no need for prior knowledge of advanced mathematical methods to understand the material • Fills a need for an introductory textbook on tides since there is currently none available on the market • Material is logically ordered, making this book a useful guide in courses on tides Contents: Acknowledgment; 1. Introductory concepts; 2. Tidal forcing; 3. Celestial motions; 4. Tidal constituents and the harmonic method; 5. Tidal wave propagation; 6. Tides in coastal seas and basins; 7. Internal tides. Oceanography and marine science

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 200pp 101 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-47426-9 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$100.00 978-1-108-46405-5 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$44.99

P P

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Instability in Geophysical Flows William D. Smyth | Oregon State University

An Open Access overview of physical processes that generate instability in geophysical systems. It covers classical analytical approaches together with numerical methods for quick prediction of stability in a system. Including exercises and MATLAB® coding examples, it can be used for self-study or advanced courses in the environmental sciences. • Develops simple ‘rules of thumb’ for all classes of instabilities so that researchers can quickly estimate the potential for instability in any observation or measurement • Teaches numerical methods for two-point boundary value problems, enabling the reader to develop a toolkit of codes for use in their research on instabilities and internal waves • Focuses on mechanistic explanations for instabilities, enabling students to gain physical insight and make connections to their own experience of fluid phenomena • This book is also available as Open Access on Cambridge Core Contents: Preface; Part I. Normal Mode Instabilities: 1. Preliminaries; 2. Convective instability; 3. Instabilities of a parallel shear flow; 4. Parallel shear flow: the effects of stratification; 5. Parallel shear flow: the effects of viscosity; 6. Synthesis: viscous, diffusive, inhomogeneous, parallel shear flow; 7. Nonparallel flow: instabilities of a cylindrical vortex; 8. Instability in a rotating environment; 9. Convective instability in complex fluids; 10. Summary; Part II. The View Ahead: 11. Beyond normal modes; 12. Instability and turbulence; 13. Refining the numerical methods; Appendix A. Homework exercises; Appendix B. Projects; List of illustrations; List of tables; References; Index. Oceanography and marine science

May 2019 244 x 170 mm 338pp 144 b/w illus. 115 colour illus. 978-1-108-70301-7 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99 P

This textbook shows how planets are shaped by geologic processes and proves the similarities and differences between planets. Aimed at geoscience majors, it covers aspects of mineralogy, petrology, geochemistry, volcanology, sedimentology, geomorphology, tectonics, geophysics and remote sensing for a richer understanding of planetary evolution. • Focuses on geological processes, adopting a comparative approach that demonstrates the similarities and differences between planets, and the reasons for these • Provides an ideal capstone course for geoscience majors, bringing together aspects of mineralogy, petrology, geochemistry, volcanology, sedimentology, geomorphology, tectonics, geophysics and remote sensing • Includes chapter summaries providing a quick review of basic concepts and important relations; sets of questions to help students digest and synthesize the topics covered; lists of further reading providing students with additional and more detailed coverage of the subject and noting why they are significant; and a glossary of terms Contents: Preface; 1. Exploring the Solar System; 2. Toolkits for the planetary geoscientist: imaging and spectroscopy; 3. More toolkits for the planetary geoscientist: chronology, mapping, geophysics, and laboratory analysis; 4. Solar System raw materials; 5. Assembling planetesimals and planets; 6. Planetary heating and differential; 7. Unseen planetary interiors; 8. Planetary geodynamics; 9. Planetary structures and tectonics; 10. Planetary igneous activity; 11. Impact cratering as a geologic process; 12. Planetary atmospheres, oceans, and ices; 13. Planetary Aeolian processes and landforms; 14. Planetary fluvial and lacustrine landforms: products of liquid flow; 15. Physical and chemical changes: weathering, sedimentology, metamorphism, and mass wasting; 16. Astrobiology: a planetary perspective on life; 17. Integrated planetary geoscience: a case study (Mars); Epilogue: geologic processes in other Solar Systems?; Glossary; Index. Planetary science and astrobiology

July 2019 276 x 219 mm 400pp 978-1-107-14538-2 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$64.99

Remote Compositional Analysis Techniques for Understanding Spectroscopy, Mineralogy, and Geochemistry of Planetary Surfaces Edited by Janice L. Bishop | SETI Institute, California

This book provides a comprehensive overview of the theory and practical applications of spectroscopic, mineralogical, and geochemical techniques used in planetary remote sensing. It describes state-of-the-art developments in analyzing the chemistry and mineralogy of the surfaces of planets, moons, asteroids, and comets. • Provides comprehensive insight into surface composition of bodies in our Solar System, including the latest results from recent and current planetary missions • Presents laboratory measurement techniques and spectra for numerous rocks and minerals (including ices and organics), providing a useful source of spectral properties and lab data for those analyzing data from current and upcoming missions • Includes detailed discussions of field applications and analysis methods, benefitting readers applying spectroscopic and geochemical methods to complex systems • Covers theoretical background information for several types of spectroscopy and other remote sensing techniques, as well as data analysis procedures for new instruments, allowing a fundamental understanding of a wide variety of methods Planetary science and astrobiology | Cambridge Planetary Science, 24

August 2019 247 x 174 mm 550pp 32 b/w illus. 147 colour illus. 978-1-107-18620-0 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$110.00 P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Earth and Environmental Science / Engineering

Carbon Markets in a ClimateChanging Capitalism

Urban Climate Politics

Gareth Bryant | University of Sydney

The book is for students, researchers, policy makers and campaigners who are interested in climate change and climate policy, and the political economy of capitalism and the environment. It provides an overview and evaluation of global carbon markets, and develops new insights on the commodification of nature. • Introduces the notion of ‘climate-changing capitalism’ as a new way of conceptualising the co-production of capitalism and climate change • Develops a critical and interdisciplinary perspective on capitalist relations with nature to show the shortcomings of dominant economic thinking and the advantages of a political economy approach • Delivers a multi-dimensional evaluation of climate policy that will allow readers to assess the impact of carbon markets on climate change as a socio-ecological, economic and political crisis Environmental policy, economics and law

February 2019 247 x 174 mm 190pp 7 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42173-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Agency and Empowerment Edited by Jeroen van der Heijden | Victoria University of Wellington

An overview of the forms of agency in urban climate politics, including their strengths, limitations and the power dynamics between them. Written by renowned scholars from around the globe, it is ideal for researchers and practitioners working in the area of urban climate politics and governance. • Illustrative case studies from across the world help the reader understand the theoretical concepts and debates discussed • Contains accessible chapters which provide a comprehensive overview of urban climate governance since the early 1990s • Unpacks the broad notion of ‘cities’ into the individuals and organisations that act on climate change at the city level Environmental policy, economics and law

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 266pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49297-3 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-73022-8 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

Sustainable Development in Practice

Engineering

Applying Sustainomics to Implement the Sustainable Development Goals Second edition Mohan Munasinghe | Munasinghe Institute for Development, Sri Lanka

Nonlinear-Emission Photonic Glass Fiber and Waveguide Devices

Provides a rigorous analysis of sustainable development today by applying the innovative ‘sustainomics’ framework globally. With case studies that are practical and policy-relevant, the book appeals to graduate students, researchers, course instructors, and policymakers in sustainable development, environmental policy, and environmental economics. • Reader-friendly organization presents theory followed by specific case studies, which are conveniently cross-referenced back to the theory sections • Each chapter begins with a summary to help easy location of the material covered • Provides substantive principles and practical applications to achieve sustainable development – humanity’s greatest challenge – free of technical jargon • Includes a comprehensive and up-to-date bibliography to allow readers to follow up on specific topics of interest, and annexes with additional mathematical and other details Environmental policy, economics and law

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 600pp 30 b/w illus. 978-1-108-40415-0 Paperback £74.99 / US$99.99

P P

Chun Jiang | Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China

Present a comprehensive introduction to the design of compact and broadband fiber and waveguide devices using active-ion-doped photonic glasses. Covering the state-of-the-art in the field, new applications, and mathematical modeling, it is ideal for researchers, practitioners and students in optical and electrical engineering. • Combines theory with practice, focusing on device design and development • Covers the state-of-the-art in the field, new applications, and mathematical modeling • Discusses the complementarity of emission spectra, and the energy transfer between active ions Electronic, optoelectronic devices, and nanotechnology

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 247pp 223 b/w illus. 978-1-108-41845-4 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

TEXTBOOK

Introduction to Optical Microscopy Second edition Jerome Mertz | Boston University

This self-contained new edition introduces the theory and practice of a range of classical and modern optical microscopy techniques. With two brand new chapters, it is ideal for graduate students in electrical engineering, biomedical engineering, and physics, and is an excellent resource for advanced undergraduates, researchers, and professionals. • Self-contained, covering fundamental physical theory as well as practical applications • Provides comprehensive coverage of both classical and modern optical microscopy techniques • Includes numerous end-of-chapter problems, with a solutions manual for instructors available online Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Monochromatic wave propagation; 3. Monochromatic field propagation through lens; 4. Intensity propagation; 5. 3D imaging; 6. Radiometry; 7. Intensity fluctuations; 8. Detection noise;

Engineering

9. Absorption and scattering; 10. Widefield microscopy; 11. Interference microscopy; 12. Optical coherence tomography; 13. Fluorescence; 14. Confocal microscopy; 15. Structured illumination microscopy; 16. Multiphoton microscopy; 17. Multiharmonic microscopy; 18. Pumpprobe microscopy; 19. Superresolution; 20. Imaging in scattering media; Appendix A. Properties of Fourier transforms; Appendix B. Miscellaneous math; Appendix C. Jones matrix description of polarization. Electronic, optoelectronic devices, and nanotechnology

July 2019 246 x 189 mm 526pp 164 b/w illus. 192 exercises 978-1-108-42830-9 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$109.99 X

Chemical Kinetics in Combustion and Reactive Flows: Modeling Tools and Applications

12. Reacting systems; 13. Chemical and phase equilibrium; Appendix A. Timeline; Appendix B. Thermodynamic properties of H2O; Appendix C. Thermodynamic and thermo-physical properties of air; Appendix D. Thermodynamic properties of ideal gases and carbon; Appendix E. Various thermodynamic data; Appendix F. Thermo-physical properties of selected gases at 1 atm; Appendix G. Thermo-physical properties of selected liquids; Appendix H. Thermo-physical properties of hydrocarbon fuels; Appendix I. Psychrometric charts; Answers to selected problems; Index. Thermal-fluids engineering

September 2019 279 x 216 mm 854pp 740 b/w illus. 365 colour illus. 978-1-107-17971-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$89.95 X PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Handbook of Industrial Crystallization

V. I. Naoumov | Central Connecticut State University

Introduces advanced mathematical tools for the modeling, simulation, and analysis of chemical non-equilibrium phenomena in combustion and flows, following a detailed explanation of the basics of thermodynamics and chemical kinetics of reactive mixtures. Researchers, practitioners, lecturers, and graduate students will find this work valuable. • The authors, who are recognized as some of the top researchers in their field and with over thirty years of experience, have developed their own original approaches, methods, and algorithms • Presents a wide variety of examples of the application of proposed methods, allowing readers to understand the subject in depth and construct their own original models • Will appeal to a wide readership because of the balanced coverage of fundamental material on chemical kinetics and thermodynamics

Third edition Allan S. Myerson | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Providing a firm foundation in the fundamentals of crystallization, followed by specific chapters on applications, this book is ideal as a reference for industrial and academic scientists and engineers. • Continued interest and new developments in the field make a third edition warranted, after the first two successful editions, and this edition includes new chapters and updates • Includes in the first several chapters the basics to get newcomers up to speed, and then following this, focuses on areas of industrial importance • Written by leaders and experts in the field of crystallization Chemical engineering

May 2019 276 x 219 mm 600pp 451 b/w illus. 978-0-521-19618-5 Hardback £145.00 / US$190.00

Thermal-fluids engineering

August 2019 247 x 174 mm 525pp 285 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42704-3 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$140.00

TEXTBOOK

Thermodynamics Concepts and Applications Second edition Stephen R. Turns | Pennsylvania State University

This fully revised second edition now matches the traditional sequence of course materials and provides a structured approach to teaching thermodynamics using everyday experiences and industrial applications. It is appropriate for undergraduate and graduate courses in mechanical engineering, nuclear engineering, and energy engineering. • Contains fifty percent more real-life examples and end-of-chapter problems, now arranged under section headings for better clarity • Offers new FE and EES/MATLAB® problems; the former encompassing topics on the FE exam and the latter providing students with a structure for good analysis methods that includes checking with hand calculations • Provides a wide range of pedagogical features, such as overview figures at the beginning of each chapter visually explaining how topics fit into the wider context of thermodynamics; in-text examples, followed by self-test questions, to help students assess their knowledge of the topics discussed; and key concepts and definitions checklists, conceptual questions and problems at the end of every chapter • NIST software available online provides properties for seventeen pure fluids and for air

Ambient Integrated Robotics Automation and Robotic Technologies for Maintenance, Assistance, and Service Thomas Bock | Technische Universität München

Guides students, as well as professionals and academics, to understand the new and growing research field of ambient/active assisted living (AAL). Provides an easy-to-understand medical perspective to architects, designers, and engineers, bridging the different disciplines and demonstrating how they fuse together to create the future of AAL technology. • Enables architects, designers, and engineers with non-medical backgrounds to understand complex topics, as well as understand the perspective of medical researchers • Includes numerous technological examples and research projects that allow for economists and industry leaders to estimate how the field will develop Engineering design, kinematics, and robotics

August 2019 247 x 174 mm 189pp 978-1-107-07598-6 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$125.00

Contents: Conversion factors; Preface; Acknowledgements; 1. Beginnings; 2. Thermodynamic properties, property relationships, and processes; 3. Conservation of mass; 4. Energy and energy transfer; 5. First law of thermodynamics; 6. Second law of thermodynamics and some of its consequences; 7. Entropy and availability; 8. Thermal-fluid analysis of steady-flow devices; 9. Systems for power production, propulsion, and heating and cooling; 10. Ideal-gas mixtures; 11. Air-vapor mixtures;

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Engineering

The Mechanics of Robot Grasping Elon Rimon | Technion – Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa

With introductory and advanced chapters that support senior undergraduate and graduate level robotics courses, this book provides a comprehensive review of robot grasping principles and insights on robot hand designs, and serves as a valuable reference for robotics researchers and practicing robot engineers. • Provides needed updates in the field as the first comprehensive textbook about robot grasping in thirty years • Compiles a large amount of research in a way that is approachable and easy to understand for different groups of robotics enthusiasts, helping readers learn both basic and advanced concepts • Provides 179 figures as well as worked out examples and exercises with full solutions, which help the reader understand the material and put it into practice Contents: 1. Introduction and overview; Part I. Basic Geometry of the Grasping Process: 2. Rigid-body configuration space; 3. Configuration space tangent and cotangent vectors; 4. Rigid body equilibrium grasps; 5. A catalog of equilibrium grasps; Part II. Frictionless Rigid Body Grasps and Stances: 6. Introduction to secure grasps; 7. First-order immobilizing grasps; 8. Second-order immobilizing grasps; 9. Minimal immobilizing grasps; 10. Multi-finger caging grasps; 11. Frictionless hand supported stances under gravity; Part III. Frictional Rigid-Body Grasps, Fixtures, and Stances: 12. Wrench resistant grasps; 13. Grasp quality functions; 14. Hand supported stances under gravity – Part I; 15. Hand supported stances under gravity – Part II; Part IV. Grasping Mechanisms: 16. The kinematics and mechanics of grasping mechanisms; 17. Grasp manipulability; 18. Hand mechanism compliance; Appendices; Index. Engineering design, kinematics, and robotics

August 2019 247 x 174 mm 530pp 179 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42790-6 Hardback c. £94.99 / c. US$120.00

Dynamics and Control of Autonomous Space Vehicles and Robotics Ranjan Vepa | Queen Mary University of London

Presents the established principles underpinning space robotics with a thorough and modern approach. This text is perfect for professionals in the field looking to gain an understanding of real-life applications of manipulators on satellites, and of the dynamics of satellites carrying robotic manipulators and of planetary rovers. • Includes in-depth information on several new topics that will help in tackling dynamics related problems associated with new and future space missions • Benefits researchers in spacecraft design by providing applications of a number of new and emerging methodologies for future autonomous systems • A unique approach to presenting the dynamics of space manipulators and planetary rovers helps in understanding space robotics Engineering design, kinematics, and robotics

April 2019 247 x 174 mm 400pp 177 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-42284-0 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

Signal Processing Algorithms for Communication and Radar Systems Kung Yao | University of California, Los Angeles

An authoritative text covering the key topics, concepts and analytical tools needed to understand modern communication and radar systems. With numerous examples, exercises and computational results, it is an invaluable resource for graduate students in electrical and computer engineering, and practitioners in communications and radar engineering. • Focuses on modern topics in signal processing, such as computational linear algebra theory and applications, beamforming, and array processing • Includes numerous analytical and computational examples, and end-ofchapter homework problems • Based on time-tested course material taught by the author at University of California, Los Angeles over several years Communications, information theory and signal processing

April 2019 247 x 174 mm 400pp 123 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42390-8 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Multi-resolution Image Fusion in Remote Sensing Manjunath V. Joshi | Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communication Technology, Gujarat

Presenting new advances in the field, this text will be a valuable reference for the students and researchers of image processing, multi-spectral imaging and remote sensing. It discusses tools and techniques of multi resolution image fusion with the necessary mathematical background. • Highlights use of edge-preserving filters in multi-resolution fusion • Provides detailed discussion on image fusion techniques for better assessment of images • Presents real-life applications and multi-resolution images for enhanced learning Image processing and machine vision

January 2019 246 x 189 mm 252pp 978-1-108-47512-9 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99

Surface Electromagnetics With Applications in Antenna, Microwave, and Optical Engineering Fan Yang | Tsinghua University, Beijing

Written by leading experts in the field, this text provides systematic coverage of the theoretical analysis, physics, functional designs, and engineering applications of advanced engineered electromagnetic surfaces. It is invaluable reading for researchers, practising engineers and students in electromagnetics, antennas, metasurfaces and optics. • Provides a comprehensive and systematic view of surface electromagnetics • Written by the leading experts in the field • Provides a wealth of examples demonstrating novel applications Electromagnetics

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 577pp 163 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47026-1 Hardback £145.00 / US$190.00

Engineering

Millimeter-Wave Circuits for 5G and Radar Edited by Gernot Hueber | Silicon Austria Labs, Austria

A comprehensive discussion of concepts, architectures, and techniques needed to design millimeter-wave circuits for current and emerging wireless system applications. Covering the full physical-layer design chain, and focusing on applications in 5G, connectivity, and radar, it is ideal for high-frequency circuit designers in academia and industry. • Includes the latest technology developments, such as FinFET logic process technology for RF and millimeter-wave applications • Covers the full design chain, from system design requirements through to building blocks, transceivers, and process technology • Written by leading experts in RFIC design RF and microwave engineering | The Cambridge RF and Microwave Engineering Series

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 438pp 978-1-108-49278-2 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$115.00

TEXTBOOK

Optimization Concepts and Applications in Engineering Third edition Ashok D. Belegundu | Pennsylvania State University

A revised and expanded third edition, this book integrates theory, modeling, the development of numerical methods, and problem solving to apply optimization to real-world problems. This book is ideal for advanced undergraduate, graduate and applied mathematics courses, as well as practicing engineers. • Teaches a variety of optimization topics in a manner that integrates theory, algorithms, modeling, and computer implementation • Gives students hands-on experience by providing in-house source codes in MATLAB®, JavaScript, Excel VBA, and Fortran, and also shows how readily available commercial software (Excel SOLVER and MATLAB® routines) can be used • Useful for students in academia as well as for practicing engineers, as solved examples teach how to tackle realistic engineering optimization problems • Provides detailed explanations of all concepts and solution algorithms Contents: Preface; 1. Preliminary concepts; 2. One-dimensional unconstrained minimization; 3. Unconstrained optimization; 4. Linear programming; 5. Constrained minimization; 6. Penalty functions, duality, and geometric programming; 7. Direct search methods for nonlinear optimization; 8. Multi-objective optimization; 9. Integer and discrete programming; 10. Dynamic programming; 11. Optimization applications for transportation, assignment, and network problems; 12. Finite element and simulation-based optimization; Index. Control systems and optimization

June 2019 253 x 177 mm 525pp 217 b/w illus. 77 tables 978-1-108-42488-2 Hardback £91.99 / US$120.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED TEXTBOOK

Numerical Methods Fundamentals and Applications Rajesh Kumar Gupta | Central University of Punjab, India

Written in a lucid manner, this textbook gives an in-depth discussion of basic and advanced concepts of numerical methods. C programming codes are included in the textbook for better understanding of concepts. Pedagogical features including solved examples and unsolved exercises are interspersed throughout the book for better understanding. • Includes C program codes for methods including bisection, secant, regular-falsi, Newton–Rapson, Chebyshev and Aitken process • Presents a step-by-step methodology to solve problems, and both basic and advanced topics are covered • Extensive pedagogical features including solved examples and unsolved exercises are interspersed throughout the book Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Dedication; 1. Number systems; 2. Error analysis; 3. Nonlinear equations; 4. Nonlinear systems and polynomial equations; 5. Systems of linear equations; 6. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors; 7. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors of real symmetric matrices; 8. Interpolation; 9. Finite operators; 10. Interpolation for equal intervals and bivariate interpolation; 11. Splines, curve fitting, and other approximating curves; 12. Numerical differentiation; 13. Numerical integration; 14. First order ordinary differential equations: initial value problems; 15. Systems of first order ODEs and higher order ODEs: initial and boundary value problems; 16. Partial differential equations: finite difference methods; References; Index. Engineering mathematics and programming

February 2019 244 x 170 mm 750pp 978-1-108-71600-0 Paperback £69.99 / US$89.99

TEXTBOOK

An Introduction to Composite Materials Third edition T. W. Clyne | University of Cambridge

A fully expanded edition covering the science and technological usage of composite materials. It includes new chapters on surface coatings, highly porous materials, bio-composites and nanocomposites, expanded referencing, and increased coverage of background science, as well as a comprehensive set of questions and access to educational software. • Includes four completely new chapters on surface coatings, highly porous materials, bio-composites and nano-composites • Thoroughly revised throughout, with chapters on fibres and matrices, the design, fabrication and production of composites, mechanical and thermal properties, and industry applications • Includes increased coverage of background science, including the manipulation of stresses and strains as second-rank tensors, and fracture mechanics • Contains a comprehensive set of homework questions, with model answers available online, explaining how calculations associated with the properties of composite materials should be tackled, as well as access to educational software Contents: Preface; Nomenclature; 1. General introduction; 2. Fibres, matrices and their architecture in composites; 3. Elastic deformation of long fibre composites; 4. Tensor analysis of anisotropic materials and the elastic deformation of laminae; 5. Elastic deformation of laminates; 6. Stresses and strains in short fibre and particulate composites; 7. The interface region; 8. Stress-based treatment of the strength of composites; 9. Fracture mechanics and the toughness of composites; 10. Thermal effects in composites; 11. Surface coatings as composite systems; 12. Highly porous materials as composite systems; 13. Biocomposites and recycling; 14. Scale effects and nanocomposites; 15. Fabrication of composites; 16. Applications of composites; Appendix: questions; Index. Materials science and engineering

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 400pp 978-0-521-86095-6 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$59.95

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Engineering / Life Sciences

Materials Issues in Art and Archaeology X Volume 1656 Edited by Pamela B. Vandiver | University of Arizona

This wide-ranging volume presents a series of cutting-edge contributions in the field of materials and their application in art and history. Areas covered include selection, production and usage, deterioration, preservation and conservation, and sociocultural interpretation. Materials science and engineering | MRS Proceedings

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 408pp 978-1-60511-633-4 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.00

TEXTBOOK

Sustainable Engineering Principles and Practice Bhavik R. Bakshi | Ohio State University

This comprehensive text takes a multidisciplinary approach to explore the challenges of sustainable development and how engineering practice can contribute to assessing and developing solutions. Worked examples, exercises, and applications are included, and software tutorials, lecture slides, and a solutions manual are available online. • Has multidisciplinary appeal, with perspectives from engineering, economics and the social sciences • Adaptable to students from a range of backgrounds, covering both introductory as well as mathematically rigorous advanced topics • Benefits from nearly 100 worked examples and over 200 end-ofchapter exercises Contents: Part I. Introduction and Motivation: 1. The basis of human well-being; 2. Status of ecosystem goods and services; 3. Sustainability: definitions and challenges; Part II. Reasons for Unsustainability: 4. Economics and the environment; 5. Business and the environment; 6. Science, engineering, and the environment; 7. Society and the environment; Part III. Sustainability Assessment: 8. Goal definition and scope; 9. Inventory analysis; 10. Mathematical framework; 11. Footprint assessment; 12. Energy and material flow analysis; 13. Exergy analysis; 14. Cumulative exergy consumption and emergy analysis; 15. Life cycle impact assessment; 16. Ecosystem services in sustainability impact assessment; Part IV. Solutions for Sustainability: 17. Designing sustainable processes and products; 18. Ecosystem ecology; 19. Industrial symbiosis and circular economy; 20. Ecosystems in engineering; 21. Economic policies; 22. Societal development. Engineering (general)

June 2019 246 x 189 mm 450pp 157 b/w illus. 86 tables 110 exercises 978-1-108-42045-7 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$99.99 X

Life Sciences What Science Is and How It Really Works James C. Zimring | University of Washington

What is the basis of scientific claims? How much confidence should we put in them? What is defined as science and what is not? This timely synthesis conveys the strengths, weaknesses and reality of science to inform the general reader and help professional scientists articulate what they do and why. • Translates science into lay terms, allowing a broad audience to gain an accurate understanding of the inner workings of scientific fields and debates • Discusses a topic highly relevant to our current political climates, helping readers to distinguish between claims of ‘fact’ and actual evidence, and avoid being manipulated by pseudoscience • Refrains from claims of the intellectual superiority of science – this book simply explains how science works from the building blocks up to its outward public communication Life science professional development

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 408pp 10 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47685-0 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99 978-1-108-70164-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99

P P

Topological Data Analysis for Genomics and Evolution Topology in Biology Raúl Rabadán | Columbia University, New York

Algebraic topology is particularly suited for the analysis of high dimensional large data sets, including those in modern biology. The book introduces geometric and topological methods, including statistics, as well as applications to biology – including cancer genetics, single cell studies and reconstructing evolutionary relationships from genomic data. • Concisely introduces algebraic topology and the concepts behind topological data analysis for the non-professional mathematician, visually illustrating key ideas • Provides an overview of biological ideas through the lens of genomics for mathematically-advanced readers interested in applied topology, including reconstructing evolutionary processes from genomic data, how cancers evolve or why patients responds to different therapies • Includes an introduction to statistics in topological data analysis, crucial for potential practitioners and end-users applying the methodology to biological questions Genomics, bioinformatics, and systems biology

September 2019 247 x 174 mm 475pp 978-1-107-15954-9 Hardback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99

Life Sciences

Introduction to Plant Fossils

Conservation Politics

Second edition Christopher J. Cleal | National Museum Wales, Cardiff

The Last Anti-Colonial Battle David Johns | Portland State University

A practical and extensively illustrated guide to studying plant fossils for the non-specialist. Newly revised, it describes how modern research techniques can reveal hidden details of the original plants, and how vegetation has evolved over 500 million years. For students and non-specialists in palaeobotany, palaeontology and plant evolution. • Extensively revised, this second edition brings data on all plant groups, naming approaches using fossil-taxa and information on techniques such as tomography thoroughly up to date with current knowledge in the field • Provides key information on the practicalities of working with and interpreting plant fossils alongside the evolutionary history of plants and vegetation, combining approaches for the undergraduate and nonspecialist • Explains modern research techniques to identify commonly-found plant fossils and reveal details of anatomical and reproductive characteristics, highlighting how such methods are employed by palaeobotanists

Shifting the focus in conservation biology to directly include political efficacy is vital to natural world protection. David Johns argues that the loss of species and healthy ecological systems is best understood as due to human efforts to impose a colonial relationship on the non-human world – one of exploitation and domination. • Provides conservationists with effective tools and strategic approaches for gaining wider and deeper support for their work, including how to create effective and sustained influence on decision making • Advocates a cross disciplinary approach to conservation, combining scientific and political awareness of the causes of biodiversity, wildlands and oceans loss and the central importance of changing institutional behaviour attitudes • Identifies the attributes of successful social movements, such as civil rights in the US and feminism, and details what the conservation movement can learn from these

Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Highlights of palaeobotanical study; 3. Studying plant fossils; 4. Early land plants; 5. Lycophytes; 6. Sphenophytes; 7. Ferns; 8. Early gymnosperms; 9. Modern gymnosperms; 10. Angiosperms; 11. The history of land vegetation.

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 406pp 11 b/w illus. 978-1-107-19958-3 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$114.99 978-1-316-64893-3 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$59.99

Plant science

Agricultural Resilience

July 2019 246 x 189 mm 264pp 202 b/w illus. 17 colour illus. 978-1-108-48344-5 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 P 978-1-108-70502-8 Paperback £38.99 / US$49.99 P

Perspectives from Ecology and Economics Edited by Sarah M. Gardner | Gardner Lobo Associates, UK

The Nature of Plant Communities J. Bastow Wilson | University of Otago, New Zealand

This book provides a synthesis and critique of our current understanding of plant community assembly and the associated role of species interactions, and brings together for the first time a number of key ecological concepts within a single consistent framework. It will be of particular interest to practising ecologists and students. • Stimulates reader to think deeply about plant community ecology, and to question the current status and direction of the discipline • Identifies gaps in the information available for a general understanding of plant communities • Presents new insights and tools for tackling contemporary problems, such as impacts of global change Plant science

March 2019 247 x 174 mm 372pp 978-1-108-48221-9 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99

Ecology and conservation

P P

Drawing on ecology, economics and social sciences to explore resilience in agriculture, this book provides an interdisciplinary perspective on approaches needed to foster adaptability. It will interest researchers, policy-makers and students seeking to build sustainable farming systems amidst the uncertainties of climate change and market volatility. • Presents an interdisciplinary approach which combines terminology from economics, ecology and the social sciences to promote shared understanding and, crucially, more effective decision making • Provides information and tools for those seeking to build a sustainable farming industry, a hugely topical concern under the threat of climate change and economic volatility • Authored by a series of internationally leading specialists on the interface of ecological and economical thinking in the topic of sustainable agriculture Ecology and conservation | Ecological Reviews

April 2019 247 x 174 mm 428pp 59 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-107-06762-2 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00 978-1-107-66587-3 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

Life Sciences / Mathematics

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Genetics of African Populations in Health and Disease

The Metabolic Ghetto

Edited by Muntaser Ibrahim | University of Khartoum

Biomedical approaches increasingly work with human variation and this volume focuses on Africa, the most genetically diverse continent, and the birthplace of modern humans. It considers population structure and the genetic basis of common infectious and non-communicable diseases in historic and modern contexts, to shed light on human biology. • A pioneering work that focuses explicitly on African genetics, an area which is firmly understudied but holds huge potential for advancing knowledge of human genetics and gene environment interaction under globalisation • Incorporates an array of subjects from population genetics and pharmacogenetics to genetics of common and rare diseases to appeal to a wide section of readers within the natural sciences and social sciences • Furthers learning on genetic approaches to health that could lead to new scientific and medical discoveries in a continent that carries the heaviest burden of disease Biological anthropology and primatology | Cambridge Studies in Biological and Evolutionary Anthropology, 83

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 359pp 978-1-107-07202-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$100.00

Evolution in Isolation

A broad, multidisciplinary account of how human societies have evolved power relations that shape the fundamental relationship between nutrition and health. Appealing to academics in a variety of disciplines, in addition to graduates and policy makers, this book will address nutritional transitions over time and the epidemic of chronic disease. • Proposes a novel broad synthesis of human nutrition and chronic diseases that will appeal to those looking for societal rather than technical solutions to the leading cause of human mortality in the modern world • Integrates perspectives on physiology, evolutionary biology and societal causes of inequality, and provides a unifying framework to draw together these disparate areas of research • Avoids mathematical treatment and scientific jargon to ensure the content is accessible to both biomedical and social scientists Evolutionary biology

March 2019 244 x 170 mm 623pp 187 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-108-73757-9 Paperback £25.99 / US$34.99 C Also available 978-1-107-00947-9 Hardback £116.00 / US$184.00

Mathematics

The Search for an Island Syndrome in Plants Kevin C. Burns | Victoria University of Wellington

By providing a thorough review of the quantitative evidence for repeated patterns in the evolution of island plants, this book establishes whether plants display an ‘island syndrome’ similar to animals. It will be of particular interest to graduate students as well as practising researchers in botany, biogeography, ecology and evolution. • Newly collected data are used to fill gaps in the published literature on how evolution shapes plants on isolated islands • Written to attract readers with a wide range of experience and expertise, quantitative analyses are presented in self-contained boxes, which are set apart from the main text and can be skimmed by less experienced readers in favour of verbal discussion in the text • By establishing a rigorous, quantitative approach to the island syndrome in plants, this book will help propel the topic into the scientific limelight by filling a key gap in our understanding of the natural world Evolutionary biology

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 243pp 78 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42201-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$79.99

An Evolutionary Perspective on Nutrition, Power Relations and Chronic Disease Jonathan C. K. Wells | Institute of Child Health, University College London

Justification Logic Reasoning with Reasons Sergei Artemov | Graduate Center, City University of New York

Justification logic is a theory of reasoning that enables the tracking of evidence for statements and therefore provides a framework for the reliability of assertions. This book, the first in the area, is a systematic and modern account that will appeal to readers from a variety of disciplines to which the theory applies. • Mathematical treatments are presented in a reader-friendly way • Presents a new logic paradigm ideal for the age of unreliable information claims • Will be useful for students and researchers across a broad range of disciplines Logic, categories and sets

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 267pp 1 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42491-2 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Mathematics

An Invitation to Applied Category Theory

Groups St Andrews 2017 in Birmingham

Seven Sketches in Compositionality Brendan Fong | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Edited by C. M. Campbell | University of St Andrews, Scotland

Category theory reveals commonalities between structures of all sorts. This self-contained tour of applied category theory shows its potential in science, engineering, and beyond. Each chapter discusses a real-world application using categorytheoretic tools, all of which are introduced in an accessible way with many examples and exercises. • Contains more than 200 fully worked-out exercises for students to test their understanding • Collects many examples of applied category theory in one place, a useful resource for researchers • Provides an accessible introduction to category theory for nonmathematicians • Enriched with many colour diagrams

This volume arises from the 2017 edition of the long-running ‘Groups St Andrews’ conference series and consists of expository papers from leading researchers in all areas of group theory. It provides a snapshot of the state-of-the-art in the field, and it will be a valuable resource for researchers and graduate students. • Presents an excellent overview of contemporary group theory, suitable for researchers and graduate students • Includes expository articles on major themes by leading researchers in group theory • Contains peer-reviewed papers on the latest developments

Logic, categories and sets

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 350pp 101 b/w illus. 60 colour illus. 240 exercises 978-1-108-48229-5 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$110.00 P 978-1-108-71182-1 Paperback c. £37.99 / c. US$49.95 P TEXTBOOK

Algebra | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 455

April 2019 228 x 152 mm 509pp 10 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-108-72874-4 Paperback £65.00 / US$115.00

Dirichlet Series and Holomorphic Functions in High Dimensions Andreas Defant | Carl V. Ossietzky Universität Oldenburg, Germany

An Invitation to Model Theory Jonathan Kirby | University of East Anglia

In this innovative and largely self-contained textbook, Jonathan Kirby brings model theory to an undergraduate audience. The highlights of basic model theory are illustrated through examples from specific structures familiar from undergraduate mathematics, and numerous exercises of varying difficulty further consolidate the student’s learning. • Suitable for use as an undergraduate- or Masters-level course in model theory, unlike traditional graduate-level texts • Contains many exercises of varying difficulty, from bookwork to more substantial projects • Presents model theory in the context of undergraduate mathematics via definable sets in familiar structures

Over 100 years ago Harald Bohr identified a deep problem about the convergence of Dirichlet series. In recent years there has been a substantial revival of interest in this topic, and the goal of this book is to describe in detail some of its key elements to a wide audience. • Presents a contemporary view of the theory of Dirichlet series and its interaction with infinite dimensional holomorphy • Provides a largely self-contained treatment • Will appeal to graduate students who want to study the basics of this new field, and to experts as a central resource for references Abstract analysis | New Mathematical Monographs, 37

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 709pp 3 b/w illus. 978-1-108-47671-3 Hardback £145.00 / US$190.00

Contents: Preface; Part I. Languages and Structures: 1. Structures; 2. Terms; 3. Formulas; 4. Definable sets; 5. Substructures and quantifiers; Part II. Theories and Compactness: 6. Theories and axioms; 7. The complex and real fields; 8. Compactness and new constants; 9. Axiomatisable classes; 10. Cardinality considerations; 11. Constructing models from syntax; Part III. Changing Models: 12. Elementary substructures; 13. Elementary extensions; 14. Vector spaces and categoricity; 15. Linear orders; 16. The successor structure; Part IV. Characterising Definable Sets: 17. Quantifier elimination for DLO; 18. Substructure completeness; 19. Power sets and Boolean algebras; 20. The algebras of definable sets; 21. Real vector spaces and parameters; 22. Semi-algebraic sets; Part V. Types: 23. Realising types; 24. Omitting types; 25. Countable categoricity; 26. Large and small countable models; 27. Saturated models; Part VI. Algebraically Closed Fields: 28. Fields and their extensions; 29. Algebraic closures of fields; 30. Categoricity and completeness; 31. Definable sets and varieties; 32. Hilbert’s Nullstellensatz; Bibliography; Index.

Beyond Hyperbolicity

Logic, categories and sets

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 243pp 24 b/w illus. 978-1-108-44729-4 Paperback £50.00 / US$80.00

March 2019 228 x 152 mm 195pp 5 b/w illus. 978-1-107-16388-1 Hardback £52.99 / US$69.99 978-1-316-61555-3 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

Mark Hagen | University of Bristol

This book focuses on generalisations of Gromov hyperbolicity in geometric group theory. Five self-contained expository articles introduce topics ‘beyond hyperbolicity’: these can be used as an introduction for students or as a reference for experts. The final part contains research articles on the latest results in this rich and active field. • Mini-courses and expository articles serve as an introduction and as a reference on generalisations of Gromov hyperbolicity • Short research articles on intriguing topics answer some interesting open questions • Suitable for graduate students and established researchers alike Topology and geometry | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 454

X X

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Mathematics

Matrices; Part V. Probability and Statistics; Part VI. Optimization; Part VII. Learning from Data: Books on machine learning; Eigenvalues and singular values; Rank One; Codes and algorithms for numerical linear algebra; Counting parameters in the basic factorizations; Index of authors; Index; Index of symbols.

Stochastic Stability of Differential Equations in Abstract Spaces Kai Liu | Tianjin Normal University, China

100

The stability of stochastic differential equations in abstract, mainly Hilbert, spaces receives a unified treatment in this self-contained book. It covers basic theory as well as computational techniques. It will be useful for researchers across numerical computation, engineering, and mathematical physics and biology. • Provides a basic, friendly and accessible introduction, ideal for graduates and young researchers • Presents the topic systematically, with minimal prerequisites • Brings the subject together cohesively, drawing on widespread literature Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 453

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 276pp 978-1-108-70517-2 Paperback £55.00 / US$90.00

Semigroups of Linear Operators With Applications to Analysis, Probability and Physics David Applebaum | University of Sheffield

The theory of semigroups of operators is a topic with great intellectual beauty and wide-ranging applications. This graduate-level introduction presents the essential elements of the theory, introducing the key notions and establishing the central theorems. A mixture of applications are included and further development directions are indicated. • Provides an up-to-date and self-contained treatment • Includes a wide range of attractive application areas • Model solutions to problems are available online Contents: Introduction; 1. Semigroups and generators; 2. The generation of semigroups; 3. Convolution semigroups of measures; 4. Self adjoint semigroups and unitary groups; 5. Compact and trace class semigroups; 6. Perturbation theory; 7. Markov and Feller semigroups; 8. Semigroups and dynamics; 9. Varopoulos semigroups; Notes and further reading; Appendices: A. The space C0(Rd); B. The Fourier transform; C. Sobolev spaces; D. Probability measures and Kolmogorov’s theorem on construction of stochastic processes; E. Absolute continuity, conditional expectation and martingales; F. Stochastic integration and Itô’s formula; G. Measures on locally compact spaces: some brief remarks; References; Index. Differential and integral equations, dynamical systems and control | London Mathematical Society Student Texts, 93

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 238pp 45 exercises 978-1-108-48309-4 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$115.00 978-1-108-71637-6 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

Linear Algebra and Learning from Data Gilbert Strang | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Linear algebra and the foundations of deep learning, together at last! From Professor Gilbert Strang, acclaimed author of Introduction to Linear Algebra, comes Linear Algebra and Learning from Data, the first textbook that teaches linear algebra together with deep learning and neural nets. • The first textbook designed to teach linear algebra as a tool for deep learning • From Professor Gilbert Strang, acclaimed author of Introduction to Linear Algebra • Includes the necessary background from statistics and optimization • Explains stochastic gradient descent, the key algorithim of deep learning, in detail Contents: Deep learning and neural nets; Preface and acknowledgements; Part I. Highlights of Linear Algebra; Part II. Computations with Large Matrices; Part III. Low Rank and Compressed Sensing; Part IV. Special

Mathematical modelling and methods

January 2019 234 x 191 mm 446pp 978-0-692-19638-0 Hardback £58.99 / US$74.99

This title is available from Cambridge to customers outside of North America; customers in North America should contact WellesleyCambridge Press

Mathematical Modelling of the Human Cardiovascular System Data, Numerical Approximation, Clinical Applications Alfio Quarteroni | Politecnico di Milano

The mathematical modelling of the human cardiovascular system, from patient data to clinical applications, is discussed in this book. It gives researchers an overview of the main differential problems underlying the physiology and pathology of the cardiovascular system, as well as rigorous numerical methods for largescale computation. • A solid foundation for applied mathematicians, bioengineers and computational scientists interested in modelling the cardiovascular system • Describes the most recent and efficient numerical methods for mathematical models • Examples of possible applications illustrate the relevance of the methods Mathematical modelling and methods | Cambridge Monographs on Applied and Computational Mathematics, 33

April 2019 247 x 174 mm 289pp 978-1-108-48039-0 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$100.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Energy Transfers in Fluid Flows Multiscale and Spectral Perspectives Mahendra K. Verma | Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur

This is a useful text for graduate students and academic researchers in the field of energy transfers in fluid flows, covering necessary topics such as energy transfers in hydrodynamics, and helical, two-dimensional and three-dimensional hydrodynamic turbulence. • Discusses turbulence in different kinds of fluid flows, namely, fluids, magnetohydrodynamics, convection, and stratified and rotating flows • Includes numerical recipes for the computation of energy transfers, energy flux, shell-to-shell, and ring-to-ring energy transfers • Derives formulae to compute Kolmogorov’s energy flux, shell-to-shell energy transfers and locality Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics

March 2019 244 x 170 mm 375pp 978-1-107-17619-5 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Mathematics / Medicine

Self-Exciting Fluid Dynamos Keith Moffatt | University of Cambridge

This introduction to the origins and evolutions of magnetic fields in planets, stars and galaxies is aimed at graduate-level students in mathematics, physics, Earth sciences and astrophysics. Researchers at all levels will find this a valuable resource, but it is also ideal for those who are new to the subject. • Includes the most recent theoretical and experimental developments in the field • Provides an ideal introduction for students who are new to dynamo theory • Surveys observations on planetary and stellar magnetism, giving motivation for the theoretical developments Contents: Preface; Part I. Basic Theory and Observations: 1. Introduction; 2. Magnetokinematic preliminaries; 3. Advection, distortion and diffusion; 4. The magnetic field of the Earth and planets; 5. Astrophysical magnetic fields; Part II. Foundations of Dynamo Theory: 6. Laminar dynamo theory; 7. Mean-field electrodynamics; 8. Nearly axisymmetric dynamos; 9. Solution of the mean-field equations; 10. The fast dynamo; Part III. Dynamic Aspects of Dynamo Action: 11. Low-dimensional models of the geodynamo; 12. Dynamic equilibration; 13. The geodynamo: instabilities and bifurcations; 14. Astrophysical dynamic models; 15. Helical turbulence; 16. Magnetic relaxation under topological constraints; 17. Magnetic relaxation in a low-β plasma; Appendix. Orthogonal curvilinear coordinates; References; Author index; Subject index. Fluid dynamics and solid mechanics | Cambridge Texts in Applied Mathematics, 59

April 2019 247 x 174 mm 544pp 215 b/w illus. 30 colour illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-06587-1 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00 P 978-1-108-71705-2 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99 P PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy An Annotated Translation of the Principia Isaac Newton Edited and translated by C. R. Leedham-Green | Queen Mary University of London

This heavily annotated translation of the third and final edition (1726) of Newton’s Principia will enable any reader with a good understanding of elementary mathematics to easily grasp the meaning of the text, either from the translation itself or from the notes, and to appreciate some of its significance. • A translation of Newton’s Principia, designed to be more readable than earlier translations which follow the Latin text verbally • Copious notes discuss the meaning, context, and significance of the text, and explore its ambiguities • The first translation into English that is based on an attempt to understand Newton’s arguments

Medicine Medical Management of Eating Disorders Third edition C. Laird Birmingham | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Now in its third edition, the Medical Management of Eating Disorders explores the diagnosis and general management of eating disorders. Featuring up-to-date research on world-class treatments, this book helps health care professionals understand how to treat eating disorders and subsequent medical complications that arise. • Includes coverage of all the medical complications of eating disorders from the most common to the rarest • Provides treatment options that are cutting edge, not just what is considered affordable and practical by political entities and budget limitations • Each chapter concludes with a ‘Patient Information’ section to help the health care professional learn how to convey information to patients and carers Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

May 2019 234 x 156 mm 228pp 35 b/w illus. 16 colour illus. 39 tables 978-1-108-46599-1 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99 P

Fish’s Clinical Psychopathology Signs and Symptoms in Psychiatry Fourth edition Patricia Casey | Mater Misericordiae University Hospital, Dublin

An exploration of the signs and symptoms of mental illness commonly seen by psychiatrists, psychologists, nurses, social workers, occupational therapists and GPs. Presented in a clear and concise manner suitable for clinical practice, this fourth edition includes new chapters and information on classification and diagnosis. • A clear, consistent and reliable text that is easy to read and apply in clinical work, and has been used to train psychiatrists for decades • Includes new chapters on controversies surrounding classifying psychiatric disorders and the fundamental roles and uses of psychopathology, and is thoroughly updated to reflect advances in the field • Incorporates the most recent diagnostic classification systems and addresses key issues that arise in clinical practice Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

June 2019 234 x 156 mm 144pp 4 tables 978-1-108-45634-0 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99

General and recreational mathematics

August 2019 253 x 203 mm 800pp 270 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-02065-8 Hardback c. £199.00 / c. US$299.00 R

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

101

Medicine

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Social Scaffolding

Mental Capacity Legislation

Applying the Lessons of Contemporary Social Science to Health and Healthcare Edited by Richard Williams | University of South Wales

Principles and Practice Second edition Edited by Rebecca Jacob | University of Cambridge

102

This user-friendly guide to the Mental Capacity Act 2005 (MCA) provides a theoretical and practical framework for mental health practitioners working in both hospital and community settings. It considers emerging case law, medico-legal challenges, amendment to the Deprivation of Liberty Safeguards (DoLS) and crucially potential future changes to mental health and capacity legislation. • Provides key updates on case law to ensure clinicians are informed about recent rulings pertaining to the Mental Capacity Act (MCA) 2005 • Details the historical background to the MCA 2005 to further understanding of the need for such legislation, and discusses key areas such as end-of-life planning • Describes ethical dilemmas and medico-legal challenges within clinical practice, as well as practical guidance on navigating these dilemmas Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

June 2019 234 x 156 mm 128pp 2 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-48036-9 Hardback £29.99 / US$39.99

A new approach to designing and delivering healthcare services that includes tackling the social determinants of health. By analysing current societal dilemmas, the book illustrates two conceptual frameworks: the social identity approach to social relationships, health promotion and healthcare; and using public health ethics in decision-making. • A highly topical work which explores beneath epidemiology to look in more depth at the social and psychological mechanisms that determine health and recovery • Includes a wide array of topics to encourage understanding of the link between social factors, health, and healthcare, including situations of asylum seeking, disasters, radicalisation and the impact of war on soldiers’ mental health • Advocates a novel and forward-looking approach to designing healthcare that fully incorporates social factors, with an exploration of how this can help manage resources and harness the progress in physical sciences and technology Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

Evil, Terrorism and Psychiatry

May 2019 234 x 156 mm 352pp 7 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-911623-04-5 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99

Edited by Donatella Marazziti | Università degli Studi, Pisa

Terrorism has dominated the domestic and international landscape since 9/11. This book explores how evil, a characteristic of human nature inside all of us, may become extreme, focussed towards destruction and could in turn lead to terror attacks. • Considers evil and terrorism from within a neuroscientific frame to allow the reader to understand the unacceptable: how someone may become a terrorist • Marries together the uncertainties and vagueness of theories on terrorism, and psychiatrists’ reluctance to deal with terrorism to provide a comprehensive overview of evil and terrorism from within a psychiatric frame • Highlights potential prevention strategies Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

March 2019 186 x 123 mm 188pp 5 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-46776-6 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Seminars in Old Age Psychiatry Second edition Edited by Rob Butler | Waitemata DHB and North Shore Hospital, Auckland

A concise guide to the mental health of older people, which considers technology, competencybased training, guidelines, and treatments. Written by experienced authors from around the world, this book will benefit qualified and trainee psychiatrists as well as other doctors, medical students and healthcare professionals who work with older people. • Provides an international perspective on the field, bringing together input from a global team of authors • Updates a popular and successful concise book to reflect changes in technology, competency-based training, guidelines, law and treatments • Includes brand new sections on topics such as palliative care and migrant health

Clinical Staging in Psychiatry

Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology | College Seminars Series

Making Diagnosis Work for Research and Treatment Patrick D. McGorry | University of Melbourne

August 2019 234 x 156 mm 304pp 4 b/w illus. 26 tables 978-1-108-72398-5 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99

This book comprehensively describes the conceptual basis of clinical staging in psychiatry, details current progress in identifying biomarkers for each stage, and explores the implications of staging on treatment and health systems. It provides a foundation for transformational reform in psychiatric diagnosis. • Describes a superior alternative to traditional and outmoded diagnostic methods, enabling readers to understand the utility and applicability of staging to psychiatry and how it addresses current diagnostic limitations • Information is relevant to a broad range of mental health clinicians, researchers and students • Links diagnosis to treatment, making the information clinically meaningful Mental health, psychiatry and clinical psychology

August 2019 234 x 156 mm 300pp 27 b/w illus. 8 colour illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-71884-4 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$59.99 G

Medicine

TEXTBOOK

Anatomy for the FRCA

Public Health

James Bowness | University of Dundee

Local and Global Perspectives Second edition Edited by Pranee Liamputtong | Western Sydney University

Public Health: Local and Global Perspectives provides students with an overview of Australian and international public health issues and contexts. It introduces the discipline of public health and deepens understanding of the determinants of health, historical and theoretical perspectives, current health research and evidence-based practice. • Provides a comprehensive understanding of public health from both Australian and international contexts • Offers comprehensive coverage of foundational topics, historical and theoretical perspectives, special populations, and particularly evidencebased practice • Brings together contributions from experts in their field who add specialist perspectives Contents: 1. Public health: an introduction to local and global contexts; Part I. Historical and Theoretical Perspectives: 2. Public health: historical and contemporary principles and practices; 3. Health promotion principles and practice: addressing complex public health issues using the Ottawa Charter; 4. Primary health care and community health; 5. Public health ethics; Part II. Determinants of Health: 6. Social determinants of public health; 7. Behavioural, nutritional and environmental determinants and public health; 8. Individual decision-making in public health; 9. Political determinants of public health; 10. Human rights, social justice and public health; Part III. Public Health and Research: 11. Qualitative research methodology and evidence-based practice in public health; 12. Assessing the health of populations: epidemiology in public health; 13. Public health: planning and evaluation; Part IV. Public Health Issues and Special Populations: 14. Health of children: the right to thrive; 15. Promoting adolescent wellbeing: health concerns, help-seeking and models of public health; 16. Healthy ageing; 17. The health inequalities of people with intellectual and developmental disabilities: strategies for change; 18. The health of indigenous peoples; 19. Health of migrants and refugees; 20. The health of rural peoples; 21. Drug use in Australia: a public health approach. Epidemiology, public health and medical statistics

M. Ashraf Akuji | North West School of Anaesthesia

CRQs for the Final FRCA is the first book of its kind and an invaluable resource for any candidate preparing to pass the written aspect of the Final FRCA. This book will enable candidates to practise the CRQ format and to ensure they are best equipped to succeed. • The first book on the market to adopt the new CRQ format of questioning • Arranged as ten full practice papers to accurately reflect the real examination • Questions are carefully selected to cover a vast selection of the syllabus, and the book features references for further reading

July 2019 234 x 156 mm 188pp 978-1-108-70188-4 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$29.99

Basic Physiology for Anaesthetists Second edition David Chambers | Salford Royal NHS Foundation Trust

Anaesthetic trainees require a thorough understanding of basic physiology and its application to clinical practice. This comprehensively illustrated book bridges the gap between medical school and scientific reference texts. Easily understood, up-to-date and clinically relevant, it is an essential physiology resource for junior anaesthetists. • Question and answer style helps anaesthetists prepare for oral postgraduate examinations • Illustrated with simple diagrams that can easily be reproduced in examinations • Features ‘clinical relevance boxes’ that help place the physiology into context, helping the reader to understand the practical relevance of the science August 2019 246 x 189 mm 448pp 152 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-46399-7 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99 P

CRQs for the Final FRCA

June 2019 234 x 156 mm 256pp 10 b/w illus. 146 tables 978-1-108-70528-8 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$49.99

Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

August 2019 255 x 190 mm 448pp 40 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-108-45645-6 Paperback c. £55.00 / c. US$84.95 G

Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

This important new book provides a comprehensive, exam-orientated clinical anatomy book for anaesthetists preparing for all parts of the FRCA. It covers all body regions, relating underlying anatomy to practical procedures and anatomical principles, spanning the breadth of the curriculum, and comprising exam-style questions. • Provides a reliable, comprehensive and authoritative source of anatomy information relevant to anaesthetists • Exam-orientated: the first book of its kind specifically designed for the FRCA examinations • Features extensive high quality colour anatomical illustrations, cadaveric photographs, ultrasound images and schematic diagrams

Analgesia, Anaesthesia and Pregnancy A Practical Guide Fourth edition Róisín Monteiro | Brighton and Sussex University Hospitals’ NHS Trust

Now in its fourth edition, Analgesia, Anaesthesia and Pregnancy is a concise guide to obstetric anaesthesia and analgesia, reviewing every topic and clinical challenge faced during delivery and focusing on pre-empting problems and maximising quality of care. Useful to anaesthetists of all grades and other members of the multidisciplinary team. • Provides broad coverage of obstetric anaesthesia in an easy to follow, quick reference style format • Useful for both exam preparation and day-to-day practice • Features significant updates in obstetric anaesthesia over recent years, meaning this new edition is timely Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

May 2019 234 x 156 mm 450pp 13 b/w illus. 50 tables 978-1-108-71052-7 Paperback c. £59.99 / c. US$94.99

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

103

Medicine

Handbook of Drugs in Intensive Care

Neurocritical Care Second edition Michel Torbey | Ohio State University

An A-Z Guide Sixth edition Henry Paw | York Hospital

104

Written for doctors, pharmacists and nurses working in the intensive care unit (ICU), the Handbook of Drugs in Intensive Care is the essential guide to drug therapy in the ICU. Combining drug monographs with guidelines, this is an excellent resource for safe and effective practice. • Provides the latest information on drug therapy in the intensive care unit • New monographs have been added and old ones thoroughly updated • Includes a unique ‘IV drugs compatibility chart’ so that readers can identify compatible and non-compatible drugs combinations Anesthesia, intensive care, pain management

July 2019 186 x 123 mm 350pp 5 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 66 tables 978-1-108-44435-4 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99 P

This book will provide healthcare professionals with a concisely written, comprehensive and practical approach to a wide range of conditions, encountered in neuroscience’s critical care unit. It offers highly structured and focused protocols for day-to-day management, and treatment of critically ill patients in an ICU setting. • A comprehensive guide for neurocritical care providers, requiring guidance in challenging day-to-day experiences • Provides practical, easy-to-follow, structured, and focused protocols for the assessment, management, and treatment of neurocritically ill patients • Tailored to the individual caregiver, with clear summaries in the management of neurocritical care conditions • The content is easily accessible for practitioners, at any stage in their career Neurology and clinical neuroscience

July 2019 276 x 219 mm 467pp 57 b/w illus. 28 colour illus. 130 tables 978-1-107-06495-9 Hardback £74.99 / US$94.99 G

Textbook of Stroke Medicine Third edition Edited by Michael Brainin | Donau-Universität Krems, Austria

Concise and informative, this book is for doctors preparing to specialise in stroke care and strokologists looking for rapid, but in-depth scientific guidance on stroke management. Fully revised, it features a problem-based approach and practice-orientated information in the fast-moving and expanding field of stroke medicine. • Concise and practical, this is a crucial guide for all strokologists and doctors training in stroke care • Fully revised to reflect a fast-moving field, the book is problem-focused and guidance-orientated to ensure high-quality support • The third edition includes new chapters on neurointensive care and small vessel disease, with expanded sections on stroke unit management, thrombolysis, neurointerventions and the practice of neurorehabilitaton, amongst other topics Neurology and clinical neuroscience

May 2019 246 x 189 mm 472pp 978-1-108-42635-0 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00

Nutritional Anemia Scientific Principles, Clinical Practice, and Public Health Robert T. Means Jr | East Tennessee State University

Offers resources for the hematologist seeing anemia syndromes in susceptible people such as pregnant women, vegetarians and the elderly. For a wide audience, from the clinician learning about food fortification, to the public health practitioner who needs understanding of clinical approaches to nutritional anemia. • Incorporates perspectives from epidemiology, public health, and clinical hematology into an informed resource on nutritional anemia • Provides a general overview of anemia, its mechanisms and definitions, as well as addressing food fortification and the non-nutritional factors affecting manifestations of nutritional anemias – particularly in the developing world • Includes special topics chapters on the hematologic consequences of pregnancy, alcohol abuse, bariatric surgery, and of vegetarianism and other restricted diets

Synopsis of Neurology, Psychiatry and Related Systemic Disorders

Hematology

Edited by Alan B. Ettinger | Safe Passage Diagnostics, New York

The Road to Nursing

April 2019 234 x 156 mm 352pp 8 b/w illus. 978-1-108-71430-3 Paperback £61.99 / US$79.99

This book is a quick-reference, comprehensive resource to the key features of neurologic and psychiatric disorders, the complications of systemic conditions and the medication treatments commonly utilized in the practice of medicine. It is an invaluable guide for both medical trainees and senior clinicians. • All entries are listed alphabetically for quick look-up • Diagnostic conditions follow a stereotyped order of presentation including epidemiology and demographics, highlights of each disorder, neurologic and psychiatric symptoms and signs, secondary complications, and potential neurologic or psychiatric complications of treatments • A separate reference guide is provided focusing on the neurologic and psychiatric complications of medications treatments Neurology and clinical neuroscience

May 2019 246 x 189 mm 480pp 978-1-107-06956-5 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Edited in association with Nick Arnott | University of Tasmania

Written by an expert team of academics and practising nurses, this text emphasises the importance of meaning-making, supporting students to critically engage with key knowledge that informs their ongoing learning, development and professional identity. • Empowers undergraduate nurses by providing the foundational knowledge and skills that will underpin their entire nursing journey • Each chapter is written in an accessible style by leading Australian nursing academics and practising nurses • Includes access to the complementary VitalSource interactive eBook, through which students can find valuable self-assessment tools such as multiple-choice and short-answer questions with guided responses, and links to relevant website and video content Contents: Part I. Beginning: 1. The journey begins; 2. Awakening and engaging in your learning; 3. Contemporary nursing education; 4. Preparing for success; Part II. Becoming: 5. The heart of nursing; 6. Philosophical underpinnings; 7. The history and evolving image of nursing; 8. Thinking

Medicine

like a nurse; 9. Health and healthcare in Australia; 10. Understanding self and others; 11. Foundations of nursing practice; 12. Nursing as a profession; 13. Professional experience placements; Part III. Being: 14. Being a safe and ethical practitioner; 15. Being a member of an interprofessional team; 16. Empowering our profession; 17. Preparing for the transition to registered nursing practice; 18. Conclusion: what now? Where to from here?

in pregnant and postpartum women; 8. Neurological emergencies in pregnant and postpartum women; 9. Sepsis and the critically ill pregnant or postpartum woman.

Nursing

Assisted Reproductive Technology Surveillance

January 2019 255 x 190 mm 328pp 978-1-108-43528-4 Paperback with VitalSource interactive eBook £55.00 / US$79.95 G TEXTBOOK

Chronic Care Nursing A Framework for Practice Second edition Edited by Linda Deravin | Charles Sturt University, Bathurst, New South Wales

Chronic conditions have a substantial impact on life and health care. Chronic Care Nursing: A Framework for Practice provides a comprehensive and accessible overview of the role of the nurse in managing chronic conditions across a variety of settings in Australia and New Zealand. • Presents a narrative-style, person-centred approach to chronic care nursing • Includes reflection questions, case examples and review and research questions to help students engage with and understand the content • Written by an expert team of practising nurses and academics Contents: Part I. Frameworks for Chronic Care Management: 1. Frameworks for chronic care management; 2. Implementing the macro level of the ICCCF; 3. Implementing the meso level of the ICCCF; 4. Implementing the micro level of the ICCCF; 5. The Australian and New Zealand health care systems; 6. Self-management and empowerment; Part II. Nursing Care of Clients with Chronic Conditions: 7. Cancer control; 8. Chronic cardiovascular conditions; 9. Injury prevention; 10. Living with mental health issues; 11. Diabetes mellitus; 12. Chronic respiratory conditions (asthma, COPD and bronchiectasis); 13. Arthritis and musculoskeletal conditions; 14. Chronic obesity; 15. Dementia care; 16. Chronic kidney disease; 17. Parkinson’s disease and multiple sclerosis; 18. Chronic bowel conditions; 19. Eye, ear and dental health; 20. Disability; 21. End of life care. Nursing

August 2019 255 x 190 mm 404pp 35 b/w illus. 23 tables 978-1-108-70102-0 Paperback c. £50.00 / c. US$79.99 G

PROMPT-CiPP Course Handbook Care of the Critically Ill Pregnant or Postpartum Woman Edited by The PROMPT-CiPP Editorial Team

The PROMPT CiPP (Care of the Critically ill Pregnant or Postpartum Woman) Course is an adjunct to locally run PROMPT (Practical Obstetric Multi-Professional Training) Courses. It is a stand-alone training course for all maternity staff involved in the management of pregnant or postpartum women who require maternal critical care. • Complete with lectures, downloadable training tools and guidance to facilitate interactive learning stations on a range of rare maternal complications, for trainees to follow • Translatable as a standalone textbook, providing evidence-based, current information, for any health professional • Supplementary to locally-run PROMPT Courses, the PROMPT CiPP Course is essential for all maternity staff, managing pregnant or postpartum women, requiring critical-maternal care

Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

January 2019 297 x 210 mm 134pp 978-1-108-43316-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$38.99

Edited by Dmitry Kissin | Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta

For over forty years, assisted reproductive technology (ART) has helped millions of patients around the world to overcome infertility. Careful monitoring of ART treatments is necessary to minimize potential risk to patients and their children. This book is a comprehensive guide describing the history of ART surveillance and its best practices. • Provides a comprehensive, detailed approach to best practices in ART, by leading experts • Features sections on safe monitoring of treatments, improving quality of care and developing health policies, across continents • Written by forty-five authors from twenty countries around the world, this book represents a global effort to document the forty-year history of assisted reproductive technology surveillance Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

June 2019 246 x 189 mm 282pp 978-1-108-49858-6 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$115.00

Subfertility, Reproductive Endocrinology and Assisted Reproduction Edited by Jane Stewart | University of Newcastle, New South Wales

An introduction to the field of subfertility and reproductive endocrinology, with chapters written by leading experts in the field. This text works as the ideal companion to the specialty for clinicians, specialist nurses and scientists. • Follows the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists (RCOG) curriculum for training in reproductive medicine and surgery, covering major areas of the required knowledge to an appropriate level. • Highly experienced clinical and scientific authors provide up-to-date understanding of key areas • Includes practical chapters on quality management and regulation, putting clinical practice into a practical context Obstetrics and gynecology, reproductive medicine

May 2019 246 x 189 mm 265pp 978-1-107-13903-9 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$64.99

Contents: 1. Introduction to maternal critical care; 2. Recognition of the critically ill pregnant or postpartum woman; 3. Structured approach to the review of a critically ill pregnant or postpartum woman; 4. Oxygen administration and blood gas interpretation; 5. ECGs and rhythm recognition; 6. Invasive monitoring; 7. Cardio-respiratory emergencies

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

105

Medicine / Physics and Astronomy

Postgraduate Orthopaedics Viva Guide for the FRCS (Tr & Orth) Examination Second edition Edited by Paul A. Banaszkiewicz | Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Gateshead

106

A thoroughly revised viva guide, for candidates needing to meet the growing challenges of the ever changing FRCS (Tr & Orth) exam. This key, second edition is written by leading experts in the field, defining core orthopaedic content, key tactics and planning techniques, vital for exam success. • Thoroughly updated with an expanded basic science section that answers all candidates’ viva questions • Designed and written by experts in orthopaedic surgery • Includes newly updated and current illustrations, to reinforce learning points and better replicate the viva scenario • Includes a drawing-specific chapter, for candidates to practise drawing succinct exam-style illustrations Contents: Foreword; Preface; List of abbreviations; Part I. The FRCS (Tr & Orth) Oral Examination: 1. General oral guidance; Part II. Adult Elective Orthopaedics and Spine: 2. Hip structured oral questions; 3. Knee structured oral questions; 4. Foot and ankle structured oral questions; 5. Spine structured oral questions; 6. Shoulder and elbow structured oral questions; 7. Orthopaedic oncology; Part III. Trauma: 8. Lower limb; 9. Upper limb; 10. Pelvic and spinal trauma; Part IV. Children’s Orthopaedics/Hand and Upper Limb: 11. Hand and upper limb; 12. Children’s orthopaedics; Part V. Applied Basic Sciences: 13. Anatomy and surgical approaches; 14. Pathology; 15. Biomaterials and biomechanics; 16. Tissues of the musculoskeletal system; 17. Evidence based practice; 18. Imaging and investigative techniques; Part VI. Diagrams for the FRCS (Tr & Orth): 19. Diagrams for the FRCS (Tr & Orth); Index. Surgery

September 2019 246 x 189 mm 576pp 477 b/w illus. 222 colour illus. 59 tables 978-1-108-72215-5 Paperback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 P

Pathology of Heart Disease in the Fetus, Infant and Child Autopsy, Surgical and Molecular Pathology Michael T. Ashworth | Great Ormond Street Hospital for Children, London

Uniquely addresses the long overdue need for an authoritative, immersive approach to paediatric cardiac pathology. For general and paediatric pathologists, this book covers all aspects of diseases and malformations of the heart. Extensively illustrated, it approaches work from the fetus to the adolescent, including the effects of surgery. • Presents the first unified source of reference for childhood heart disease, covering the full field of paediatric cardiac pathology, in one volume • Provides an immersive integration of histology into the macroscopic pathology, for a well-rounded approach • Extensively illustrated, for clarity and reference Pathology and laboratory science

October 2019 276 x 219 mm 500pp 10 b/w illus. 578 colour illus. 32 tables 978-1-107-11628-3 Hardback c. £150.00 / c. US$190.00 P

Gynecologic and Urologic Pathology Similarities, Differences and Challenges Edited by Maria Rosaria Raspollini | University Hospital Careggi, Florence

Due to common early development, the pathology of the urogenital tract in males and females presents many similarities which can challenge a pathologist for an appropriate diagnosis. The aim of this textbook is to bridge the gap between urological and gynecological pathologists who handle these types of diseases. • Contains colour-coded images to highlight traits present in male and female organs, as well as highlight features present in both • Bridges the gap between urologic and gynaecologic pathology specialities to highlight key common similarities to aid with diagnoses • Includes entry to an HTML version of the text on Cambridge Core, providing high-resolution access to the large number of high quality colour figures Pathology and laboratory science

February 2019 276 x 219 mm 428pp 262 colour illus. 55 tables 978-1-107-17045-2 Hardback with Online Resource £140.00 / US$180.00 G

Physics and Astronomy PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Wavefront Shaping for Biomedical Imaging Edited by Joel Kubby | University of California, Santa Cruz

Learn about the theory, techniques and applications of wavefront shaping in biomedical imaging from the researchers defining the field. This is the ideal text for academics and practitioners in optics, biophotonics, and biomedical engineering who use biomedical imaging tools, and graduate students wanting to advance their knowledge of the topic. • Presents the first book on wavefront shaping for biomedical imaging • Balances theory with practical examples and discussion of key applications • Includes contributions from world-leading researchers who are establishing this rapidly evolving field Optics, optoelectronics and photonics | Advances in Microscopy and Microanalysis

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 500pp 244 b/w illus. 24 colour illus. 978-1-107-12412-7 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00 C

Multiquark Hadrons Ahmed Ali | Deutsches Elektronen-Sychrotron (DESY), Hamburg

A summary of research into multiquark hadrons, describing them in terms of constituent quarks, gluons and compact diquarks. Introducing the novel concept of compact diquarks as building blocks of matter and with broad appeal across high-energy physics, this work is pertinent to researchers focused on experiments, phenomenology or lattice QCD. • A particularly timely project which will be of interest to graduate students and researchers working in particle physics and quantum chromodynamics • The work is unique: it is the only book to focus exclusively on this topic • A comprehensive work covering the initial development of the field in the 1970s through to the most contemporary theories and experimental evidence Particle physics and nuclear physics

May 2019 247 x 174 mm 248pp 87 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-107-17158-9 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99

Physics and Astronomy

TEXTBOOK

Elementary Particle Physics An Intuitive Introduction Andrew J. Larkoski | Reed College, Oregon

An up-to-date introduction to the fundamentals of particle physics for advanced undergraduate students. Key topics are accompanied by extensive examples drawn from contemporary experimental results, practice problems based on real datasets, and intuitive explorations of the underlying physical theory. • Takes a uniquely intuitive and concept-driven approach • Fully up-to-date, covering contemporary experiments and recent results including the discovery of the Higgs boson • Includes real-life examples and data drawn from CERN and particularly the Large Hadron Collider Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Special relativity; 3. A little group theory; 4. Fermi’s golden rule and Feynman diagrams; 5. Particle collider experiment; 6. Quantum electrodynamics in e+e- collisions; 7. Quarks and gluons; 8. Quantum chromodynamics; 9. Parton evolution and jets; 10. Parity violation; 11. The mass scales of the weak force; 12. Consequences of weak interactions; 13. The Higgs boson; 14. Particle physics at the frontier; Appendix A. Useful identities; Appendix B. Review of quantum mechanics; Appendix C. Particle physics jargon glossary; Appendix D. Bibliography. Particle physics and nuclear physics

June 2019 246 x 189 mm 540pp 92 b/w illus. 7 tables 127 exercises 978-1-108-49698-8 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99 X TEXTBOOK

Quantum Field Theory From Basics to Modern Topics François Gelis | Centre Commissariat à l’Energie Atomique (CEA), Saclay

Reviewing basic principles and exploring advanced topics and recent techniques, this modern treatment of quantum field theory is an ideal text for graduate students and an excellent reference for researchers. Key features include worked examples, applications, and end-of-chapter problems, with a solutions manual for instructors available online. • Connects physical theory with formal mathematics, with numerous worked examples • Fully up-to-date, with an emphasis on modern techniques important for current and future research • Begins with a concise overview of basic topics to refresh knowledge and ensure a complete understanding of the subject Contents: Preface; 1. Basics of quantum field theory; 2. Peturbation theory; 3. Quantum electrodynamics; 4. Spontaneous symmetry breaking; 5. Functional quantization; 6. Path integrals for fermions and photons; 7. Non-Abelian guage symmetry; 8. Quantization of Yang–Mills theory; 9. Renormalization of gauge theories; 10. Renormalization group; 11. Effective field theories; 12. Quantum anomalies; 13. Localized field configurations; 14. Modern tools for tree amplitudes; 15. Wordline formalism; 16. Lattice field theory; 17. Quantum field theory at finite temperature; 18. Strong fields and semi-classical methods; 19. From trees to loops; Further reading; Index.

Mass Dimension One Fermions Dharam Ahluwalia | Universidade Estadual de Campinas, Brazil

This overview of mass dimension one fermions and the eigenspinors of the charge conjugation operator is written by one of the theoretical physicists involved in their discovery. With mass dimension one fermions being candidates for dark matter, this is an important book for students and researchers in quantum field theory. • Written by one of the theoretical physicists involved in the discovery of mass dimension one fermions, ensuring the information is up-to-date and accurate • The first book to pull together the journal literature on this exciting new discovery within quantum field theory • As a candidate for dark matter, it could prove to be a major theoretical advancement, having widespread theoretical and practical implications Theoretical physics and mathematical physics | Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics

July 2019 247 x 174 mm 140pp 3 tables 978-1-107-09409-3 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Relativistic Fluid Dynamics in and out of Equilibrium And Applications to Relativistic Nuclear Collisions Paul Romatschke | University of Colorado Boulder

Presents a powerful new framework for fluid dynamics away from equilibrium, providing an essential resource to researchers in nuclear physics, cosmology, astrophysics and quantum manybody systems. Contains a comprehensive theory overview, numerical algorithms as well as applications to neutron stars, the early universe and high energy collisions. • Connects multiple applications of fluid dynamics to real-world systems, meaning readers can benefit from hands-on experience of the theoretical concepts discussed • Presents a single set of notation for fluid dynamics, kinetic theory and gauge/gravity duality which simplifies the applicability of fluid dynamics to various systems by avoiding inconvenient changes of notation • Offers the first textbook to cover recent developments in theory of fluid dynamics out of equilibrium Theoretical physics and mathematical physics | Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 216pp 24 b/w illus. 1 colour illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-48368-1 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00 C

Theoretical physics and mathematical physics

August 2019 246 x 189 mm 600pp 100 b/w illus. 5 tables 184 exercises 978-1-108-48090-1 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 X

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

107

Physics and Astronomy

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

108

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Atomic-Molecular Ionization by Electron Scattering

Quantum Theory from First Principles

Theory and Applications K. N. Joshipura | Sardar Patel University, Gujarat

An Informational Approach Giacomo Mauro D’Ariano | Università degli Studi di Pavia, Italy

Useful for graduate students and academicians, the text comprehensively discusses fundamentals and new theories in the field of electron scattering. It covers results and cross section data on various atomic/molecular targets. • Integrates fundamental concepts and experimental aspects of atomicmolecular ionization • Provides a comprehensive discussion of atomic/molecular targets and metastable species • Presents data compilation and discussion on more than twenty atoms and over eighty-five small and large molecules • Includes a separate chapter highlighting applications of electron scattering Atomic physics, molecular physics and chemical physics

January 2019 244 x 170 mm 278pp 978-1-108-49890-6 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Quantum physics, quantum information and quantum computation

Quantum Concepts in the Social, Ecological and Biological Sciences Fabio Bagarello | Università degli Studi, Palermo, Italy

An overview of how complex systems from a variety of fields can be modelled using principles of quantum mechanics; from biology and ecology, to sociology and decision-making. The mathematical basis of these models is fully described, providing a self-contained introduction for students and researchers in applied mathematics or theoretical physics. • Unites a broad selection of widely-scattered literature within a single unified volume • The application of second quantisation to decision making is covered comprehensively for the first time • Applications of quantum concepts are demonstrated within several fields, providing the reader with an alternative approach to common dynamical systems Econophysics, financial physics and social physics

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 376pp 81 b/w illus. 978-1-108-49212-6 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99

Non-Intertial Frames and Dirac Observables in Relativity

June 2019 246 x 189 mm 358pp 20 b/w illus. 978-1-108-71441-9 Paperback £32.99 / US$49.99

Also available 978-1-107-04342-8 Hardback £49.99 / US$74.99

MHD Waves in the Solar Atmosphere Bernard Roberts | University of St Andrews, Scotland

This self-contained and detailed mathematical exposition will provide graduate students and researchers with a rigorous understanding of the unique challenges of modelling the Sun’s atmosphere and magnetic field, drawing upon the principles of fluid mechanics and electromagnetism to explain observations of solar phenomena. • A full guide to coronal seismology, containing new insights into the role played by waves and magnetic flux tubes in the workings of the Sun’s atmosphere • Explains the links between mathematical theory and observations of solar phenomena • Contains valuable findings based upon results and derivations often omitted from standard research Solar and space plasma physics

August 2019 247 x 174 mm 540pp 38 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42766-1 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

An Introduction to Radio Astronomy

Luca Lusanna | Istituto Nazionale di Fisica Nucleare (INFN), Firenze

Interpreting general relativity relies on a proper description of non-inertial frames and Dirac observables. This book describes global noninertial frames in special and general relativity and provides a detailed description of mathematical methods. It is ideal for theoretical physicists, researchers and Ph.D. students. • The first book on global non-inertial frames in special and general relativity • Covers relativistic Hamiltonian dynamics with consistent use of Dirac– Bergmann constraint theory Cosmology, relativity and gravitation | Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics

August 2019 247 x 174 mm 400pp 978-1-108-48082-6 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Quantum theory, the soul of theoretical physics, is derived in this book from fundamental principles applicable to any physical system. Explaining how to master the principles, and offering a radically new viewpoint inspired by quantum information, this will be of interest to anyone seeking a deeper understanding of the theory. • Building quantum rules from basic principles provides a deeper, more intuitive, understanding of quantum theory and quantum information • Graphical notation to represent equations offers a new, more accessible approach to the subject • Shorter and more efficient derivations allow readers to gain an in-depth understanding of the subject much earlier in the learning process

Fourth edition Bernard F. Burke | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

A thorough introduction to radio astronomy and its contribution to our understanding of the universe, perfect for beginners. Fully revised and updated, the fourth edition covers the basic physics and observational techniques, including interferometric and digital techniques, single-dish telescopes and aperture synthesis arrays. • Additional materials are available online, including up-to-date colour images • Includes both theory and techniques, providing a comprehensive ‘onestop’ introduction to the field, allowing a smooth transition to more advanced research level material • More advanced material is listed in the further reading sections of each chapter for the interested reader Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; Part I. The Emission, Propagation, and Detection of Radio Waves: 1. The role of radio observations in astronomy; 2. Emission and general properties of radio waves; 3. Spectral

Physics and Astronomy / Statistics and Probability

lines; 4. Radio wave propagation; 5. The nature of the received radio signal; 6. Radiometers; 7. Spectrometers and polarimeters; Part II. Radio Telescopes and Aperture Synthesis: 8. Single-aperture radio telescopes; 9. The basics of interferometry; 10. Aperture synthesis; 11. Further interferometric techniques; Part III. The Radio Cosmos: 12. The Sun and the planets; 13. Stars and nebulae; 14. The Milky Way galaxy; 15. Pulsars; 16. Active galaxies; 17. The radio contributions to cosmology; Appendix 1. Fourier transforms; Appendix 2. Celestial coordinates and time; Appendix 3. Digitization; Appendix 4. Calibrating polarimeters; Appendix 5. Spherical harmonics; References; Index. Observational astronomy, techniques and instrumentation

June 2019 247 x 174 mm 576pp 329 b/w illus. 978-1-107-18941-6 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99

A Student’s Guide to the Schrödinger Equation Daniel A. Fleisch | Wittenberg University, Ohio

Retaining the hugely successful approach used in Fleisch’s other student’s guides, this accessible resource provides plain language explanations of the fundamental concepts and techniques underlying the Schrödinger equation in quantum mechanics. A companion app from Edukado hosts additional resources including videos, quizzes and interactive graphs to further develop students’ understanding. • Fully worked examples illustrate the key concepts • A clear and plain language approach illuminates a complex topic for students • The supporting app from Edukado hosts a range of resources including videos, quizzes and interactive graphs Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; 1. Vectors and functions; 2. Operators and Eigenfunctions; 3. The Schrödinger equation; 4. Solving the Schrödinger equation; 5. Solutions for specific potentials; References; Index. General and classical physics | Student’s Guides

May 2019 228 x 152 mm 250pp 69 b/w illus. 978-1-108-42426-4 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$59.99 978-1-108-43960-2 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$24.99

P P

Cosmic Challenge The Ultimate Observing List for Amateurs Philip S. Harrington

Listing more than 500 sky targets this guide will test novices and veterans alike. Each target object is accompanied by a difficulty rating, an in-depth visual description, an eyepiece illustration, and a detailed finder chart. This paperback edition has updated charts and data to challenge observers for years to come. • Lists over 500 sky targets through 187 challenges suitable for the naked eye, binoculars and backyard telescopes • The unique mix of Solar System and deep-sky targets includes objects often overlooked in other observing guides and targets visible in a variety of conditions – from the inner city to the dark countryside • Each target object is accompanied by a difficulty rating, an in-depth visual description, a realistic illustration and a detailed finder chart • This paperback edition has updated charts and data tables to challenge observers for many years to come Amateur and popular astronomy

April 2019 246 x 189 mm 488pp 978-1-108-71075-6 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99

Statistics and Probability Statistical Modelling by Exponential Families Rolf Sundberg | Stockholms Universitet

This readable, digestible introduction to exponential families of distributions covers the essential theory and demonstrates its use in applications. Containing a vast set of examples and numerous exercises, it is written for graduate students and researchers with a background in basic statistical inference. • Expands and extends the theory and application of exponential families within one concise volume • Uses recurrent themes in examples and exercises to build familiarity with the models • Gives a concise account of the philosophy of Per Martin-Löf, connecting statistical modelling with ideas in statistical physics Contents: Preface; 1. Random walks on graphs; 2. Uniform spanning tree; 3. Percolation and self-avoiding walk; 4. Association and influence; 5. Further percolation; 6. Contact process; 7. Gibbs states; 8. Randomcluster model; 9. Quantum Ising model; 10. Interacting particle systems; 11. Random graphs; 12. Lorentz gas; References; Index. Statistical theory and methods | Institute of Mathematical Statistics Textbooks, 12

July 2019 228 x 152 mm 290pp 45 b/w illus. 90 exercises 978-1-108-47659-1 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$105.00 P 978-1-108-70111-2 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99 P

Brain Network Analysis Moo K. Chung | University of Wisconsin, Madison

This tutorial reference provides a coherent overview of statistical and mathematical approaches used in brain network analysis. It goes beyond graph theory to explore different models in network science, regression, and algebraic topology, empowering methodological understanding in a manner immediately usable to both researchers and students. • The first textbook on brain network analysis to train graduate students • Provides detailed mathematical and statistical formulations that readers can immediately put into practice • Footnotes link to the sample data and codes used in generating the book’s results and figures Statistics for life sciences, medicine and health

June 2019 228 x 152 mm 320pp 41 colour illus. 978-1-107-18486-2 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Fat Chance Probability from 0 to 1 Benedict Gross | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Designed for the intellectually curious, this book provides a solid foundation in basic probability theory in a charming style, without technical jargon. This text will immerse the reader in a mathematical view of the world, and teach them techniques to solve real-world problems both inside and outside the casino. • Highlights key definitions, formulas, and theorems in boxes for easy reference • Some twenty-five essential formulas are conveniently collected in the back of the book • More than 100 exercises and forty worked examples build up from simple problems to complex real-world problems Probability theory and stochastic processes

April 2019 253 x 177 mm 194pp 978-1-108-48296-7 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99 978-1-108-72818-8 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99

P G

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

109

Statistics and Probability

The Random Matrix Theory of the Classical Compact Groups Elizabeth S. Meckes | Case Western Reserve University, Ohio

110

This book provides a broad overview of foundational results and recent progress in the study of random matrices from the classical compact groups. Designed to present a complete picture to researchers of different fields, the material makes connections to geometry, analysis, algebra, physics, and statistics. • Presents the first book-length, in-depth treatment of these specific random matrix models made available to a broader audience • Assumes working knowledge of measure-theoretic probability; however more advanced probability topics, such as large deviations and measure concentration, as well as topics from other fields, such as representation theory and Riemannian manifolds, are introduced with the assumption of little previous knowledge • Presents a more complete picture of the field to researchers who are largely familiar with only specific corners of it Probability theory and stochastic processes | Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 218

August 2019 228 x 152 mm 150pp 978-1-108-41952-9 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$125.00

The Probability Companion for Engineering and Computer Science Adam Prügel-Bennett | University of Southampton

This guide helps undergraduate and graduate students convert pure mathematics into understanding and facility with a host of probabilistic tools. From the basic rules of probability it expands to the most sophisticated modern techniques, equipping those starting their careers and providing a handy reference for professionals and researchers. • Some sixty-four exercises and ninety-one worked examples feature real-world scenarios • Hundreds of diagrams illustrate concepts and results to help readers visualise concepts and improve intuition • Detailed mathematical derivations are built for clarity rather than complete rigour Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Survey of distributions; 3. Monte Carlo; 4. Discrete random variables; 5. The normal distribution; 6. Handling experimental data; 7. Mathematics of random variables; 8. Bayes; 9. Entropy; 10. Collective behavior; 11. Markov chains; 12. Stochastic processes; Appendix A. Answers to exercises; Appendix B. Probability distributions. Applied probability and stochastic networks

August 2019 253 x 177 mm 450pp 978-1-108-48053-6 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$129.99 978-1-108-72770-9 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$59.99

P P

Index

A Aarons, Victoria............................................19 Abdullin, A. L................................................93 Ablett, Phillip...............................................87 Account of an Elizabethan Family, An..............8 Acharya, Amitav...........................................76 Adam, Christian...........................................75 Adamson, G. David.....................................105 Adivasis and the State..................................85 Adler, Jr, Gary J.............................................85 Advanced Digital Signal Processing of Seismic Data.............................................90 Advanced Research Methods for the Social and Behavioral Sciences...................84 Advances in Empirical Translation Studies......48 Aeschylus.......................................................4 Aeschylus: Suppliants.....................................4 Africa and the Indian Ocean World from Early Times to Circa 1900..........................13 Africa since 1940.........................................13 Against Knowledge Closure..........................32 Agnew, Andrew D. Q.....................................97 Agricultural Resilience..................................97 Ahluwalia, Dharam.....................................107 Ahrne, Göran................................................68 Air Pollution.................................................90 Akrigg, Ben....................................................6 Akuji, M. Ashraf..........................................103 Alessi, Daniel S.............................................89 Alexander, Kern............................................41 Alexanderson, Kris........................................18 Alfano, Mark................................................33 Ali, Ahmed.................................................106 Ali, Nosheen................................................80 Allen, Amy...................................................33 Alspector-Kelly, Marc....................................32 Ambient Integrated Robotics........................93 American Criminal Justice.............................63 Amirell, Stefan Eklöf.....................................14 Analgesia, Anaesthesia and Pregnancy.......103 Analytical Geomicrobiology..........................89 Anatomy for the FRCA................................103 Anderson, Judith........................................105 Angelet, Nicolas...........................................57 Angelov, Dimiter.............................................9 Ansell, Christopher.......................................78 Anthropology of the Future, The....................38 Appearance Bias and Crime..........................85 Applebaum, David......................................100 Application of the European Convention on Human Rights to Military Operations, The...........................................................63 Apuleius’ Invisible Ass....................................1 Arat, Yeşim...................................................79 Arentzen, Thomas.........................................35 Aristotle on Earlier Greek Psychology............34 Aristoxenus of Tarentum.................................4 Aristoxenus of Tarentum: The Pythagorean Precepts (How to Live a Pythagorean Life)....4 Arnott, Nick...............................................104 Art of Law in the International Community, The.........................................58 Artemov, Sergei............................................98 Arts of Imitation in Latin Prose, The.................2 Ashworth, Michael T...................................106 Assisted Reproductive Technology Surveillance.............................................105 Atomic-Molecular Ionization by Electron Scattering................................................108 Augustine......................................................4

Augustine: Confessions Books V–IX................4 Austin, Lynette.............................................48 Australian Uniform Evidence Law..................66 Austrian Capital Theory................................43 Automating Finance.....................................42 Avery, D. Margaret.......................................89

B Bagarello, Fabio.........................................108 Bailey, Susan..............................................102 Bakshi, Bhavik R...........................................96 Bale, Anthony...............................................23 Banaszkiewicz, Paul A.................................106 Bannister, Judith...........................................52 Bar-Asher Siegal, Michal...............................36 Bargaining over the Bomb............................77 Barker, Simon...............................................34 Barney, Jay B................................................68 Barrett, Jastine C..........................................53 Barrington, Candace.....................................23 Barros, Ana Sofia..........................................55 Basic Physiology for Anaesthetists...............103 Baumgärtel, Moritz......................................55 Becker, Felicitas............................................13 Behera, Binoy Kumar....................................44 Belegundu, Ashok D.....................................95 Bell III, James F.............................................91 Belogurova, Anna Eduardovna......................14 Ben-Porat, Guy.............................................79 Benati, Alessandro........................................48 Benesch, Oleg..............................................14 Benner, Allison.............................................45 Benson, Geoffrey C.........................................1 Berensmeyer, Ingo........................................21 Bernauer, Julian............................................74 Bernhard, Laurent........................................78 Berry, Bonnie................................................85 Bett, Richard................................................34 Between Greece and Babylonia......................6 Beyond Hyperbolicity....................................99 Beyond Minimum Harmonisation..................63 Bhatia, Parteek.............................................88 Bhui, Kamaldeep S.....................................102 Biber, Douglas..............................................48 Biblical Theology..........................................35 Biddle, C. Bradford.......................................64 Biggs, Thomas................................................4 Bigler, Gene E...............................................12 Biological Extinction.....................................42 Biology of Art, The........................................31 Birmingham, C. Laird..................................101 Bishop, Janice L............................................91 Bixby, Patrick................................................28 Blitvich, Pilar Garcés-Conejos........................46 Blum, Jessica..................................................4 Blumberg, Andrew J......................................96 Bock, Thomas...............................................93 Borg, Barbara E..............................................5 Börjars, Kersti...............................................44 Boss, Jack....................................................29 Bostonians, The............................................26 Botner, Max.................................................35 Boundaries, Communities, and StateMaking in West Africa...............................82 Boute, Anatole.............................................61 Bowie, Ewen..................................................2 Bowness, James.........................................103 Boxall, Peter.................................................27 Brabazon, Mark............................................68 Bradley, Richard.............................................1

Braga, Anthony A.........................................86 Brahms in Context........................................29 Brain Network Analysis...............................109 Brainin, Michael.........................................104 Brandt, Loren...............................................40 Breda, Vito...................................................50 Breman, Jan.................................................80 Bribery and Corruption in Weak Institutional Environments.........................70 British Orientalisms, 1759–1835...................25 Brooks, Chris................................................42 Brothel of Pompeii, The...................................1 Brown, Theodore M......................................16 Brozo, William G...........................................83 Brunsson, Nils..............................................68 Bryant, Gareth..............................................92 Bryant, Rebecca............................................38 Bubeck, Johannes.........................................76 Buelens, Gert................................................21 Bulkeley, Harriet...........................................92 Bunbury, Judith..............................................1 Burdick, Joel.................................................94 Burger, Glenn D............................................23 Burke, Bernard F.........................................108 Burnett, Mark Thornton................................24 Burns, Elizabeth............................................37 Burns, Kevin C..............................................98 Burr, Devon M..............................................91 Burtraw, Dallas.............................................60 Butler, Rob.................................................102 Buzan, Barry.................................................76 Bykova, Marina F..........................................33 Byzantine Hellene, The....................................9

C Cabrera, Mónica...........................................45 Cachanosky, Nicolas.....................................43 Caiado, José Guilherme Moreno...................60 Cairney, Paul................................................78 Camacho, José.............................................45 Cambodia....................................................80 Cambridge Companion to British Fiction: 1980–2018, The........................................27 Cambridge Companion to Human Rights and Literature, The.....................................20 Cambridge Companion to Ian McEwan, The..28 Cambridge Companion to Medieval English Law and Literature, The..................23 Cambridge Companion to NineteenthCentury Thought, The.................................26 Cambridge Companion to Richard Wright, The...........................................................18 Cambridge Companion to Shakespeare’s Language, The...........................................24 Cambridge Companion to the Literature of the Crusades, The..................................23 Cambridge Grammar of Medieval and Early Modern Greek, The............................49 Cambridge Habermas Lexicon, The................33 Cambridge Handbook of Germanic Linguistics, The..........................................49 Cambridge Handbook of Immunities and International Law, The...............................57 Cambridge Handbook of Intellectual Property in Central and Eastern Europe, The ..........................................................64 Cambridge Handbook of Language Learning, The.............................................48 Cambridge Handbook of Literary Authorship, The.........................................21

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

111

Index

112

Cambridge Handbook of Open Strategy........68 Cambridge Handbook of Policing in the United States, The......................................63 Cambridge Handbook of Stakeholder Theory, The................................................68 Cambridge Handbook of the Intellectual History of Psychology, The..........................84 Cambridge History of Science, The.................17 Camera Power..............................................65 Campbell, C. M.............................................99 Campbell, Gwyn...........................................13 Can America Govern Itself?..........................73 Capitalism, Inequality and Labour in India.....80 Carbon Markets in a Climate-Changing Capitalism.................................................92 Care for the World.......................................67 Carlson, Ann................................................60 Carnegie, David............................................23 Carpenter, Jeffrey R......................................91 Carpio, Glenda R..........................................18 Carrai, Maria Adele......................................58 Carston, Robyn.............................................45 Carter, Jason W.............................................34 Case for Shareholders’ Fiduciary Duties in Common Law Asia, A.................................61 Casey, Patricia............................................101 Castle, Gregory.............................................28 Categories, Constructions, and Change in English Syntax...........................................50 Cedeira Serantes, Lucia.................................21 Certomà, Chiara...........................................92 Challenge of Inter-legality, The......................57 Challenges of Divine Determinism, The..........37 Chalmers, Damian........................................62 Chambers, David........................................103 Chambers, Georgina...................................105 Chandrupatla, Tirupathi R.............................95 Chaplin, Jonathan........................................61 Chartier, Gary...............................................50 Chemical Kinetics in Combustion and Reactive Flows: Modeling Tools and Applications..............................................93 Chiapello, Ève..............................................68 Child Perpetrators on Trial.............................53 Child’s Right to Development, The.................54 Children in Changing Worlds........................82 Children’s Rights and Sustainable Development.............................................55 Chiribella, Giulio.........................................108 Christian Pacifism for an Environmental Age.37 Christianizing Asia Minor..............................35 Chronic Care Nursing.................................105 Chung, Moo K............................................109 Civilisation Recast..........................................1 Claeys, Gregory............................................26 Clark, Billy....................................................45 Clark, Tom S.................................................73 Clarke, Alan W..............................................54 Class, Politics, and Agrarian Policies in Post-liberalisation India.............................78 Cleal, Christopher J.......................................97 Climate and Literature..................................20 Climate Change and the Contemporary Novel........................................................21 Clinical Staging in Psychiatry......................102 Clyne, T. W....................................................95 Co-Managing International Crises.................77 Coastal Hydrogeology..................................90 Cohen, I. Glenn............................................66 Cohnitz, Daniel.............................................31 Collins, Hugh................................................65

Collins, Sarah...............................................29 Colonial Life of Pharmaceuticals, The............17 Combating Corruption in India.....................40 Commitments and Flexibilities in the WTO Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures...........................60 Common Law and Natural Law in America....51 Communication Skills for Business Professionals.............................................71 Comparative Reasoning in International Courts and Tribunals..................................58 Composing Community in Late Medieval Music........................................................29 Conant, James.............................................34 Conceptualising the Global in the Wake of the Postmodern.........................................28 Conlin, Michael F............................................7 Conniff, Michael L.........................................12 Connolly, Margaret.......................................21 Connolly, Marie............................................85 Conrad, Susan..............................................48 Conservation Politics....................................97 Conservatives and the Constitution...............73 Constitution-Making and Transnational Legal Order...............................................53 Constitutional Origins of the American Civil War, The...............................................7 Constitutional Transition and the Travail of Judges......................................................52 Constitutions in Times of Financial Crisis.......53 Contemporary International Business in the Asia-Pacific Region..............................70 Contested Politics in Tunisia..........................79 Continental Philosophy of Religion...............37 Contreras, Jorge L.........................................64 Contributory Fault and Investor Misconduct in Investment Arbitration.........59 Cooper, Frederick..........................................13 Copyright and Collective Authorship.............65 Correspondence of Richardson’s Final Years (1755–1761)...................................22 Corruption and Justice in Colonial Mexico, 1650–1755...............................................12 Cosmic Challenge.......................................109 Cosmos in the Ancient World..........................4 Costache, Doru...............................................6 Counterfeit Culture.......................................19 Courts of the Deccan Sultanates, The............14 Crafty Oligarchs, Savvy Voters.......................80 Crawley, Rhys...............................................16 Creating Canadian English...........................50 Creating Global Shipping..............................18 Creating the Modern Iranian Woman............16 Crerar, Charlie..............................................34 Cretì, Anna...................................................42 Crevier-Buchman, Lise..................................45 Crewe, Ryan Dominic....................................13 Crisis behind the Eurocrisis, The....................62 Crocker, Holly A............................................23 Crossley, Penelope........................................60 Crowe, Jonathan..........................................32 CRQs for the Final FRCA.............................103 Cruickshank, Mary......................................104 Cruz, Jo Ann Hoeppner Moran........................8 Cryer, Robert..........................................55, 56 Crystal, David...............................................24 Cueto, Marcos..............................................16 Cui, Meng..................................................106 Cultural Entrepreneurship.............................69 Cunningham, Mary B....................................35 Cupido, Marjolein.........................................56

Currency, Credit and Crisis............................38

D D’Ariano, Giacomo Mauro..........................108 Dalsgaard, Inger H........................................19 Das Gupta, Sejuti.........................................78 Dasgupta, Partha..........................................42 Data Mining and Data Warehousing.............88 Davies, Gareth..............................................62 Davis, Carol C...............................................38 Davis, Frederick T..........................................63 Davison, Andrew..........................................34 De Geyter, Christian....................................105 de Hemptinne, Jérôme..................................56 de Jong, Mayke..............................................9 de la Rasilla, Ignacio....................................56 De Schutter, Olivier.......................................54 de Vries, Jan.................................................17 de Wilde, Pieter............................................74 Death Penalty on the Ballot, The...................67 Deats, Sara Munson.......................................6 Debating Unemployment Policy....................78 Decrees of Fourth-Century Athens (403/2–322/1 BC)...................................5, 6 Dede’, Luca................................................100 Defant, Andreas...........................................99 Delaney, Deborah.........................................70 Delusional States..........................................80 Demanding Rights........................................55 Demin, A. V...................................................93 Demoor, Marysa...........................................21 Demosthenes.................................................3 Demosthenes: Selected Political Speeches.......3 Deravin, Linda............................................105 Descamps, Olivier.........................................51 Design and Analysis of Algorithms................87 Determining Legal Parentage........................62 Development with Global Value Chains.........70 Dhattiwala, Raheel.......................................85 Digital Authorship........................................22 Dinstein, Yoram............................................64 Dirichlet Series and Holomorphic Functions in High Dimensions....................99 Disciples of the State?..................................74 Discourse on Leadership...............................71 Divine in the Commonplace, The...................26 Dollinger, Stefan...........................................50 Domingo, Rafael...........................................51 Dormy, Emmanuel......................................101 Douglas, Mark..............................................37 Dreams, Virtue and Divine Knowledge in Early Christian Egypt....................................6 Dreisbach, Daniel L.......................................51 Drugs Politics...............................................79 Drugs, Money, and Secret Handshakes..........53 Duality by Design.........................................69 Duelling for Supremacy.................................57 Dunn, William N...........................................78 Dunne, William M.........................................91 Dunning, Thad..............................................75 Durrheim, Kevin............................................84 Dutch in the Early Modern World, The...........10 Duty and the Beast.......................................30 Dyal-Chand, Rashmi.....................................67 Dynamics and Control of Autonomous Space Vehicles and Robotics......................94 Dyrness, William A........................................38

E Early Franciscan Theology.............................34

Index

Economics of Electricity................................42 Edlund, John E..............................................84 Educating the Empire.....................................7 Edwards, Caroline........................................28 Edwards, Catharine........................................3 Edwards, Philip.............................................22 Elazar, Yiftah................................................71 Elder, Jr, Glen H............................................82 Elementary Particle Physics.........................107 Emery, Joshua P............................................91 Emoji Revolution, The...................................47 Emotions in Organization Theory...................70 Empathy and Concern with Negative Evaluation in Intergroup Relations.............83 Empathy Beyond US Borders.........................85 Enderwick, Peter...........................................70 Energy Security along the New Silk Road......61 Energy Transfers in Fluid Flows....................100 Engaging Boys in Active Literacy...................83 Engaging with Social Work...........................87 English Comparative Correlatives..................45 Enlightenment, The.......................................10 Enrich, Peter.................................................67 Enriques, Luca..............................................61 Enterprising Empires.....................................11 Environmental Rights...................................60 Epic Journey in Greek and Roman Literature, The..............................................4 Epitaph for an Era..........................................9 Equity and Law............................................66 Erdemir, Deniz..............................................93 Esling, John H...............................................45 Estrada-González, Luis.................................31 Ettinger, Alan B...........................................104 Europe’s Future............................................79 European Encyclopedia, The..........................21 European Union Law....................................62 Evans, Barbara J...........................................66 Evans, Joel...................................................28 Evil, Terrorism and Psychiatry......................102 Evolution in Isolation....................................98 Ewing, Keith.................................................65 Experiments in International Adjudication.....56 Exploring Interfaces......................................45

F Fabbe, Kristin...............................................74 Fabbrini, Sergio............................................79 Falklands War, The..........................................9 Falola, Toyin.................................................13 Fan, Mary D..................................................65 Fat Chance.................................................109 Fathi, Romain...............................................17 Faust Legend, The...........................................6 Fee, Elizabeth...............................................16 Feedback in Second Language Writing..........48 Feekery, Angela............................................71 Feldman, Robin............................................53 Felony and the Guilty Mind in Medieval England......................................................8 Fenton-Glynn, Claire.....................................55 Ferber, Michael.............................................28 Fernandez Lynch, Holly.................................66 Ferro, Luca...................................................57 Feuchtwang, Stephen.....................................1 Feuerstein, Anna..........................................26 Fielding, Penny.............................................25 Filbey, Francesca Mapua...............................84 Finite-State Techniques.................................87 Fish’s Clinical Psychopathology...................101

Fitting, Melvin..............................................98 Fitzgerald, F. Scott........................................22 Flatt, Emma J................................................14 Fleisch, Daniel A.........................................109 Flores-Macías, Gustavo A..............................81 Flourishing Lives...........................................50 Floyd, Rita....................................................76 Flynn, Catherine...........................................27 Fong, Brendan..............................................99 Fontini, Fulvio...............................................42 Food and Power...........................................78 Forman-Rabinovici, Aliza...............................54 Forsyth, Andrew...........................................51 Fortier, Edwige.............................................79 Fortuin, Egbert.............................................45 Fossati, Flavia...............................................78 Fossil History of Southern African Land Mammals, A..............................................89 Frances Burney and the Doctors....................25 Frazier, Mark W.............................................15 Freeman, R. Edward.....................................68 Freer, Joanna................................................20 Friends of the Emir.......................................16 Friendship and Virtue Ethics in the Book of Job........................................................36 From Divided Pasts to Cohesive Futures........40 From Speech Acts to Lay Understandings of Politeness..............................................46 Furlong, Peter...............................................37

G Gal, Susan....................................................46 Gallimore, Casey E......................................104 Garcia, Angela Cora.....................................47 García, Domingo..........................................99 Gardner, Sarah M.........................................97 Geerdink-Verkoren, Hetty.............................45 Gelis, François............................................107 Gene-Culture Interactions.............................84 General Principles of the European Convention on Human Rights....................54 Genetics of African Populations in Health and Disease, The........................................98 Gentry, Gerad...............................................33 Geoffrey Chaucer in Context.........................24 Geologic Fracture Mechanics........................89 Gerards, Janneke..........................................54 Gereffi, Gary.................................................41 Gerkema, Theo.............................................91 Gersh, Stephen.............................................30 Gerya, Taras.................................................88 Ghiabi, Maziyar............................................79 Gielen, Uwe P...............................................84 Gigan, Sylvain............................................106 Gil, Nuno.....................................................69 Gilbert, Patrick.............................................68 Gill, Robert...................................................71 Ginsburg, Tom..............................................53 Glannon, Walter...........................................83 Global Changes in Children’s Lives................84 Global Value Chains and Development..........41 Glynn, Mary Ann..........................................69 God and Morality.........................................37 Goetze, Trystan S..........................................34 Goldberg, John C. P.......................................66 Gonzalez, Silvia R.........................................39 Gottlieb, Roger S..........................................30 Gould IV, William B.......................................65 Gould, Jeffrey L............................................12 Governance As Responsibility.......................55

Governing Gender and Sexuality in Colonial India............................................14 Government Accountability - Australian Administrative Law....................................52 Graham-Smith, Francis................................108 Graz, Jean-Christophe..................................76 Great Christian Jurists and Legal Collections in the First Millennium.............51 Great Christian Jurists in American History....51 Great Christian Jurists in French History........51 Great Gatsby, The.........................................22 Great Judgments of the European Court of Justice...................................................62 Green, Deborah............................................43 Green, Matthew...........................................73 Greenwood, Christopher...............................59 Greenwood, Royston....................................69 Grey, Rosemary............................................58 Gross, Benedict..........................................109 Grossman, Guy.............................................75 Groups St Andrews 2017 in Birmingham.......99 Grøver, Vibeke..............................................47 Güldemann, Tom..........................................46 Gunby, David...............................................23 Gunn, Michael............................................102 Gunz, Hugh..................................................69 Guo, Xuezhi.................................................81 Gupta, Rajesh Kumar....................................95 Gurr, Andrew................................................22 Gusfield, Dan...............................................87 Güttler, Jörg.................................................93 Gynecologic and Urologic Pathology...........106

H Habib, M. A. R..............................................20 Haeussler, Mathias.......................................11 Hagen, Mark................................................99 Hails, Rosemary S.........................................97 Hall, Mark David..........................................51 Halliday, Terence C........................................53 Halvorson, Hans...........................................31 Hamilton, Katy.............................................29 Hamlet.........................................................22 ‘Hamlet’ and World Cinema..........................24 Handbook of Drugs in Intensive Care..........104 Handbook of Industrial Crystallization...........93 Hänggli, Regula............................................78 Hardy, Thomas..............................................27 Harlaftis, Gelina............................................18 Harms and Wrongs in Epistemic Practice.......34 Harms, Louise...............................................85 Harrington, Philip S.....................................109 Harris, Joe..................................................109 Harrison, Jeffrey S.........................................68 Harvey, Elizabeth..........................................11 Haslam, Catherine......................................102 Haslam, S. Alexander..................................102 Hatter, Jane D...............................................29 Hays, Christopher B......................................36 Haywood, Ian...............................................25 Head, Dominic..............................................28 Head, Randolph C........................................10 Hebrew Bible and Environmental Ethics, The.36 Hegel and the Foundations of Literary Theory.20 Hegel’s Philosophy of Spirit...........................33 Heikkila, Tanya.............................................78 Heine, Bernd................................................49 Heiss, Wolf-Dieter.......................................104 Helmholz, R. H..............................................66

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

113

Index

114

Helmut Schmidt and British-German Relations...................................................11 Hendelman-Baavur, Liora..............................16 Henreckson, David P.....................................51 Hernandez, Arturo E.....................................48 Herrman, Judson............................................3 Heyworth, S. J.................................................3 Hickie, Ian B...............................................102 Hill, Charles T................................................83 Hinchy, Jessica..............................................14 Hino, Hiroyuki..............................................40 Hirschfeld, Heather.......................................22 Historical Roots of Political Violence, The.......75 History and Memory in the Dead Sea Scrolls..36 History of African Linguistics, A.....................49 History of Intellectual Property in 50 Objects, A..................................................64 History of Irish Modernism, A........................28 History of the Arthaśāstra, The......................18 Hixson, Walter L.............................................7 Ho, Lusina....................................................67 Hoekstra, Rutger..........................................40 Hoffmann, Thomas.......................................45 Holes in the Safety Net.................................52 Holland, Anthony.......................................102 Hollmann, Willem B......................................50 Holton, David...............................................49 Hong, Bo......................................................49 Honohan, Patrick..........................................38 Horky, Phillip Sidney.......................................4 Hornborg, Alf...............................................43 Horner, David...............................................16 Horrocks, Geoffrey........................................49 Horsten, Leon...............................................31 How Mediation Works..................................47 How to Be a Pyrrhonist.................................34 Howard, Lise Morjé......................................76 Huang, Christopher....................................103 Hueber, Gernot.............................................95 Huebner, Sabine R..........................................5 Huffman, Carl A..............................................4 Hull, D..........................................................95 Hum, Fiona..................................................66 Humphreys, Macartan..................................75 Hunter, Dan..................................................64 Hurka, Steffen..............................................75 Hürter, Johannes..........................................11 Hutchison, Margaret.....................................17 Hyde, Susan D..............................................75 Hyland, Fiona...............................................48 Hyland, Ken............................................47, 48 Hyper-active Governance..............................75

I Ibrahim, Muntaser........................................98 Ideas of Power.............................................72 Ideological Representation: Achieved and Astray.......................................................74 Image of God in the Theology of Gregory of Nazianzus, The......................................35 Image Makers..............................................38 Imagination in German Idealism and Romanticism, The......................................33 Immigration and Refugee Law in Russia........67 Immortal Commonwealth, The......................51 Implicatures.................................................46 In Search of Good Energy Policy....................61 In the Wake of Disaster................................80 Incomprehensible!.......................................52 Independent Timor-Leste..............................80

Indigenous Rights and Colonial Subjecthood...8 Inequality and Optimal Redistribution...........39 Information, Accountability, and Cumulative Learning..................................75 Injustice and the Reproduction of History......72 Instability in Geophysical Flows.....................91 Integer Linear Programming in Computational and Systems Biology..........87 International and Transnational Crime and Justice.......................................................86 International Criminal Law Documents..........55 International Human Rights Law...................54 International Law of Belligerent Occupation, The.........................................64 International Law of the Sea, The..................57 International Law Reports.............................59 International Taxation of Trust Income...........68 Intimate Relationships across Cultures..........83 Introduction to Composite Materials, An.......95 Introduction to International Criminal Law and Procedure, An.....................................56 Introduction to Jewish Law, An.....................53 Introduction to Numerical Geodynamic Modelling..................................................88 Introduction to Optical Microscopy...............92 Introduction to Plant Fossils..........................97 Introduction to Radio Astronomy, An...........108 Introduction to Reservoir Simulation Using MATLAB/GNU Octave, An..........................89 Introduction to Seismology...........................90 Introduction to the Desert Fathers, An...........36 Introduction to the Philosophy of Logic, An...31 Introduction to Tides, An...............................91 Introductory Econometrics for Finance..........42 Invitation to Applied Category Theory, An......99 Invitation to Model Theory, An......................99 Ireland, Enlightenment and the English Stage, 1740–1820....................................28 Irvine, Judith T...............................................46 Islamic Law of the Sea..................................16 Israel’s Armor.................................................7 Iturralde, Kepa..............................................93

J Jackman, Bronwen.......................................66 Jackson, MacDonald P..................................23 Jacob, Rebecca...........................................102 James Baldwin in Context.............................19 James Joyce and the Matter of Paris.............27 James, Henry................................................26 Janssen, Marjolijne.......................................49 Japan’s Castles.............................................14 Jarrett, Martin..............................................59 Jeffrey, Anne................................................37 Jesus Christ as the Son of David in the Gospel of Mark.........................................35 Jewish-Christian Dialogues on Scripture in Late Antiquity............................................36 Ji, Meng.......................................................48 Jiang, Chun..................................................92 Jiao, Jimmy...................................................90 Joerstad, Mari..............................................36 Johns-Putra, Adeline...............................20, 21 Johns, David.................................................97 Johnson, Ian.................................................24 Jones, Alexander..........................................17 Joshi, Manjunath V.......................................94 Joshipura, K. N...........................................108 Jovanović, Miodrag A....................................50 Justification Logic.........................................98

K Kader, Deiary F............................................106 Kah, Linda C.................................................91 Kamali, Elizabeth Papp...................................8 Kammen, Douglas........................................80 Kant on Laws...............................................33 Kant’s Philosophy of Mathematics................32 Karlin, Daniel...............................................26 Karol, David.................................................73 Katona, Cornelius.......................................102 Keeping the Peace........................................85 Kelly, Brendan............................................101 Kemp, Verity...............................................102 Kenney, Janice P. L........................................89 Kerr-Ritchie, Jeffrey R......................................8 Kersch, Ken I................................................73 Khalilieh, Hassan S.......................................16 Khan Mohmand, Shandana..........................80 Kidd, Stephen E..............................................5 Kim, Marie Seong-Hak..................................52 Kim, Sunghun...............................................84 King Richard ll..............................................22 King, Amy M................................................26 King, Shelley................................................22 Kirby, Jonathan............................................99 Kissin, Dmitry.............................................105 Klabbers, Jan................................................57 Knight, Daniel M..........................................38 Knill, Christoph.............................................75 Kohler, Michelle............................................20 Koopmans, Ruud..........................................74 Kornprobst, Markus......................................77 Kriesi, Hanspeter..........................................78 Krioukov, V. G...............................................93 Kubal, Agnieszka..........................................67 Kubby, Joel.................................................106 Kumar, Amit.................................................87 Kürbis, Nils...................................................31 Kuteva, Tania................................................49 Kwon, Heewon.............................................84

L Labour Law..................................................65 Lacey, Nichola..............................................88 Lamey, Andy.................................................30 Lando, Massimo...........................................58 Langer, Arnim...............................................40 Language and Nature in the Classical Roman World..............................................2 Language of Hunter-Gatherers, The...............46 Language Politics and Policies.......................47 Larkoski, Andrew J......................................107 Lateness and Modernism..............................29 Lave, Tamara Rice.........................................63 Law and Finance of Related Party Transactions, The.......................................61 Law of Strangers, The...................................56 Law, Love and Freedom................................51 Law, Ricky W................................................11 Lawson, Celeste...........................................71 Learning through Language..........................47 Lee, Alfred Y..................................................93 Lee, Frances E...............................................73 Lee, Karen....................................................59 Lee, Rebecca................................................67 Leedham-Green, C. R..................................101 Legal Authority of ASEAN as a Security Institution, The..........................................59 Legal Framework of the OSCE, The................57 Legal Scholarship for the Urban Core............67

Index

Legal Transplants in East Asia and Oceania...50 Legislative Development in Africa.................81 Legislative Hardball......................................73 Lendari, Tina................................................49 Lessons from the Clean Air Act.....................60 Leung, Vincent S...........................................15 Levin-Richardson, Sarah.................................1 Lewin, Peter.................................................43 Lewis-Williams, David...................................38 Lewis, Verlan................................................72 Lexical Layers of Identity...............................46 Lexical-Functional Grammar.........................44 Li, Shaomin..................................................70 Li, Weidong..................................................96 Liamputtong, Pranee..................................103 Liberalism, Diversity and Domination............72 Licari, François-Xavier...................................53 Liddel, Peter...............................................5, 6 Lie, Knut-Andreas.........................................89 Lieven, Elena................................................47 Lim, Ernest...................................................61 Lindert, Peter H............................................39 Linear Algebra and Learning from Data.......100 Linner, Thomas.............................................93 Literary 1880s, The.......................................25 Liu, Kai......................................................100 Liu, Mingxing...............................................78 Loeffler, James..............................................56 Loges, Natasha.............................................29 Logic in Philosophy of Science, The................31 Londey, Peter...............................................16 Long Search for Peace, The...........................16 Long War over Party Structure, The................72 Long, Haiping...............................................49 Longus...........................................................2 Longus: Daphnis and Chloe............................2 Lonsdale, John.............................................40 Lopez-Beltran, Antonio...............................106 Lounsbury, Michael.......................................69 Love, Brian J.................................................64 Loveland, Jeff...............................................21 Loving Writing/Ovid’s Amores.........................1 Lu, Sidney Xu...............................................15 Lucan.............................................................3 Lucan: De Bello Civili Book VII........................3 Lucas, Scott..................................................24 Lusanna, Luca............................................108 Lynch, Robert.................................................9

M Macfarlane, Selma........................................87 Maestre, Manuel..........................................99 Magnusson, Lynne.......................................24 Maiani, Luciano..........................................106 Maines, Christopher.....................................96 Making Archives in Early Modern Europe......10 Making Humanities and Social Sciences Come Alive................................................43 Making of Global International Relations, The.76 Making of Japanese Settler Colonialism, The.15 Making Policy in a Complex World................78 Malhotra, Surbhi........................................103 Management Tools.......................................68 Manford, Alan..............................................27 Manolessou, Io.............................................49 Manzoni, Andrea........................................100 Marazziti, Donatella...................................102 Marcus, Alfred A...........................................71 Margalit, Yehezkel........................................62 Marinov, Nikolay..........................................76

Maritime Delimitation as a Judicial Process...58 Marsden, Jean I..............................................6 Martin, Fiona.............................................103 Marwah, Inder S...........................................72 Mason, Nigel..............................................108 Mass Dimension One Fermions...................107 Materials Issues in Art and Archaeology X.....96 Mathematical Modelling of the Human Cardiovascular System.............................100 Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy, The........................................101 Matthews, Gareth......................................103 Matthews, Ron.............................................39 Matthews, Susan..........................................25 May, James R...............................................60 Mayrhofer, Wolfgang....................................69 McCarty, Nolan............................................73 McClish, Mark..............................................18 McColgan, Aileen.........................................65 McConvell, Patrick........................................46 McDonald, Stephen......................................52 McEachern, Claire........................................22 McGorry, Patrick D......................................102 McIntosh, Craig............................................75 McIntyre, Owen............................................60 McIvor, Anna................................................42 McKechnie, Paul...........................................35 McKim, Robert.............................................37 McLaughlin, Rob..........................................59 McSween, Jr, Harry Y.....................................91 Means, Jr, Robert T......................................104 Measurement of Productivity and Efficiency..41 Measuring Justice.........................................67 Mechanics of Robot Grasping, The................94 Meckes, Elizabeth S....................................110 Medical Management of Eating Disorders...101 Medieval Affect, Feeling, and Emotion...........23 Mendieta, Eduardo.......................................33 Mental Capacity Legislation........................102 Mercau, Ezequiel............................................9 Merkel, Wolfgang.........................................74 Mertz, Jerome..............................................92 Metabolic Ghetto, The..................................98 Metaphor in Homer........................................2 Metaphysics and Mathematics of Arbitrary Objects, The...............................................31 Mexican Mission, The...................................13 Meyer, Matthew...........................................33 MHD Waves in the Solar Atmosphere..........108 Mihov, Stoyan..............................................87 Miller, D. Quentin.........................................19 Miller, Eric J..................................................63 Millimeter-Wave Circuits for 5G and Radar....95 Mines, Communities, and States...................82 Mirror for Magistrates, A...............................24 Modern Panama...........................................12 Modernist Empathy......................................27 Modes of Liability in International Criminal Law.............................................56 Moersch, Jeffrey E........................................91 Moeschler, Jacques.......................................46 Moffatt, Keith.............................................101 Moisik, Scott R.............................................45 Monnais, Laurence.......................................17 Monteiro, Róisín.........................................103 Monti, Giorgio..............................................62 Moore, Emma...............................................50 Morality and the Environmental Crisis...........30 Morality of Security, The................................76 Morley, Christine..........................................87 Moser, Carolyn.............................................57

Moses, Wilson Jeremiah.................................7 Mousa, Wail A..............................................90 Mugler, Johanna...........................................67 Multi-resolution Image Fusion in Remote Sensing.....................................................94 Multiquark Hadrons...................................106 Munasinghe, Mohan....................................92 Murray, Amy Jo.............................................84 Music and Victorian Liberalism......................29 Musical Authorship from Schütz to Bach.......29 Musonda, Innocent......................................69 Myerson, Allan S...........................................93

N Nagar, Swati.................................................70 Nakajima, Shinichi........................................88 Nanopoulos, Eva..........................................62 Nanyang Revolution, The..............................14 Naoumov, V. I...............................................93 Narrog, Heiko...............................................49 Nasu, Hitoshi...............................................59 Natarajan, Mangai.......................................86 Nathan, Dev.................................................70 Natural Law and the Nature of Law..............32 Nature of International Law, The...................50 Nature of Plant Communities, The.................97 Nature, Society, and Justice in the Anthropocene...........................................43 Negotiating the Power of NGOs....................55 Neil, Bronwen................................................6 Neilson, Christina.........................................10 Nellis, Gareth...............................................75 Neo, Dora....................................................58 Neoh, Joshua...............................................51 Nettelbeck, Amanda.......................................8 Neurocritical Care......................................104 Neuroethics of Memory, The.........................83 Neuroscience of Addiction, The.....................84 New Directions in India’s Foreign Policy........77 New Emily Dickinson Studies, The.................20 New Jewish American Literary Studies, The....19 New Pynchon Studies, The............................20 New Samuel Beckett Studies, The..................27 Newton, Isaac............................................101 Nichols, Austin Lee.......................................84 Nietzsche’s Free Spirit Works........................33 Nietzsche’s Moral Psychology.......................33 Nietzsche’s The Gay Science..........................30 Niknejad, Ali M.............................................95 Nile and Ancient Egypt, The............................1 Nili, Shmuel..................................................72 Nilsen, Alf Gunvald.......................................85 Noble, Marianne..........................................19 Non-Intertial Frames and Dirac Observables in Relativity..........................108 Nonlinear-Emission Photonic Glass Fiber and Waveguide Devices.............................92 Nordlinger, Rachel........................................44 North American Genocides...........................54 Nostalgia in Print and Performance, 1510–1613...............................................24 Nugent, Paul................................................82 Numerical Methods......................................95 Nuti, Alasia..................................................72 Nutritional Anemia......................................104

O O’Connell, Mary Ellen.............................58, 64 O’Shaughnessy, David..................................28 Oakes, Michael.............................................48

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

115

Index

116

Ogiermann, Eva............................................46 Oliensis, Ellen.................................................1 Olijnyk, Anna................................................52 Oms, Sergi....................................................32 Ong, Paul M.................................................39 Onnekink, David...........................................10 Op den Kamp, Claudy...................................64 Opalo, Kennedy Ochieng’..............................81 Optimization Concepts and Applications in Engineering...........................................95 Organization outside Organizations..............68 Organizational Wrongdoing..........................69 Origins of Isaiah 24-27, The..........................36 Origins of Protestant Aesthetics in Early Modern Europe, The...................................38 Our Corner of the Somme.............................17 Outram, Dorinda..........................................10 Ovid...............................................................3 Ovid: Fasti Book 3..........................................3 Ozawa, Marc................................................61

P Page, B. Richard...........................................49 Painting War................................................17 Paliadelis, Penny.........................................104 Palmer, Donald.............................................69 Palombella, Gianluigi....................................57 Palombino, Fulvio Maria...............................57 Pamuk, Şevket..............................................79 Pant, Harsh V................................................77 Papyri and the Social World of the New Testament...................................................5 Pardo-Guerra, Juan Pablo.............................42 Parikh, Crystal..............................................20 Parke, Ross D................................................82 Parker, C. W..................................................99 Parliamentarism...........................................18 Participation in God......................................34 Partition of Ireland, The..................................9 Pasquale, Frank............................................67 Patent Remedies and Complex Products.......64 Pathology of Heart Disease in the Fetus, Infant and Child......................................106 Patient Capital.............................................70 Pauley, Laura L.............................................93 Paw, Henry.................................................104 Paz, Moria....................................................56 Peat, Daniel..................................................58 Peleg, Noam................................................54 People’s Duty, The........................................72 Perinotti, Paolo...........................................108 Perry, Michael...............................................67 Peters, Anne.................................................57 Peterson, Maya K..........................................11 Pezzini, Giuseppe...........................................2 Phelan, William............................................62 Phillips, Harriet.............................................24 Phillips, Robert A..........................................68 Pickren, Wade E...........................................84 Pierce, John B...............................................22 Pipe Dreams.................................................11 Piracy in Somalia..........................................82 Pirates of Empire..........................................14 Planetary Geoscience...................................91 Play and Aesthetics in Ancient Greece.............5 Plotinus’ Legacy...........................................30 Poaching and Militancy................................44 Poetry and Language....................................28 Police Innovation..........................................86 Policing Citizens...........................................79

Policy Accumulation and the Democratic Responsiveness Trap..................................75 Policy, Regulation, and Innovation in China’s Electricity and Telecom Industries...40 Political Economy of Defence, The.................39 Political Economy of Taxation in Latin America, The.............................................81 Political Lives of Victorian Animals, The..........26 Political Morality of the Late Scholastics, The.32 Politics of Poverty, The..................................13 Politics of the Core Leader in China, The........81 Politics of the Past in Early China, The...........15 Pollitt, Michael.............................................61 Pollok, Konstantin........................................33 Polosa, Antonio D.......................................106 Population and Economy in Classical Athens...6 Post, Vincent................................................90 Postgraduate Orthopaedics.........................106 Posy, Carl.....................................................32 Powell, Jr, G. Bingham..................................74 Power Diffusion and Democracy....................74 Power in Peacekeeping.................................76 Power of Place, The......................................15 Power of Standards, The...............................76 Practice and Theory in the Italian Renaissance Workshop..............................10 Pragmatism and the Origins of the Policy Sciences....................................................78 Prehistory of Britain and Ireland, The...............1 Price of Bread, The.......................................17 Price, Deborah..............................................43 Primer on American Labor Law, A.................65 Principles of Banking Regulation...................41 Private Life and Privacy in Nazi Germany.......11 Probability Companion for Engineering and Computer Science, The......................110 Producing Reproductive Rights.....................54 Profession of Ecclesiastical Lawyers, The........66 Proficiency Predictors in Sequential Bilinguals................................................. 48 Prokofiev’s Soviet Operas..............................30 PROMPT-CiPP Course Handbook................105 Pronouncing Shakespeare.............................24 Proof and Falsity..........................................31 Prosecuting Sexual and Gender-Based Crimes at the International Criminal Court.58 Protective State, The.....................................78 Prügel-Bennett, Adam................................110 Public Debt as a Form of Public Finance........43 Public Health..............................................103 Putnam, Michael T........................................49 Python by Example.......................................88

Q Qualitative Studies of Silence........................84 Quantum Concepts in the Social, Ecological and Biological Sciences............108 Quantum Field Theory................................107 Quantum Theory from First Principles..........108 Quarteroni, Alfio.........................................100 Quick, M. R..................................................99 Quirico, Ottavio............................................66

R Rabadán, Raúl..............................................96 Rabaté, Jean-Michel.....................................27 Radford, Andrew..........................................45 Rahmat-Samii, Yahya....................................94 Ramsden, Stephen J......................................97

Random Matrix Theory of the Classical Compact Groups, The...............................110 Raspollini, Maria Rosaria............................106 Raven, Peter.................................................42 Rawski, Thomas G........................................40 Razzaque, Jona............................................60 Reading History in Britain and America, c.1750–c.1840..........................................25 Realistic Revolution......................................15 Rebellious Passage.........................................8 Reboul, Anne...............................................46 Reception of the Virgin in Byzantium, The......35 Rechter, Ofra................................................32 Red, Green, and Blue....................................73 Register, Genre, and Style.............................48 Reinburg, Virginia.........................................10 Reiner, David................................................61 Relative Clauses...........................................45 Relativistic Fluid Dynamics in and out of Equilibrium..............................................107 Relevance, Pragmatics and Interpretation......45 Religion after Science...................................37 Religion and Brazilian Democracy.................81 Religious Diversity and Religious Progress.....37 Remote Compositional Analysis....................91 Renaissance Reform of the Book and Britain, The................................................21 Renewable Energy Law.................................60 Replacing GDP by 2030................................40 Republicanism and the Future of Democracy.71 Rethinking Career Studies.............................69 Rethinking Revolution..................................12 Rethinking Sympathy and Human Contact in Nineteenth-Century American Literature.19 Revolution and Reaction...............................81 Revolutionary Legacy, Power Structure, and Grassroots Capitalism under the Red Flag in China......................................78 Reynolds, Philip L.........................................51 Rhee, Seongha.............................................49 Rhodes, Richard A........................................46 Ricento, Thomas...........................................47 Richards, Richard A.......................................31 Richardson, Samuel......................................22 Riehl, Emily................................................109 Rimon, Elon.................................................94 Road to Nursing, The..................................104 Roberts, Anna...............................................70 Roberts, Bernard........................................108 Roberts, Robin E...........................................70 Robertson, E. F..............................................99 Robinson, Darryl...........................................56 Roche, Paul....................................................3 Roman Tombs and the Art of Commemoration.5 Romaniello, Matthew P.................................11 Romanticism and Illustration........................25 Romatschke, Paul.......................................107 Romatschke, Ulrike.....................................107 Rommelse, Gijs.............................................10 Roney-Dougal, C. M......................................99 Rose, Stephen..............................................29 Rosen, Mark D..............................................53 Rosenmüller, Christoph.................................12 Rosser, Ezra..................................................52 Roth, Robert.................................................56 Rothwell, Donald R.......................................59 Rotimi, Charles.............................................98 Rousselière, Geneviève.................................71 Rowe, Meredith............................................47 Rowlands, Michael.........................................1 Roxburgh, Stephen H....................................97

Index

Rules and Allies............................................76 Rundle, David...............................................21 Ruys, Tom.....................................................57 Ryan, Ann....................................................44

S Sacred Revenge in Oceania...........................38 Sadler, Louisa...............................................44 Salman, Marwa..........................................103 Sánchez-Cuenca, Ignacio..............................75 Sarat, Austin.................................................67 Sarkar, Sandip..............................................70 Sasaki, Joni Y................................................84 Sauvé, Pierre................................................58 Schalkwyk, David.........................................24 Schellenberg, J. L..........................................37 Scherz, Paul..................................................37 Schoenberg’s Atonal Music...........................29 Schultz, Richard A.........................................89 Schulz, Klaus U.............................................87 Schumacher, Lydia........................................34 Schwartz, Daniel...........................................32 Schwieter, John W.........................................48 Sciau, Philippe..............................................96 Science and Christian Ethics.........................37 Scott, Kate...................................................45 Seargeant, Philip..........................................47 Second Language Writing.............................47 Seidl, David..................................................68 Seigneur, Christian........................................90 Seinen, Nathan............................................30 Self-Defence against Non-State Actors..........64 Self-Exciting Fluid Dynamos........................101 Selinger, William...........................................18 Semigroups of Linear Operators..................100 Seminars in Old Age Psychiatry...................102 Sen, Sandeep...............................................87 Seneca...........................................................3 Seneca: Selected Letters.................................3 Services Trade in ASEAN...............................58 Sevilla-Peris, Pablo........................................99 Shachar, Carmel...........................................66 Shafer, Byron E.............................................72 Shaffer, Gregory...........................................53 Shakespeare, William....................................22 Shannon, Mary L..........................................25 Sharma, Pramodita.......................................70 Sharma, Ramesh..........................................40 Sharma, Sanjay............................................70 Shearer, Peter M...........................................90 Shelton, Dinah L...........................................60 Shulman, Rob.............................................104 Sickles, Robin C............................................41 Siddiqi, Ayesha.............................................80 Siebrasse, Norman V.....................................64 Signal Processing Algorithms for Communication and Radar Systems...........94 Signs of Difference.......................................46 Simone, Daniela...........................................65 Šipka, Danko................................................46 Sixteenth-Century Readers, FifteenthCentury Books...........................................21 Skains, R. Lyle...............................................22 Smith-Crowe, Kristin.....................................69 Smith, Amy Erica..........................................81 Smith, Henry E..............................................66 Smyth, William D..........................................91 Sobecki, Sebastian.......................................23 Social History of Maoist China, A..................15 Social Scaffolding.......................................102

Social Work..................................................85 Solas, Gian Marco........................................61 Solidarity Under Siege..................................12 Sommer, Udi.................................................54 Sommerstein, Alan H......................................4 Song, Pei......................................................92 Sorites Paradox, The.....................................32 Sorum, Eve C................................................27 Sovereignty in China.....................................58 Spaniel, William...........................................77 Special Needs Financial Planning..................67 Spector, Bert A..............................................71 Spivak, David I..............................................99 Squintani, Lorenzo........................................63 Stafford, Anne..............................................69 Stahl, Stephen M........................................102 Statistical Modelling by Exponential Families...................................................109 Stein, Rachel M............................................77 Steinberg, Jessica.........................................82 Steinbock-Pratt, Sarah....................................7 Steinbrück Platise, Mateja.............................57 Steinebach, Yves..........................................75 Sternberg, Robert J.......................................84 Stevens, Kathryn.............................................6 Stewart, Frances...........................................40 Stewart, Jane.............................................105 Stewart, Pamela J.........................................38 Stochastic Stability of Differential Equations in Abstract Spaces...................100 Stoker, Donald..............................................17 Storied Places...............................................10 Strang, Gilbert............................................100 Strategies for Managing Uncertainty.............71 Strathern, Andrew........................................38 Streho, Imola................................................58 Strijbis, Oliver...............................................74 Struggle over Borders, The............................74 Student’s Guide to the Schrödinger Equation, A.............................................109 Subfertility, Reproductive Endocrinology and Assisted Reproduction.......................105 Subversive Seas............................................18 Sugiyama, Masashi.......................................88 Sundara Rajan, Mira T...................................64 Sunday, Sebastian........................................34 Sundberg, Rolf...........................................109 Supreme Court, The......................................73 Surface Electromagnetics..............................94 Sustainable Development in Practice.............92 Sustainable Engineering...............................96 Synopsis of Neurology, Psychiatry and Related Systemic Disorders......................104

T Tams, Christian J...........................................64 Tan, See Seng...............................................59 Tanaka, Yoshifumi.........................................57 Tanninen, Hannu..........................................39 Taub, Liba....................................................17 Taylor, Alasdair...........................................103 Taylor, Andrew..............................................25 Taylor, Barnaby...............................................2 Ted Hughes and Christianity.........................27 Tewari, Meenu.............................................70 Textbook of Cultural Economics, A................43 Textbook of Stroke Medicine.......................104 The PROMPT-CIPP Editorial Team................105 Theatre of Nepal and the People Who Make It.....................................................38

Theatres of Feeling.........................................6 Theatrical Reenactment in Pindar and Aeschylus....................................................2 Thermodynamics..........................................93 Third Party Funding......................................61 Thomas Jefferson...........................................7 Thomas Pynchon in Context..........................19 Thomas, Barry A...........................................97 Thomas, Elizabeth......................................103 Thomas, Gabrielle.........................................35 Thomson, Henry...........................................78 Tladi, Dire....................................................64 Topological Data Analysis for Genomics and Evolution............................................96 Torbey, Michel............................................104 Toubiana, Madeline......................................70 Toufexis, Notis..............................................49 Towse, Ruth.................................................43 Towsey, Mark...............................................25 Transnational Cosmopolitanism....................72 Transnational Nazism...................................11 Transparency in Health and Health Care in the United States.......................................66 Treasure, Janet...........................................101 Tröger, Tobias H............................................61 Troupes, David..............................................27 Tuomala, Matti.............................................39 Tuominen, Elina............................................39 Turkey between Democracy and Authoritarianism.......................................79 Turner, P. G...................................................66 Turner, Rob...................................................19 Turner, Stephen J..........................................60 Turns, Stephen R...........................................93

U Uccelli, Paola................................................47 Uhlig, Anna S.................................................2 Umbach, Maiken..........................................11 Un, Kheang..................................................80 Understanding Curriculum............................44 Uneven Urbanscape.....................................39 Universal Semantic Syntax............................45 Upla, Kishor P...............................................94 Urban Climate Politics..................................92 Urbas, Gregor...............................................66 Ure, Michael.................................................30 Usman, Aribidesi..........................................13 Utopia and the Contemporary British Novel..28

V Valdez, Inés..................................................72 van Bergen, Linda........................................50 van der Heijden, Jeroen................................92 van Dongen, Els...........................................15 van Sliedregt, Elies.......................................56 Vanberg, Georg............................................53 Vandiver, Pamela B.......................................96 Variational Bayesian Learning Theory............88 Vasavakul, Thaveeporn.................................80 Vasiliev, Sergey.............................................56 Vatter, Adrian...............................................74 Veeramani, Harish........................................89 Vengeful Citizens, Violent States...................77 Ventura, Manuel J.........................................56 Vepa, Ranjan................................................94 Verbeke, Alain..............................................70 Vergara, Christian.......................................100 Vergis, Fotis..................................................62 Verma, Arvind..............................................40

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

117

Index

Verma, Mahendra K....................................100 Vesely, Patricia.............................................36 Vietnam.......................................................80 Viñuales, Jorge E..........................................56 Voice Quality................................................45 von Krogh, Georg.........................................68 Vorauer, Jacquie D........................................83 Voronov, Maxim...........................................70

118

Wael, Reem..................................................55 Wagner, Kevin................................................6 Wagner, Regina L.........................................72 Wagner, Richard E........................................43 Wagner, Wendy............................................52 Wallace, Stuart.............................................63 War, Maoism and Everyday Revolution in Nepal........................................................80 Warde, Paul..................................................61 Watanabe, Kazuho.......................................88 Watkins, Eric................................................33 Watt, James.................................................25 Wavefront Shaping for Biomedical Imaging.106 Webb, Richard..............................................99 Webster, Scott..............................................44 Weisbrot, Deborah M.................................104 Weisburd, David...........................................86 Weldemichael, Awet Tewelde........................82 Welfare States..............................................39 Wells, Jonathan C. K.....................................98 Wemheuer, Felix...........................................15 Werren, Kip..................................................66 West III, James L. W......................................22 Weyland, Kurt..............................................81 What Science Is and How It Really Works......96 White, Peter...................................................4 Whitt, Laurelyn.............................................54 Whittington, Richard....................................68 Whitton, Christopher......................................2 Why America Loses Wars..............................17 Wilkinson, Peter N......................................108 Williams, Richard........................................102 Williams, Travis B..........................................36 Wilson, J. Bastow.........................................97 Wilton, Henry...............................................99 Wiltshire, John..............................................25 Wirsching, Andreas.......................................11 Witherington, III, Ben...................................35 Witsel, Mieke...............................................71 Wittgenstein on Philosophy, Objectivity, and Meaning.............................................34 Wolff, H. Ekkehard........................................49 Wood, Matthew.....................................75, 78 Woodlanders, The.........................................27 Works of John Webster, The..........................23 World Health Organization, The....................16 World Lexicon of Grammaticalization............49 World Trade Organization Secretariat............60 Wortley, John...............................................36 WTO Ministerial Conferences........................60

Y Yanev, Lachezar............................................56 Yáñez-Bouza, Nuria......................................50 Yang, Fan.....................................................94 Yao, Kung.....................................................94 Yarbrough, Luke B........................................16 Yentis, Steve...............................................103 Yoruba from Prehistory to the Present, The....13 Young People, Comics and Reading..............21

Young, Kevin A.............................................12 Yuval, Fany...................................................79

Z Zámborský, Peter..........................................70 Zanker, Andreas T............................................2 Zardini, Elia..................................................32 Zelenyuk, Valentin........................................41 Zhang, Qi.....................................................78 Zharkevich, Ina.............................................80 Zietsma, Charlene........................................70 Zimring, James C..........................................96 Zufferey, Sandrine........................................46 Zürn, Michael...............................................74 Zwigenberg, Ran..........................................14

Notes

119

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Notes

120

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Asia 79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Services for Booksellers Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Catalogues • Download Cambridge catalogues at https://issuu.com/cambridge.org.uk

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

40285

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books May - August 2019 www.cambridge.org/knowledge